Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Metamorphic
Textures and
Microstructures
Introduction to
Metamorphic
Textures and
Microstructures
Second edition
A.J. Barker
Lecturer in Geology
University of Southampton, UK
The right of A.J. Barker to be identified as author of this work has been
asserted by him in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents
Act 1988.
98 99 00 01 02 / 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
Technological advances over recent years, and examines interrelationships between deforma-
a wealth of new research providing refreshing tion and metamorphism. It includes an exten-
new interpretations on many metamorphic sive chapter on strain-related microstructures,
microstructures, encouraged me to embark on and others on the controversial but important
this considerably expanded and fully updated topics of porphyroblast-foliation relation-
second edition. ships, and shear-sense indicators. The penulti-
My aim in producing this book on metamor- mate chapter is on the topic of fluids and
phic textures and microstructures has been to vemmg, and in the final, completely
provide a detailed introduction to the thin- redesigned, chapter, the characteristic reaction
section description and interpretation of meta- textures and microstructures associated with
morphic rocks. Although primarily written for particular environments of metamorphism and
the advanced undergraduate student, it should specific P-T- t trajectories are discussed.
provide a useful first source of reference for This is done with reference to many of the
any geologist dealing with metamorphic rocks. classic areas of metamorphism from around
It is intended that the text should be both well- the world. Appendices giving mineral (and
illustrated and comprehensive, but at the same other) abbreviations (Appendix I), a glossary
time concise and affordable. of terms (Appendix II), and a list of key
The book is comprised of three parts. Part mineral assemblages for the major composi-
A provides an introduction to metamorphism tional groups of rocks at each metamorphic
and metamorphic rocks, and compared to the facies (Appendix III) form an integral part of
first edition has been enlarged to include more the book.
detail on the basic interrelationships between A comprehensive list of references is given at
equilibrium assemblages, mineral chemistry the end of each chapter. Wherever possible, the
and microstructures in the interpretation of intention has been to refer to specific references
metamorphic reactions. Part B introduces the relevant to individual topics covered in the
fundamental textures and microstructures of text, as well as referring to key review papers
metamorphic rocks, with emphasis on the on all the major subjects. It is important to
conditions and processes responsible for their recognise that this book can provide only a
formation. This section includes a chapter on glimpse into the complexities of textural and
fabric development (including the use of microstructural development of metamorphic
SEM), followed by chapters covering topics rocks, and so for a more comprehensive insight
such as crystal nucleation and growth, inclu- into a particular topic the cited references are
sions, intergrowths and retrogression. Part C strongly recommended. My knowledge of
v
Preface
metamorphic rocks has grown considerably tion to this fascinating area of study, and
during the writing of this second edition, and it unlocks a few of the secrets of the rocks that
is my hope that your knowledge and enthusi- you are studying.
asm will be enhanced by reading it. Without
doubt, the interpretation of metamorphic rocks
and their microstructures is a complex topic, Andy Barker
and there are still many unanswered questions. Southampton
I hope that this text provides a useful introduc- March 1997
vi
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgement is given once again to all for developing and printing the photographs,
those postgraduate and undergraduate students and to Chris Forster, who converted many of
who over the years have contributed to what is the line drawings of the first edition into
now a most intriguing and diverse array of thin computerised images. All new diagrams were
sections. The study of this worldwide collection computerised and/or hand drawn by the
of metamorphic rocks has without doubt author. I should also like to thank those people
broadened my knowledge of their textural and who supplied thin sections, and those authors
microstructural features. It provided the back- who supplied original photographs, or permit-
ground that induced me to write the original ted me to reproduce diagrams from their publi-
edition, and in the seven years since initial cations. Also, thanks to Barbara Cressey for
publication, my enthusiasm has been main- advice and assistance with SEM work.
tained through the continued interest shown by I would also like to thank the many people
students in providing me with new and inter- who gave me feedback on the first edition, or
esting thin sections to look at. have spared some of their time to review
Once again, I would like to acknowledge the chapters of this new edition. The comments
classic works of Harker, Spry and Vernon, and suggestions have all been useful in shap-
whose books greatly stimulated my own interest ing and improving on early drafts of the text.
in metamorphic textures and microstructures. The people I would particularly like to thank
Additionally, I would like to acknowledge the are Kate Brodie, Giles Droop, Scott Johnson,
Metamorphic Studies Group, whose interesting Cees Passchier, Stephen Roberts, Doug
programme of conferences and field meetings Robinson, Joan Soldevila, Peter Treloar,
has, over the years, afforded me excellent discus- Rudolph Trouw and Ron Vernon. Last but by
sion with a truly international list of contribu- no means least, I offer many thanks to Linda,
tors and participants. Without doubt, this has for her continued patience and encourage-
maintained my enthusiasm for the subject and ment, especially during the final stages of
greatly enhanced my understanding of metamor- writing and production.
phic rocks and metamorphic processes.
Special thanks are extended to Barry Marsh AJB
vii
Contents
Preface v
Acknowledgements Vll
ix
Contents
x
Contents
xi
Contents
xii
Contents
Index 255
xiii
Part A
Introduction to
metamorphism
and metamorphic
rocks
Chapter one
Environments
and processes of
metamorphism
The process of metamorphism is one of change, rocks in question originated' (Bates & Jackson,
and within the mineral assemblage and texture 1980).
of a metamorphic rock is a memory of that
change. The transformations are brought about
1.1 Environments of metamorphism
by geological processes from the global plate
tectonic level to the more localised scale. In There are various environments in which meta-
view of this, recovering the memory of the morphism occurs (Fig. 1.1), the most major of
change locked in metamorphic rocks helps to which are linked to processes operating at
constrain geological processes well back into constructive and destructive plate margins, and
the Earth's history. are closely interrelated to igneous activity. Such
Locked within the mineralogies of metamor- metamorphism is thus of regional extent,
phic rocks is much information about changing although, following the approach of Miyashiro
p-T conditions. Locked within the textures of (1973, 1994) and Bucher & Frey (1994),
metamorphic rocks is further information on 'regional metamorphism' in the traditional sense
metamorphic process, and principally interac- linked to mountain-building processes is termed
tion with deformation, that ultimately records orogenic metamorphism. This is to distinguish it
plate tectonic movements. As metamorphic from several other types of metamorphism that,
rocks recrystallise in the solid state, they can, in being linked to plate tectonic processes, are of
favourable circumstances, record a memory of regional extent. There are other types of meta-
events operating over many millions of years. morphism that are of localised extent, linked to
This book concentrates primarily on recovering geological processes of a non-global character.
the memory of metamorphic processes locked The main styles of metamorphism can be
into the textures of these rocks. classified as follows (numbers are cross-refer-
In formal terms, metamorphism can be enced to Fig. 1.1):
defined as "The mineralogical, chemical and
Regionally extensive metamorphism (in relative
structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical
order of importance/abundance)
and chemical conditions which have generally
been imposed at depth below the surface zones (1) orogenic metamorphism (traditionally
of weathering and cementation, and which referred to as regional metamorphism);
differ from the conditions under which the (2) ocean-floor metamorphism;
3
Environments and processes of metamorphism
(b)
MID-OCEAN SPREADING RIDGE
MANTLE
FIG. 1.1 Environments of metamorphism: (a) a schematic illustration of oceanic crust subducting beneath continental
crust at a convergent plate margin; (b) a schematic illustration of a mid-oceanic spreading ridge (divergent plate
margin). Different metamorphic environments are numbered as follows: (1) orogenic metamorphism; (2) ocean-floor
metamorphism; (3) subduction zone metamorphism; (4) burial metamorphism; (5) contact metamorphism; (6)
hydrothermal metamorphism; (7) shear-zone metamorphism; (8) shock metamorphism.
4
Environments of metamorphism
hundreds to thousands of kilometres. Areas of and crustal thickening, which generates region-
such orogenic metamorphism include major ally elevated P-T conditions. The duration of
tracts of the Caledonian-Appalachian orogenic such orogenic metamorphism is estimated to be
belt, more recent and present-day orogenic of the order of 10-50 Ma (e.g. England &
mountainous zones such as the Alps, Rockies, Thompson, 1984; Bucher & Frey, 1994),
Andes and Himalayas, as well as vast areas although the metamorphic history experienced
within Precambrian cratonic blocks, such as by any given rock in such an environment is
those of Africa, Australia, India, Brazil, often recorded as a punctuated series of short-
Canada and Scandinavia. These places record lived events of less than 10 Ma duration during
the sites of former areas of continental thicken- a protracted history (e.g. Barker, 1994).
ing (i.e. mountain belts), and such orogenic
metamorphic belts account for the vast major- Ocean-floor metamorphism
ity of metamorphic rocks seen at the Earth's At mid-oceanic ridges (Fig. 1.1(b)), ocean-floor
surface. metamorphism is an important process. The
Orogenic metamorphism occurs during combination of high heat flow and sea water
active deformation, over a broad range of pres- percolating into fractured oceanic crust causes
sure (P) and temperature (T) conditions and metamorphism of the primary basalt assem-
variable geothermal gradients. At low P-T in blages. This occurs in the upper parts of the
the middle to upper crust, extensive slate belts oceanic crust, typically in the sheeted dyke
form, whereas in mid-crustal regions metamor- complex and above, but not in the gabbros and
phic belts are dominated by schist, marble, ultramafic rocks. Once metamorphosed, ocean-
amphibolite and quartzite. These metamorphic floor spreading transports such rocks away
rocks have generally experienced polyphase from the spreading ridge to be replaced by new
deformation and metamorphism in response to mafic material generated at the ridge, which is
lateral and vertical motions associated with in turn metamorphosed. This means that
convergent plate tectonic movements. In conse- although the metamorphism occurs as a
quence, these metamorphic rocks retain a localised style of hydrothermal metamorphism,
memory of these forces in the form of strong the continual spreading away from the ridge
planar, linear or combined planar-linear fabric and provision of fresh material to be metamor-
(e.g. cleavage and schistosity; Chapter 4) and phosed means that most of the ocean-floor
are usually extensively folded. At deeper levels crust has been metamorphosed. Rocks that
in the crust in the presence of hydrous fluids, have experienced ocean-floor metamorphism
high-grade gneisses form, and partial melting show little evidence of any foliation (except in
may occur to form rocks of mixed metamor- localised fault/shear zones), but commonly
phic and igneous appearance, termed exhibit extensive veining.
migmatites. In the absence of aqueous fluid,
rocks dominated by anhydrous mineral assem- Subduction-zone metamorphism
blages, such as granulites, develop, and at At convergent margins, the subduction of cold
deepest crustal levels eclogites can form. oceanic crust and overlying sediments against
Although there are areas of orogenic meta- an adjacent plate results in an environment of
morphism that have been interpreted in terms high shear strain and low geothermal gradient,
of high heat flow during extension-related so that rocks record a high-P/low- T imprint. To
crustal thinning (e.g. Weber, 1984; Sandiford preserve such high-P/low- T mineral assem-
& Powell, 1986), most orogenic metamor- blages requires rapid uplift, during which
phism is associated with collisional orogenesis process the rocks are often tectonically
5
Environments and processes of metamorphism
dismembered. This leaves fragmented areas of induced transformations in the country rock.
high-P/low-T metamorphism possessing a For a comprehensive insight into the subject of
strong tectonic fabric ('blueschists'), within a contact metamorphism, the edited volume of
complexly faulted zone. The circum-Pacific Kerrick (1991) provides an excellent starting
margins (e.g. California and Japan) preserve point.
some of the best examples of subduction-zone
(blueschist facies) metamorphism, but Hydrothermal metamorphism
remnants of blueschist facies metamorphism Ocean-floor metamorphism is a type of
have been identified from a growing number of hydrothermal activity giving rise to regionally
locations worldwide. extensive metamorphism. There are many
other examples of hydrothermal metamor-
Burial metamorphism phism (i.e. the interaction of hot, largely aque-
Burial metamorphism (Coombs, 1961) is the ous, fluids with country rock) of localised
term used to describe incipient metamorphism rather than regional extent. A hydrothermal
developed in thick basinal sequences in the fluid can originate from various sources,
absence of major deformation (Fig. 1.1(a)). including those of igneous or metamorphic
These rocks characteristically lack any form of origins. It is usually transported via fractures or
foliation, show incomplete mineralogical trans- shear zones, and at some distance either near to
formation and preserve many of their original or far from the source, the fluid interacts with
textural features. The type area for burial the host rock to cause hydrothermal alteration
metamorphism is the South Island of New or metamorphism. Many cases of such meta-
Zealand, but other areas displaying this style of morphism are intimately associated with
metamorphism have also been recognised. mineralising fluids and ore deposits.
Shear-zone metamorphism
1.1.2 Localised metamorphism
Faults and shear zones represent localised envi-
ronments of stress-induced dynamic metamor-
Contact (or thermal) metamorphism phism, where textural and mineralogical
The most common example of localised meta- transformations take place in an environment
morphism, that occurring in the immediate of high or very high shear strain and variable
vicinity of an igneous intrusion, is considered strain rates, and over a wide range of P-T
as a separate case and is referred to as contact conditions according to the depth within the
metamorphism. Unlike regional low-P/high-T crust. As described in Chapter 8 (Sections 8.4
examples of orogenic metamorphism, the & 8.5), the deformation processes may
contact metamorphic environment is usually enhance metamorphic transformations, while
one involving very limited synmetamorphic metamorphic processes may assist the deforma-
deformation, such that contact-metamorphosed tion of the rock concerned. Although at high
rocks commonly show little in the way of a crustal levels brittle fracturing dominates, at
foliation, unless the rock already possessed deeper levels where ductile deformation occurs
one, or experienced subsequent deformation. it is crystal-plastic processes that are the most
Concentrically arranged zones of contact meta- significant. Such processes involve grain-size
morphism define a thermal (contact) aureole reduction, and produce rocks with a strong
around the intrusion (Fig. 1.1(a)). These zones, planar and linear fabric, termed mylonites.
with their characteristic mineral assemblages Shear zones are commonly environments in
and textures, are the result of thermally which mineral assemblages formed under high
6
The limits of metamorphism
P-T conditions start to alter to lower-tempera- higher-grade metamorphic rocks, with their
ture assemblages in response to increased varied and interesting assemblages, provide a,
shear stress in the presence of a fluid. The much more attractive proposition. However,
presence of a fluid (H 2 0 ± CO 2 ) is usually technological advances in recent decades,
essential, since the lower-temperature alter- providing much greater resolution than the
ation assemblages typically comprise hydrous petrographic microscope (e.g. X-ray diffrac-
minerals such as micas, serpentine and chlo- tion, scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and
rite, or carbonate minerals such as calcite, tr~nsmlsslOn electron microscopy (TEM))
dolomite and ankerite. have shown that regular mineralogical trans-
formations do occur at low grade and that
Shock (or impact) metamorphism fruitful studies of low-grade metamorphic
This rare and unusual type of metamorphism rocks can also be made. Understanding of the
('dynamic metamorphism') is caused by mete- mineralogical changes and processes operating
orite impact, and consequently is an extremely in these rocks has advanced considerably in
short-lived event in a localised area. For a few recent years. For further details on low-
microseconds, the area of impact experiences temperature metamorphism, the various chap-
extreme P-T conditions, varying up to 1000 ters in the book edited by Frey (1987) are
kbar/5000°C. At the highest P-T conditions recommended.
the impacted rocks are vaporised, but at At the high-temperature end of the scale
slightly less extreme conditions quartz and there is overlap between the realm of metamor-
feldspar can melt to produce a highly vesicular phic rocks and that of igneous rocks. Again,
glass containing coesite and stishovite, the there is no precise boundary. At depth in the
high-P and extreme high-P polymorphs of Si0 2 Earth's crust, metamorphic rocks of suitable
(Fig. 7.1). Notable cases of impact metamor- composition can commence melting at temper-
phism are recorded at Ries Crater, Germany, atures as low as about 630°C, to produce gran-
and Meteor Crater, Arizona, USA. It is outside itoid lenses and layers interleaved with
the scope of this book to cover this type of high-grade metamorphic rocks. In other cases,
metamorphism in any detail, but for further most notably when an aqueous fluid is absent,
insight reference should be made to the publi- metamorphic rocks will continue to recrys-
cations by Englehardt & Staffler (1968), tallise in the solid state to temperatures of the
Grieve (1987), Bischoff & Staffler (1992) and order of 1000°C. In the upper mantle, solid-
White (1993). state metamorphic processes in ultramafic
rocks can take place at still higher tempera-
1.2 The limits of metamorphism tures. Since granitoid melt can form at temper-
atures as low as 630°C, it is clear that the
The precise limits of metamorphism within the realms of igneous and metamorphic rocks
Earth's crust and upper mantle are not sharply show considerable overlap in the range c.630o-
defined. At the low-temperature end of the c.ll00°C. The essential distinction is that
scale there is a rather blurred transition from metamorphic processes are dominantly solid-
diagenesis to metamorphism, over the range state. Even in migmatites, where there is
100-200°C. In the past, petrologists paid little considerable partial melting, as long as the
attention to the very low grade metamorphic bulk of material remains solid, the rock is
rocks because they are generally fine-grained considered to be metamorphic.
and difficult to examine using standard optical Since hydrothermal processes operate III
mlcroscopy. In contrast, coarser-grained geothermal regions around the world to
7
Environments and processes of metamorphism
8
Chemical processes of metamorphism
9
Environments and processes of metamorphism
(lines) bounding divariant fields are termed Where 1l.Hr is pOSItIve, a reaction consumes
univariant curves (Fig. 1.2). The line separating energy, such that heat energy must be added to
the divariant fields of kyanite stability and silli- the system for the reaction to proceed.
manite stability is one such univariant curve, Prograde dehydration reactions in pelitic
and at points precisely on this curve both kyan- schists are good examples of this type of reac-
ite and sillimanite are in stable coexistence. tion, and are described as endothermic. The
Because univariant curves have an extra phase converse case is that of reactions that give off
that is at equilibrium (compared to divariant heat. These are said to be exothermic, and
fields), in order to satisfy the phase rule they include retrograde hydration reactions.
have one less degree of freedom (i.e. they are Whatever the case, the First Law of
univariant). In this situation, to stay on the Thermodynamics states that for any cyclical
univariant curve, a change in T has to be process, the work produced in the surround-
matched by an appropriate change in P, so ings is equal to the heat removed from the
only one out of T and P can change indepen- surroundings (i.e. conservation of energy in the
dently. The position at which univariant curves system). The second property, entropy (symbol
intersect is known as an invariant point (Fig. S, units J mol-1 K-l), is a term representing the
1.2). At such a position another phase is added degree of randomness in a system, and reflects
to the equilibrium assemblage and thus the the thermal energy of the system. As well as
assemblage has no degrees of freedom, and vanattons in entropy between individual
defines a point in P-T space. Changing either mineral phases, it is worth noting that for any
of the independent variables, T and P, would given material (e.g. H 2 0), the vapour phase has
change conditions off the invariant point and higher entropy than the liquid (water) phase,
the assemblage would no longer be at equilib- and the liquid phase a higher entropy than the
num. solid (ice) phase.
The total energy of the rock system, referred
1.3.2 The energy of the system to as the Gibbs free energy (G), is the sum total
of the energy contributed by each phase in the
Rocks, like all materials, have a certain energy system. The Gibbs free energy is defined as
content, referred to as the free energy of the
system, linked to features such as atomic vibra- G==E + PV- TS.
tion and bonding. The energy (units = Joules) Since
can be considered in various forms (thermal,
chemical, mechanical and electrical). Of these, H =E + PV,
chemical and thermal energy are of greatest then
interest to the petrologist. There are two thermo-
G==H-TS.
dynamic properties that are of fundamental
importance when considering reactions. The Because the Gibbs free energy varies according
first of these, enthalpy (symbol H, units J to the amount of a given material, it is stan-
mol-1 ), reflects the heat content of a phase or dard practice to normalise and speak in terms
system (H == E + PV, where E is the internal of molar Gibbs free energy. Values of molar
energy - a combination of heat and work - P is Gibbs free energy at the standard state (T =
the pressure and V the volume). Of greatest 298.15K and P = 105 Pa (1 bar)) have been
interest to metamorphic petrologists is the determined for most common rock-forming
change in enthalpy on reaction, i.e. the minerals, and are tabulated in publications
enthalpy of reaction (1l.HJ = Hproducts - Hreactants' such as those of Berman (1988) and Holland &
10
Chemical processes of metamorphism
Powell (1990). Where minerals form simple free energy. The reaction with the lowest acti-
two-component solid-solution series, such as in vation energy for nucleation will be that which
the case of plagioclase feldspar (from the sodic occurs most rapidly.
end-member, albite, to the calcic end-member, At constant P, T, the enthalpy change (ilH)
anorthite), the concept of chemical potential associated with a reaction is comprised of a
has to be considered. The chemical potential thermal energy component due to entropy
(~) of a component i in solution (units J mol-I) change (TilS) plus the change in free energy
is defined as the rate of increase of G of a solu- (ilG). As a reaction proceeds, the net entropy
tion of constant composition, at constant P, T, of the system always increases (Second Law of
when 1 mole of component i is added. More Thermodynamics) and ilG diminishes towards
complicated solid solutions exist for minerals zero. A fundamental concept is that at equilib-
with several end-member components. Such rium ilG = 0, and the relationship between
minerals include the Ca-Mg-Fe pyroxenes entropy and enthalpy is given as TilS =ilH (see
(end-members diopside CaMgSi20 6 , hedenber- Philpotts, 1990, for further details). From this
gite CaFeSi2 0 6 , enstatite Mg 2Si2 0 6 and and the preceding discussion, it is clear that
ferrosilite Fe2Si20 6 ) and the Ca-amphiboles knowledge of some of the fundamental aspects
(end-members tremolite, hornblende (sensu of thermodynamics is crucial to understanding
stricto), edenite, pargasite and tschermakite). In what drives metamorphic reactions, and conse-
such cases, where a number of end-member quently the petrographic features of metamor-
components (j components) are involved, the phic rocks.
molar Gibbs free energy (of a given phase) is
defined as
1.3.3 Reaction types
i=j
Prograde metamorphism gives rise to extensive
G p= CL~jnj)/np, (1.1) solid-state recrystallization accompanied by
i =1 various metamorphic reactions, as some miner-
where ~j is the chemical potential of the ith als become unstable and break down to form
nj
component, is the number of moles of the ith new minerals in equilibrium with the prevailing
np
component and is the number of moles of the P-T conditions. In order to keep the energy of
phase. Thus for a system comprising m phases, the system at a minimum for a given set of
the Gibbs free energy can be expressed as conditions, reactions will always proceed by
the lowest energy route.
k=m
Gs = L
Gp,knp,k' (1.2)
Most reactions are of a univariant or discon-
tinuous character, and define a unique univari-
k=l ant curve in P-T space (which has one degree
where Gp,k is the molar Gibbs free energy of of freedom). For example, in the ASH system
the kth phase and np,k is the number of moles of Fig. 1.2, if we consider the case of progres-
of this phase. As P-T conditions change, so the sive increase in T, while maintaining P constant
values of Gibbs free energy for individual at 6 kbar, then the stable assemblage will shift
phases change, and thus G5 changes. For equi- from KIn + Qtz to Prl + Qtz, to Ky + Qtz and
librium, G5 must be maintained at the lowest ultimately to Sil + Qtz. Each of these changes
possible value for the P-T experienced. This is involves breakdown of one aluminous phase
achieved via reactions, where phases with and formation of another, at a precise point in
lower Gibbs free energy are formed at the P-T space defined by the various univariant
expense of unstable phases with higher Gibbs reaction curves. Other reactions are divariant
11
Environments and processes of metamorphism
(also known as continuous or sliding reac- where a single reactant produces a single
tions). In such cases, the reactants and products product that is chemically identical, but has
coexist over a range of P-T (divariant field) different crystallographic arrangement (e.g.
and the reaction proceeds by varying the Ky ~ Sil, Cal ~ Arg); and (ii) those reac-
composition and modal amounts of coexisting tions involving various chemically distinct
phases, until eventually one of the reactants is reactants and products (e.g. Ab ~ Jd +
exhausted. This is typical for reactions involv- Qtz). At equilibrium, solid-solid reactions are
ing phases that are solid solutions, and can independent of the fluid phase and, because of
vary their compositions by cation exchange this, are potentially useful indicators of P-T
with other phases in the system. The break- conditions. However, because tlG is often
down of chlorite and formation of garnet, by small (e.g. Ky ~ Sil), it means that the
the reaction ChI + Ms ~ Grt + Bt + H 2 0 is a kinetics of reaction are slow and metastable
good example. persistence of the reactant phase is common-
Metamorphic reactions can be classified into place. Thus some rocks may contain two
six main types: Al 2SiO s phases, seemingly at equilibrium, but
it is not safe to assume that they record peak
(i) solid-solid reactions (reactions involving
conditions of the appropriate univariant
solid phases only);
curve, since conditions significantly beyond
(ii) dehydration reactions (reactions that liber-
the curve may have been attained.
ate H 2 0);
Univariant curves have slopes defined by the
(iii) decarbonation reactions (reactions that
Clausius-Clapeyron equation:
liberate CO 2 );
(iv) oxidation-reduction reactions (reactions dP/dT = tlHITtl V = tlSltl V, (1.3)
that change the valence state of Fe-oxide
where tlH, tlS and tl V are changes in enthalpy,
phases);
entropy and volume on reaction. Therefore, the
(v) cation-exchange reactions (e.g. Fe-Mg
slope can be expressed in terms of change in
exchange between coexisting ferro-
entropy and change in volume. Since the up-
magnesian phases);
temperature side of reactions has higher
(vi) ionic reactions (reactions that are balanced
entropy and usually increased volume, most
by inferring involvement of ionic species
univariant curves have a positive slope.
derived from the fluid phase).
Types (i)-(iv) are single reactions involving the Dehydration reactions
conversion of a mineral or set of minerals to There are many hydrous mineral phases, and
another mineral or set of minerals (net-transfer consequently many prograde metamorphic
reactions), the fifth type (exchange reactions) reactions are dehydration reactions. Some
involve exchange of atoms between two or dehydration reactions are univariant reactions
more coexisting phases without producing new (e.g. Prl ~ And + 3Qtz + H 2 0), whereas
minerals, and the final type (ionic reactions) others are divariant (e.g. ChI + Ms ~ Grt +
involves ionic exchange between several differ- Bt + H 2 0). Most common dehydration reac-
ent reaction sites within the system in order to tions recorded by metamorphic rocks have
facilitate a particular transformation. positive tlS and tl V, and therefore have positive
slopes. At pressures exceeding a few kilo bars,
Solid-solid reactions most dehydration reactions are very steep;
Solid-solid reactions can be subdivided into: (i) indeed, they are often near to isothermal due to
those reactions that are phase transformations, very large tlS and small (but positive) tl V (see
12
Chemical processes of metamorphism
-
0..
negative. I
+ +
0.. Qtz CO2
Decarbonation reactions 1.0
This type of reaction (e.g. Cal + Qtz .;;==: Wo +
CO 2 ) involves the breakdown of carbonate
minerals and liberation of CO2, Like dehydra-
tion reactions, the univariant curves of de-
carbonation reactions over the normal range of
P-T conditions usually have steep, positive 300 500 700 900
slopes. The position of such a reaction in P-T T( °C)
space is strongly affected by the composition of FIG. 1.3 A fluid pressure (Pf) - temperature (T) -
the fluid phase (Fig. 1.3). In the wollastonite- composition (X) diagram, showing how the reaction
forming reaction illustrated, higher XC0 2 is a Cal + Qtz ~ Wo + CO2 is strongly influenced by the
consequence of the reaction and thus in turn fluid composition of the system. XC0 2 = 1.00 means
inhibits the reaction, such that higher tempera- 100% CO 2 fluid composition, whereas XeO? = 0
means 100% H 2 0 fluid composition (modified after
tures are required for the reaction to proceed to Greenwood, 1967).
completion.
13
Environments and processes of metamorphism
o Ionic reactions
Oxidising In natural rock systems, the process of metamor-
(no Fe 2+) phic reaction is complex, and may consist of one
-5 Fe3++ Fe 2+ or more of the reaction types operating simulta-
'iii'
IL
neously and involving many if not all phases in
N the system, as the rock attempts to minimise the
Q -10 ~0~xtfo
free energy of the system and maintain equilib-
CI> ~'ttCb rium. A classic example of this is the seemingly
.3
~~ simple reaction concerning the breakdown of
-15 x 011-
~'ttx kyanite and formation of sillimanite, each with
the composition AI2Si0s- It might be expected
Reducing that with increasing temperature (Fig. 1.2), silli-
-20 (no Fe3+)
manite would form by atom-for-atom replace-
ment of kyanite. In reality, the evidence seen in
300 500 700 900 thin section does not support this, since the
Temperature ( °c ) normal observation at the sillimanite isograd is
for the sillimanite to have nucleated and grown
FIG. 1.4 The stability of different phases in the in an aggregate of Bt + Qtz crystals. Carmichael
Fe-Si-0 2 system at different values of oxygen fugacity
(1969) explained such observations by proposing
((OJ) over the temperature range 300-1000°C (modi-
fied after Gill, 1996). The top curve is generally that three intimately linked reactions take place
referred to as the haematite-magnetite (HM) buffering (Fig. 1.5) at different sites within the rock
reaction, and the lower curve as the quartz- matrix. He proposed that aluminium remains
fayalite-magnetite (QFM) buffer. largely immobile, but that other components are
transferred between reaction sites via an inter-
granular fluid. For further discussion of the
complexity of this sillimanite-forming reaction,
Cation-exchange reactions
see Foster (1991). The seemingly straightforward
This type of reaction involves ionic substitu- retrograde pseudomorphing of an andalusite or
tion between two or more phases in the kyanite porphyroblast by a fine-grained aggre-
system. Usually the cations are of the same or gate of white mica (sericite) is another example
similar charge, and possessing similar ionic of a reaction in which components not present in
radius. In metamorphic rocks partitioning of the reactant(s) (i.e. K+ and H 20) must be derived
Fel. and Mgl. between ferromagnesian miner- from elsewhere in the system to make the prod-
als such as garnet and biotite is a common uct(s), or alternatively an external source for the
example of such a reaction. Such changes components might be postulated, as in the case
occur in order to minimise the energy of the of metasomatic reactions.
system and maintain equilibrium during retro-
grade processes, but they do not involve the
breakdown or growth of minerals. Such reac-
1.3.4 Reaction rates
tions can be predicted based on theoretical/ The various reactions described above will
thermodynamic considerations, and while they give rise to different microstructural and
cannot be identified petrographically (except textural changes within a metamorphic rock,
perhaps with SEM back-scattered electron and these changes will be considered in
imaging), they can be determined by electron subsequent chapters. The precise reaction
microprobe analysis. sequence that occurs in a rock is a function of
14
Chemical processes of metamorphism
15
Environments and processes of metamorphism
16
Physical processes acting during metamorphism
rates in the upper amphibolite facies, and 1.4.3 Crystal defects and surface energy
higher grades of metamorphism, rearrangement
of grains by diffusive transfer of atoms (diffu- When considering chemical processes in rela-
sional creep) can be a significant process facili- tion to mineral assemblages and reactions, a
tating ductile deformation. basic assumption in the analysis presented was
Somewhere between the two end-member that the minerals of each phase were perfect
situations of brittle and ductile deformation crystals. In the case of metamorphic rocks, it is
there is a macroscopic 'brittle-ductile' transi- clear from petrographic observation using stan-
tion, where rocks display features of both brit- dard microscopy, and especially from SEMI
tle and ductile conditions (Murrell, 1990). TEM studies, that metamorphic minerals are
This change in behaviour varies considerably essentially imperfect crystals, and that their
between rock types, and according to particu- boundaries with each other are imperfect. To
lar P, T and strain rate. The variation between gain a more complete understanding of the
rock types is due to the fact that the processes involved in the microstructural devel-
constituent minerals of each rock type have opment of metamorphic rocks, it is therefore
different mechanical properties. This means essential to have an understanding of defects in
that, for a given sequence of rocks, some rocks crystals and the energy of crystal surfaces.
may be experiencing broadly brittle deforma- Atoms at the crystal edge do not have all
tion at a time at which others are experiencing their bonds satisfied, and consequently the
broadly ductile deformation. On the scale of surface of the crystal is less stable, and has
an individual rock, some minerals will display excess energy, termed surface energy (or inter-
features of brittle deformation, whereas others facial energy). The contribution of surface
are undergoing ductile deformation. A good energy to the overall free energy of the system
example of this is the case of granitic may seem small, but in rocks of fine grain size
mylonites. At low metamorphic grades the (e.g. mylonites), where surface area is obvi-
feldspars form porphyroclasts displaying brit- ously greater, the contribution becomes signifi-
tle deformation, while quartz in the same cant, and consequently fine-grained aggregates
assemblage experiences extensive grain-size are generally more reactive. In all metamorphic
reduction, and overall ductile deformation. At rocks, the interfacial energy drives grain
higher temperatures, both quartz and feldspar growth (coarsening) and causes modification of
experience ductile deformation (Fig. 8.3). grain-boundary relationships and grain shape,
Other minerals such as hornblende also expe- in an approach towards the most stable config-
rience brittle deformation at low metamorphic uration of grains. This is achieved by minimis-
grades, but behave in a ductile manner at high ing the contribution of grain-boundary
metamorphic grades. Even the same minerals (interfacial) energy to the total free energy of
in the same rock may show major differences the system. The process of coarsening is most
in mechanical behaviour, since the heterogene- conspicuous in monomineralic rocks, but is
ity of rock deformation will lead to strain also apparent in many polymineralic assem-
partitioning on all scales, so that not only will blages.
high strain zones develop on a macro scale, but As well as surface irregularities and imper-
on the microscale there will be strain and fections causing increased free energy, natural
strain rate variations. This will produce differ- crystals also have internal imperfections, or
ent textural and microstructural features in defects. These defects have the combined effect
both monomineralic and polycrystalline of increasing the energy of the crystal, and the
assemblages. higher the number of defects, the greater is the
17
Environments and processes of metamorphism
instability of the individual grain. A three-fold over the years. Much of the discussion has
classification of crystal defects can be made, focused on inclusion trails of syntectonic
namely: (i) point defects (vacancies); (ii) line garnets, and the interpretation of whether or
defects (dislocations); and (iii) surface (grain not the porphyroblasts have rotated (Chapter
boundary) defects. Chapter 8 examines these in 9). The controls on porphyroblast nucleation
more detail, and introduces some of the charac- and growth within a metamorphic rock are
teristic deformation-related textural and many, and encompass a wide range of variables
microstructural features of deformed metamor- such as P-T conditions, fluid chemistry, bulk
phic rocks, and the processes responsible for rock chemistry, strain rate gradients and chemi-
such features. However, for more detailed cal potential gradients. In shear zones, bulk
information, the reader is referred to publica- strain and strain rates have an important
tions such as Poirier (1985) and the various control over the processes that operate and the
papers contained within Barber & Meredith structures observed. Increased dislocations in
(1990) and Boland & Fitzgerald (1993). crystals provide more sites to which fluids will
be attracted and at which reactions may occur.
Grain boundaries are shown to be crucial as
1.5 Deformation-metamorphism
sites of metamorphic reactions, as well as
interrelationships
controlling most textural and microstructural
The interrelationships between deformation changes. Despite this, there is still much to be
and metamorphism are fundamental to the learnt about the precise nature of grain-bound-
overall mineralogical and microstructural ary conditions, and the processes that operate.
evolution of a given rock. Deformation
processes accompanying metamorphism vary
References
as a function of the prevailing temperature, the
confining pressure, the strain rate and lithologi- Barber, D.J. & Meredith, P.G. (eds) (1990)
Deformation processes in minerals, ceramics and
cal factors (e.g. mineralogy, grain size, porosity rocks. Mineralogical Society Monograph No.1,
and permeability). All of these variables affect Unwin Hyman, London, 423 pp.
the rheological behaviour of a given rock. At, Barker, A.J. (1994) Interpretation of porphyroblast
high crustal levels (i.e. low P-T) and moderate inclusion fabrics: limitations imposed by growth
kinetics and strain rates. Journal of Metamorphic
strain rates, grain-boundary sliding and diffu- Geology, 12, 681-694.
sive mass transfer are the dominant processes, Bates, R.L. & Jackson, J.A. (1980) Glossary of
while at high strain rates disaggregation and geology. American Geological Institute, Falls
brecciation occur. At middle to low crustal Church, Virginia, 751 pp.
Berman, R.G. (1988) Internally-consistent thermo-
levels the significant increase in temperature dynamic data for stoichiometric minerals in
means that rocks deform very differently. At the system Na1 0-K1 0-CaO-MgO-FeO-Fe20r
these depths crystal-plastic processes associ- AI1 0 3-SiO r Ti0 2-H zO-CO z' Journal of Petrology,
ated with ductile deformation are most impor- 29,445-522.
Bischoff, A. & Stoffler, D. (1992) Shock metamor-
tant, with dislocation creep being the dominant phism as a fundamental process in the evolution of
mechanism in operation. planetary bodies: information from meteorites.
The relationship between porphyroblastesis European Journal of Mineralogy, 4, 707-755.
and deformation is an area of special interest, Boland, J.N. & FitzGerald, J.D. (eds) (1993) Defects
and processes in the solid state: geoscience appli-
since it can often provide the key to interpret- cations. Developments in Petrology No. 14 ('The
ing the crustal evolution of a region. The McLaren Volume'), Elsevier, Amsterdam, 470 pp.
interpretation of porphyroblast-foliation rela- Bucher, K. & Frey, M. (1994) Petrogenesis of meta-
tionships has proved to be a controversial topic morphic rocks. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 318 pp.
18
References
Carmichael, D.M. (1969) On the mechanism of Reviews in Mineralogy No. 26, Mineralogical
prograde metamorphic reactions in quartz-bearing Society of America, Washington, DC, 847 pp.
pelitic rocks. Contributions to Mineralogy and Kretz, R. (1983) Symbols for rock-forming minerals.
Petrology, 20, 244-267. American Mineralogist, 68, 277-279.
Coombs, D.S. (1961) Some recent work on the lower Kretz, R. (1994) Metamorphic crystallization. John
grade metamorphism. Australian Journal of Science, Wiley, Chichester, 507 pp.
24,203-215. Miyashiro, A. (1973) Metamorphism and metamorphic
Engelhardt, W.V. & Stoffler, D. (1968) Stages of shock belts. George Allen & Unwin, London, 492 pp.
metamorphism in crystalline rocks of the Ries Basin, Miyashiro, A. (1994) Metamorphic petrology. UCL
Germany, in Shock metamorphism of natural mate- Press, London, 404 pp.
rials (eds B.M. French & N.M. Short). Mono Book Murrell, S.A.F. (1990) Brittle-to-ductile transitions in
Corporation, Baltimore. polycrystalline non-metallic materials, in Deforma-
England, P.C & Thompson, A.B. (1984) tion processes in minerals, ceramics and rocks, (eds
Pressure-temperature-time paths of regional meta- D.J. Barber & P.G. Meredith). Mineralogical
morphism I. Heat transfer during the evolution of Society Monograph No.1, Unwin Hyman, London,
regions of thickened continental crust. Journal of Ch. 5, 109-137.
Petrology, 25, 894-928. Philpotts, A.R. (1990) Principles of igneous and meta-
Foster, CT. (1991) The role of biotite as a catalyst in morphic petrology. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,
reaction mechanisms that form sillamanite. New Jersey, 498 pp.
Canadian Mineralogist, 29, 943-963. Poirier, J.-P. (1985) Creep of crystals: high-temperature
Freer, R. (1981) Diffusion in silicate minerals and deformation processes in metals, ceramics and
glasses: a data digest and guide to the literature. minerals. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 76, 260 pp.
440-454. Sandiford, M. & Powell, R. (1986) Deep crustal meta-
Frey, M. (ed.) (1987) Low temperature metamorphism. morphism during continental extension: modern
Blackie, Glasgow, 351 pp. and ancient examples. Earth and Planetary Science
Gill, R. (1996) Chemical fundamentals of geology, 2nd Letters, 79, 151-158.
edn. Chapman & Hall, London, 320 pp. Spear, F.S. (1993) Metamorphic phase equilibria and
Greenwood, H.J. (1967) Wollastonite: stability in pressure-temperature-time paths. Mineralogical
H 20-C02 mixtures and occurrences in a contact Society of America Monograph, Washington, DC,
metamorphic aureole near Almo, British 799 pp.
Columbia, Canada. American Mineralogist, 52, Weber, K. (1984) Variscan events: early Paleozoic
1669-1680. continental rift metamorphism and late Paleozoic
Grieve, R.A.F. (1987) Terrestrial impact structures. crustal shortening, in Variscan tectonics of the
Annual Review in Earth and Planetary Science, 15, North Atlantic region (eds D.H.W. Hutton & D.J.
245-270. Sanderson). Geological Society of London Special
Holland, T.J.B. & Powell, R. (1990) An enlarged and Publication No. 14, Blackwell Scientific, Oxford,
updated internally consistent thermodynamic dataset 3-22.
with uncertainties and correlations: the system White, J.C (1993) Shock-induced melting and silica
K20-Na20-CaO-MgO-MnO-FeO-Fe203-AI203- polymorph formation, Vredefort Structure, South
Ti0 2-Si0 2-C-H-Oz. Journal of Metamorphic Africa, in Defects and processes in the solid state:
Geology, 8, 89-124. geoscience applications (eds J.N. Boland & J.D.
Ildefonse, J.-P. & Gabis, V. (1976) Experimental study FitzGerald). Developments in Petrology No. 14
of silica diffusion during metasomatic reactions in ('The McLaren Volume'), Elsevier, Amsterdam,
the presence of water at 550 0 C and 1000 bars. 69-84.
Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 40, 297-303. Yardley, B.W.D. (1989) An introduction to metamor-
Kerrick, D.M. (ed.) (1991) Contact metamorphism. phic petrology. Longman, London, 248 pp.
19
Chapter two
Facies concept
and petrogenetic
grids
2.1 Metamorphic facies, grade and nised in metapelitic sequences from many areas
zones of orogenic metamorphism, but it is not the
only zonal sequence recognised. The Barrovian
Metamorphic rocks show vanatIOns in their sequence characterises medium-pressure
mineralogical and microstructural features that regimes, whereas in low-P, high-T regimes,
are linked to variations in P- T conditions of kyanite and almandine garnet are absent, while
metamorphism. At low P- T conditions, typical andalusite and cordierite are important zonal
minerals are hydrous and generally of low minerals.
density (e.g. ChI, Ms, Qtz and PI). With There are limitations to the assessment of
increasing P- T, less hydrous and anhydrous metamorphic conditions based on single zonal
minerals become dominant (e.g. Stt, Grt, Ky, minerals. Not least of these is the fact that
Pyx and Hbl). Similarly, with increasing P- T, particular minerals will only develop in rocks
grain size generally increases. There are a of a certain chemistry, and even within the
number of ways of monitoring these changes range of rocks with appropriate chemistry, the
(i.e. classification) to record changing condi- first appearance of a particular mineral will not
tions. be synchronous. The use of mineral assem-
The zonal scheme was the first to be intro- blages, rather than individual minerals, is a
duced, by Barrow (1893, 1912). In the Scottish much more reliable approach to evaluating
Highlands, he established that metamorphic P- T conditions in any detail.
zones could be mapped out based on differ-
ences in the mineral assemblages of pelitic
rocks. Zonal boundaries were defined by
TABLE 2.1 Differences between the characteristic
isograds representing the first appearance of mineral assemblages of metasediments in the metamor-
key index minerals. From lowest to highest phic aureoles around intrusions of the Oslo region
metamorphic grade, the order of these key (Goldschmidt, 1911) and Orijiirvi, Finland (Eskola,
1914,1915).
zonal minerals, referred to as Barrovian zones,
is chlorite, biotite, garnet (almanditic), stauro- Oslo (Goldschmidt, 1911) Orijiirvi (Eskola, 1915)
lite, kyanite and sillimanite. It has subsequently Kfs + And Ms + Qtz
proved possible to relate these changes directly Kfs + Crd Bt + Qtz
to the P-T conditions experienced by the rocks. Kfs + Hy + An Bt + Hbl
The Barrovian zonal sequence has been recog- Hy At
21
Facies concept and petrogenetic grids
The now firmly established concept of facies may include rocks of quite different
metamorphic facies was introduced by Eskola whole-rock chemistry. Indeed, mineralogical
(1914, 1915) following his work in Orijarvi studies of a range of rock types in a given area
(Finland), and with due consideration of the often allow greater certainty in assigning a
observations of Goldschmidt (1911) from the particular metamorphic facies. Eskola (1920)
Oslo area of Norway. Eskola had come to proposed five metamorphic facies to define
realise that in order to achieve or approach different conditions of metamorphism, with a
chemical equilibrium the mineral assemblages further three facies added in 1939. The work
observed in metamorphic rocks changed as a of Coombs and co-workers in the early 1960s
function of the P- T conditions experienced. It (e.g. Coombs, 1961) introduced the 'zeolite'
was apparent to Eskola that for a given range and 'prehnite-pumpellyite' facies, such that by
of rock compositions and a particular range of this time ten distinct metamorphic facies had
P- T conditions certain characteristic mineral been recognised. There then followed a period
associations always occurred, and that as P- T during which, rather than simplifying meta-
conditions varied so these mineral associations morphism using the 'facies' concept, the litera-
varied. By comparison of the Orijarvi assem- ture became cluttered and confused, as various
blages with those recorded by Goldschmidt workers began to subdivide the original
(1911) from zones around intrusions in the 'facies' into two or more 'sub-facies' based on
Oslo region, Eskola noticed that there were slight mineralogical differences. It was not
consistent mineralogical differences between always easy to assess whether these slight vari-
the two areas (Table 2.1). Those assemblages ations were solely P- T controlled, or whether
from Orijarvi are dominated by hydrous they were controlled by some other factor such
phases such as biotite and muscovite, while as fluid composition. In any case, the so-called
those from the Oslo region contain much K- 'sub-facies' were really 'facies' by definition,
feldspar. Since broadly comparable rock types since they contained a distinctive set of miner-
were involved, Eskola concluded that although als characterising certain conditions of forma-
metamorphism in both areas was related to tion.
high-level intrusions, that at Orijarvi occurred There are problems with the facies concept as
at lower T than that at Oslo. This difference defined by Eskola. For example, he did not
occurred due to the former being associated address the role of the fluid phase in any detail.
with granite intrusions, whereas the latter was Eskola, and others, either considered the fluid
in association with small mafic bodies, to be unimportant or assumed that all fluid was
intruded at significantly higher temperature. aqueous, and thus that Plolal = Pfluid = PH o. This
With further work, Eskola developed the is certainly not the case, and for many ~inerals
'metamorphic facies' concept and, in a classic the XH20: XC0 2 ratio, and fluid salinity, are
paper (Eskola, 1920), defined the term 'meta- crucial to their fields of stability in P- T space.
morphic facies' to designate a group of rocks For carbonate and calc-silicate rocks the facies
characterised by a definite set of minerals, approach has very limited use, because of
which under the conditions that prevailed the strong influence of fluid chemistry on the
during their formation were in perfect equilib- phase assemblage present. However, for meta-
rium with each other. The mineral composi- pelites and metabasites most geologists still use
tions in the rocks of a given facies vary the facies concept and tentatively regard Pf =
gradually in correspondence with variations in PH20 (or close to it), accepting that in some
the chemical compositions of the rocks. Tilley instances there are variable degrees of dilution
(1924) emphasized that a given metamorphic by CO 2, CH4 and various salts. In addition, it
22
Petrogenetic grids
must be recalled that zonal and facies the facies boundaries are not always sharply
approaches were based solely on hand speci- defined, and that transitional assemblages are
men and basic petrographic analysis of thin the norm.
sections, and only qualitative ideas of the link Rather than adopting the facies concept,
between mineralogical changes and P-T condi- Winkler (1979) preferred simply to divide P-T
tions. Since then, there have been major space into large divisions of metamorphic
advances, such as the advent of the microprobe grade based on key mineral reactions in
and computerised thermodynamic data sets. common rocks. These divisions are designated
These advances have allowed stability fields of as very low, low-, intermediate- and high-
key minerals and assemblages to be defined grade metamorphism. They are largely temper-
ever more clearly. This means that the P-T ature-related divisions, since most of the
ranges represented by the mineral assemblages reactions on which they are based are much
defined by Eskola in developing the facies more strongly temperature controlled, and in
concept are now known in a much more quan- many cases nearly isothermal. Winkler empha-
titative basis. Accordingly, it is more common sised that a qualitative estimate of pressure
nowadays for petrologists to associate a facies should also be stated (e.g. 'high-grade and
with a range of P-T space rather than individ- high-pressure metamorphism' or 'high-grade
ual mineral associations. and low-pressure metamorphism' etc.) in order
In Fig. 2.1, P-T space has been divided into to give a better idea of the environment of
12 facies, based on experimental work, empiri- metamorphism. As such, this particular
cal observations and theoretical stability fields approach gives a convenient overview of meta-
of key minerals and assemblages based on morphic conditions, without having to be too
thermodynamic data sets. Between the zeolite specific. It provides a useful and straightfor-
facies and the greenschist facies is an area ward first-order definition of metamorphic
referred to as the sub-greenschist facies. This conditions based on initial field observations.
term has been used to encompass the Within the present text, the approach taken is
prehnite-pumpellyite, prehnite-actinolite and to use 'grade' to make a generalised qualitative
pumpellyite-actinolite facies that are referred description of metamorphic P-T conditions,
to in some publications. The reason for prefer- while using 'facies' when speaking more
ring to amalgamate under the general heading precisely. Key mineral assemblages associated
'sub-greenschist' facies is because recent work with major compositional groups of rocks for
has shown that the previously used each metamorphic facies are listed m
prehnite-pumpellyite, prehnite-actinolite and Appendix III.
pumpellyite-actinolite facies show partial or
complete overlap in P-T space as a function of
2.2 Petrogenetic grids
even small whole-rock controls. The facies
boundaries of Fig. 2.1 are of necessity, and for Experimental work has now reliably estab-
the sake of simplicity, drawn up for systems in lished the P-T stability fields of many minerals
which PH2 0 =Ptotol. In many cases the effects of and mineral assemblages. Combining this
CO 2 and other fluids on given reactions are information allows the construction of petroge-
still either totally unknown or poorly defined, netic grids. On such grids, the intersection of
so at the present state of understanding it univariant reaction curves at invariant points
would be difficult to draw them in any other enables us to define the bounding conditions
fashion. It should be noted that metastable for particular equilibrium assemblages. From
persistence of phases (Chapter 1) means that this, the metamorphic conditions experienced
23
Facies concept and petrogenetic grids
GPa
Temperature ('>C)
FIG. 2.1 A simplified diagram illustrating the positions of the different metamorphic facies in P-T space. The
facies abbreviations are as follows: A, amphibolite facies; AE, albite-epidote hornfels facies; B, blueschist facies;
E, eclogite facies; EA, epidote-amphibolite facies; Gra, granulite facies; Gs, greenschist facies; HH, hornblende
hornfels facies; PH, pyroxene hornfels facies; S, sanidinite facies; sGs, sub-greenschist facies; Z, zeolite facies. The
boundaries between GS and AE, and between EA, A and HH, are not shown as solid lines because the distinction
between these facies is not always clear. The lines radiating from a dot (invariant point) are the univariant curves
defining the stability fields of Al 2SiOs polymorphs, based on Salje(1986). Note that key assemblages of major
rock types for different metamorphic tacies are given in Appendix III.
24
References
by Spear (1993) and will not be evaluated in decades such grids are largely being defined on
this text (see Appendix III for key assem- the basis of internally consistent thermody-
blages). namic data sets (e.g. Berman, 1988; Holland
The greater the number of components in a & Powell, 1990). This approach enables the
system, the more restricted the stability field of calculation of all the univariant curves and
an individual phase or phase assemblage divariant fields of interest for a particular
becomes. As an example, one of the best chemical system, as long as reliable thermody-
known and most studied systems is the one- namic data are available for all phases of the
component Al2SiO s system. The stability fields system. For simple end-member systems the
of the three Al 2SiO s polymorphs (andalusite, data are very good, and the grids are well
kyanite and sillimanite) have been of consider- defined. However, for complex systems such as
able interest to petrologists and have been those of metapelites and metabasites, involving
extensively studied both on an experimental phases with complex solid solution between
and theoretical basis (Kerrick, 1990). The end-members (e.g. chlorite, micas, garnet and
stability fields for andalusite, kyanite and silli- amphiboles), and sliding reactions in natural
manite shown in Fig. 1.2 are based on the ther- systems with variable fluid compositions, it is
modynamic data set of Berman (1988). Note less easy to construct a wholly reliable petro-
how the addition of H 20 into the system genetic grid. Even so, important advances are
prevents the formation of andalusite and kyan- being made, and some of the important grids
ite at lower temperatures and gives rise to the constructed over the past ten years include
formation of pyrophyllite instead. The addition those of Will et al. (1990) for ultramafic rocks;
of further components gives rise to further limi- Connolly & Trommsdorff (1991) for meta car-
tations and an increasingly complex system, bonates; Frey et al. (1991) for metabasites;
more closely resembling pelitic rocks. Strens and for metapelites the grids of Spear &
(1967) examined the effect of small amounts of Cheney (1989), Powell & Holland (1990) and
Fe2 0 3 on the stability fields of the Al2SiO s poly- Symmes & Ferry (1992). For comprehensive
morphs, noting that the univariant lines sepa- treatment of metamorphic phase equilibria,
rating the stability fields of different phases the text of Spear (1993) is strongly recom-
become divariant zones over which two of the mended.
polymorphs coexist. Bulk rock and fluid chem-
istry variations significantly influence whether
or not a particular mineral or mineral associa- References
tion is present at a given metamorphic grade. Barrow, G. (1893) On an intrusion of
In consequence, the absence of a phase such as muscovite-biotite gneiss in the south-eastern
Highlands of Scotland, and its accompanying meta-
staurolite in a garnet-mica schist does not morphism. Quarterly Journal of the Geological
necessarily preclude the possibility of staurolite Society, 49, 330-358.
grade conditions having been attained. As a Barrow, G. (1912) On the geology of lower Dee-side
general rule, it is inadvisable to place too much and the southern Highland Border. Proceedings of
the Geologists Association, 23, 274-290.
emphasis on the observations from a single thin Berman, R.G. (1988) Internally-consistent thermody-
section, but much more meaningful to draw namic data for minerals in the system
conclusions from a group of thin sections of Na20-K20-CaO-MgO-FeO-Fe203-AI203-Si02-
related rocks. Ti0 2-H20-C0 2. Journal of Petrology, 29,
445-522.
Originally, it was experimental data and Connolly, J.A.D. & Trommsdorff, V. (1991)
empirical observation that aided the construc- Petrogenetic grids for metacarbonate rocks: pres-
tion of petrogenetic grids, but over recent sure-temperature phase-diagram projection for
25
Facies concept and petrogenetic grids
26
Chapter three
Compositional
groups of meta-
morphic rocks
27
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
certain of these minerals can be very important 1965, 1967). More recently, Massone &
for assessing metamorphic grade. Schreyer (1987) have extended Velde's work,
and established that for the assemblage Phe +
PhI + Kfs + Qtz there is a very strong, almost
3.1.1 Medium-pressure '8arrovian'
linear, increase of Si content per formula unit
metamorphism
of phengite with respect to pressure, and a
Pelitic rocks initiate as mudstones, which in the slight decrease in Si content per formula unit
diagenetic field are dominated by fine-grained with increasing temperature. This relationship
clay minerals, quartz, chlorite and minor detri- has also been calibrated for use as a geobarom-
tal feldspar. The dominant clay minerals have eter. In certain pelitic lithologies, minerals such
mixed-layer structure (e.g. illite-smectite). With as stilpnomelane, paragonite or pyrophyllite
increasing heating and burial, the mixed-layer may occur.
clay minerals become ordered with the onset of The increase in temperature from low green-
'metamorphic' conditions, indicated by the schist to upper greenschist facies conditions is
mineral illite at around 200°C. Over the marked by the incoming of biotite, by the reac-
approximate temperature range 200-280°C, tion ChI + Kfs ~ Ms + Bt. At 4 kbar
there are recognisable changes in illite structure (KFMASH system) this occurs at around 440°
(crystallinity), as recorded by XRD and TEM ::!: 20°C. This first appearance of biotite by the
methods. Ultimately, illite is replaced by reaction given is not strictly in true pelites, but
muscovite, the 2M mica-in reaction curve being more correctly relates to greywackes with detri-
located at about 270-280°C. tal K-feldspar. In true pelites the biotite-in
Chlorite may occur either as authigenic or isograd occurs at slightly higher temperatures,
detrital crystals. During low-grade metamor- by a continuous reaction involving the break-
phism it changes from a Type Ib to a Type lIb down of chlorite and the transformation of
structure, this change occurring at tempera- white mica from phengite to muscovite. The
tures of the order of 150-200°C. At around range of temperatures for first appearance of
300-325°C, there is a transition from sub- biotite is due to the continuous or divariant
greenschist facies into the lower part of the true nature of the reaction. In rocks with a high Fe:
greenschist facies. At low greenschist facies Mg ratio (i.e. high XFeO) the reaction will
conditions, although often fine-grained, the proceed at 420°C, whereas for rocks with low
mineral assemblage is recognisable in thin XFeO temperatures> 450°C may be needed
section. For pelites, the characteristic assem- before biotite forms.
blage is ChI + Ms (often phengitic) + Qtz + Ab In particularly Mn-rich rocks, spessartine-
(Appendix III). This assemblage typifies rich garnets may occur in rocks of the lower
temperatures of the order of 325-425°C almost greenschist facies, but for typical pelites of the
regardless of pressure. The muscovites present KFMASH system, porphyroblasts of almanditic
are usually phengitic, having significant Fe (or garnets do not occur until temperatures of the
Mg) substitution for Al in octahedral sites. As order of 460-S00°C. The experimental work of
the temperature rises these micas become more Hsu (1968) has shown that pure almandine
muscovitic, with the Al content increasing at does not form until even higher T is attained.
the expense of Fe. A regular relationship of As with a significant spessartine component, a
increasing Al substitution for Si in the octahe- significant grossular component in almandine
dral site with increasing temperature and garnet has the effect of lowering the tempera-
decreasing pressure has been noted, and cali- ture of first formation. The bulk rock chem-
brated for use as a geothermobarometer (Velde, istry clearly has a strong influence on the
28
Pelites
composltlon of almanditic garnets that form, frequently occurs as porphyroblasts, and exists
and as such the garnet-in isograd covers a over a broad range of pressure conditions. It is
broad range of temperatures and will vary not uncommon in contact metamorphic aure-
from one area to the next. Although spessar- oles (Plate 6(b)), as well as occurring in region-
tine-rich garnets may occur in lower green- ally metamorphosed pelites. Petrographic
schist facies rocks, the presence of almanditic studies, experimental work and petrogenetic
garnets is an indication of upper greenschist grids constructed on the basis of internally
(epidote-amphibolite) facies conditions or consistent thermodynamic data sets have estab-
higher. The continuous reaction ChI + Ms --7 lished that at temperatures of the order of
Grt + Bt + H 2 0 is probably the most important 520-560°C over the normal range of P-T
reaction to form almanditic garnet. As temper- conditions (3-10 kbar) during orogenic meta-
ature rises, the Mg: Fe ratio of garnet steadily morphism (higher T with higher P) chloritoid
increases as a result of a cation-exchange reac- reacts out to produce staurolite-bearing assem-
tion with biotite. blages (Fig. 3.2). In view of this, the presence of
At about the same P-T conditions as for the chloritoid gives a good indication of the maxi-
formation of almanditic garnet, the small mum temperature experienced by pelites, and
proportion of plagioclase present in pelitic the incoming of staurolite gives a good estimate
rocks becomes more calcic, changing from of the mInImUm temperature conditions
albite in greenschist facies rocks to oligoclase in attained. Stable coexistence of the assemblage
epidote-amphibolite and amphibolite facies Grt + St + Cld, although only seen in certain
rock. In terms of anorthite component, the aluminous pelites, is a good indication of
change is typically from An o_s (albite) in low temperature conditions of about 550°C
greenschist facies rocks, to Ans_Io in upper (Bucher & Frey, 1994).
greenschist facies rocks, and then a jump to Over the temperature range 550-600°C,
An IS _2S (oligoclase) In rocks of the pelites in the KFMASH system with high
epidote-amphibolite and low amphibolite alumina content and X FeO > 0.5 have the
facies. This jump marks the 'peristerite gap' assemblage Grt + ChI + 5t + Ms + Qtz. Those
corresponding to a structural change in plagio- pelites with similar X FeO ' but lower alumina
clase feldspar. This change in feldspar type is lack staurolite, but maintain the ChI + Bt
not recognisable by standard optical association (i.e. Grt + ChI + Bt + Ms + Qtz).
microscopy, but can be readily confirmed by Above 600°C (almost irrespective of pres-
electron-microprobe analytical work. sure), the association Grt + ChI is no longer
Another mineral characteristic of greenschist stable and in Fe-rich pelites the assemblage
and epidote-amphibolite facies conditions is Grt + St + Bt + Ms + Qtz occurs, while in
chloritoid. However, its occurrence is strongly pelites with a higher Mg content, the assem-
influenced by bulk rock chemistry, and it has blage St + Bt + ChI + Ms + Qtz is seen. This St
been shown that it only occurs in highly alumi- + Bt association is crucial, and marks the start
nous pelites with a very low calcium content. In of mid-amphibolite facies conditions. By a
the pure FA5H system (not true pelites), it can combination of field and thin-section study, it
start to appear at sub-greenschist facies condi- is an isograd that is quite easily defined. The
tions (c. 230°C) by the reaction ChI + Prl ~ Grt + St + Bt association is diagnostic of
Cld + Qtz (Fig. 3.2), but in average pelites of pelites of the mid-amphibolite facies (Ky + 5t
the KFMA5H system chloritoid appears at + Bt [no Grt] in more aluminous pelites), but
temperatures of around 300°C, by reactions once upper amphibolite facies conditions in
involving the breakdown of chlorite. Chloritoid excess of 670°C are reached, staurolite is no
29
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
1
+
:c
0
1
..-..
'-
CO
..c
~
'-'"
E
CD
:::I:
a
+
"t:
a.
8+
~
+ 0)
as
Q) :E ~
'- 0
:::J +
en "0
C3
en
....
Q)
a..
.t:i
0 Sil
+ And
'0
:E 0 Crdl He
0
assemblages
2
200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Temperature (OC)
FIG. 3.2 A petrogenetic grid for the FeO- AI 20 r Si02-H 20 (FASH) system (modified after Bucher & Frey,
1994; constructed using data of Holland & Powell, 1990; details of reactions involving cordie rite and hercynite
not shown). Shaded field marks St + Qtz stability.
30
Metacarbonates and calc-silicate rocks
~
passing into the granulite facies (typically P of Q.
31
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
32
Metabasites
33
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
34
Metamorphosed ultramafic rocks
35
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
kyanite. Green & Ringwood (1967) undertook CFMASH. In cases in which the fluid has a
a classic piece of experimental work examining significant CO 2 component, the systems
the transformation of gabbros into eclogites become MS-HC, CMAS-HC and CFMAS-
with increasing pressure and under virtually HC, and carbonate phases (e.g. magnesite)
anhydrous conditions. Although the precise form part of the mineral assemblage.
boundaries for the eclogite facies are not well Highly sheared and metamorphosed ultra-
defined on the P-T grid, such rocks are clearly mafic rocks occur as discontinuous pods and
representative of high-P/high-T conditions. lenses in fault and shear zones, as well as in
Metabasites from the environment of thick units at the base of many ophiolite slabs.
blueschist facies metamorphism have a distinc- Rocks from these environments often show
tive mineralogy dominated by sodic amphi- pronounced and pervasive ductile shear fabrics.
boles such as glaucophane or crossite. Fluid flow through the shear zones readily
Experimental work has shown that the phase leads to the retrogression of the primary
assemblages of blueschist facies rocks are igneous assemblage to give serpentinites. While
indicative of high-P/low- T conditions. In the serpentine is widely associated with metamor-
lower-pressure part of the blueschist facies, phosed ultramafic rocks, other Mg-rich miner-
with P of the order of 5-8 kbar and T = als such as anthophyllite, talc, magnesite and
200-350°C, the metabasite assemblage is typi- clinochlore are also common in certain ultra-
cally GIn + Ep (or Lws) + Spn + Ab + Qtz (+ mafites. The Fe component of ultramafites is
ChI + white mica + Stp + Cal). Higher-pressure re-utilised in the new growth of Fe-oxides, Fe-
blueschists may contain small amounts of bearing amphiboles and chlorites. None of
jadeitic pyroxene in addition to glaucophane. these minerals is especially useful for tightly
Such rocks lack albite, and if a carbonate phase defining P-T conditions, especially if the fluid
is present it is most likely to be aragonite rather composition is not well known.
than calcite. Many blueschist facies rocks are During metamorphism of simple MgO-Si0 2
transitional into the greenschist facies (Section ultramafites (harzburgites), it is well estab-
12.3.5). In addition to Na-amphiboles (glauco- lished that fluids rich in CO2 generate entirely
phane--crossite), such higher-temperature blue- different mineralogies compared to H 20-rich
schist facies rocks commonly contain garnet, fluids. In mixed fluids the precise H 2 0 : CO 2
and a second amphibole such as actinolite or ratio significantly controls the temperature at
the Na-rich sub-calcic hornblende known as which a given reaction occurs for given fluid
barroisite. pressure (Johannes, 1969). Serpentine group
minerals are indicative of very aqueous fluids
(i.e. very low XC0 2 ) and while often associ-
3.5 Metamorphosed ultramafic rocks
ated with metamorphism at temperatures less
Ultramafic rocks such as dunite, lherzolite, than 400°C, the extreme upper limit is shown
harzburgite and pyroxenite have an assemblage to be at about 480°C/1 kbar to 590°C/7 kbar
characterised by olivine and pyroxene, with the (Evans & Trommsdorff, 1970). Chrysotile is
proportions varying according to rock type. the stable serpentine group mineral below
Hydrated ultramafic rocks generally have a about 250°C, but at higher temperatures
simpler chemistry compared to metapelites and (greenschist-amphibolite facies) antigorite is
metabasites, and are dominated by MgO, Si0 2 , the characteristic serpentine phase. The upper
H 20 with CaO and A1 20 3, and so can be temperature limit for magnesite is somewhat
considered as a MSH to CMASH system. For similar to that for serpentine minerals,
hydrated lherzolites the system is more strictly although magnesite can form over a very
36
References
broad range of fluid composition from high nied by epidote group minerals. Under similar
H 2 0 to high CO 2 , conditions, clastic sediments will also retain
Talc forms over a wide range of fluid and much of their original texture, and thus it is
P-T conditions. The lower stability limit ranges easy to distinguish them from metagranitoid
from as low as about 310°C for highly aqueous rocks. However, at higher temperatures the
fluids at 1 kbar, to as high as 670°C if the fluid original rock microstructure becomes blurred,
is very H 2 0-rich (see Johannes, 1969, for and ultimately lost, as the quartz-
detailed reaction curves). The presence of feldspar-mica assemblages recrystallise to a
anthophyllite, enstatite or forsterite in meta- more stable arrangement. As temperature
morphosed ultramafics signifies a high-grade increases, the plagioclase becomes more calcic,
assemblage. Anthophyllite is stable at tempera- and at high grades of metamorphism muscovite
tures between about 500°C and 760°C, will ultimately break down to K-feldspar. At
depending on bulk rock chemistry, fluid these high grades it is virtually impossible,
composition and Pf' Forsterite and enstatite are from microscopic work alone, to distinguish
commonly part of the original igneous assem- rocks that were originally 'granites' from those
blage. The reaction curves determined by that were quartzofeldspathic sediments.
Johannes (1969) suggest that the lower stability Similarly, highly sheared or mylonitised
limit for these minerals is of the order of granites can be difficult to distinguish from
500-550°C at 2 kbar. mylonitised arkosic sediments. However, a
CMASH (CFMASH) systems of metamor- good understanding of the field relationships
phosed lherzolites, as well as containing and associated lithologies to each side of the
serpentine and talc, also have chlorite, Ca- shear zone will normally resolve the problem.
amphibole (tremolite) and/or Ca-pyroxene
(diopside) as key phases at greenschist and
amphibolite facies. Passing into the granulite References
facies, spinel forms, while chlorite and amphi- Bucher, K. & Frey, M. (1994) Petrogenesis of meta-
bole disappear, to give a typical assemblage of morphic rocks. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 318 pp.
Eskola, P. (1939) Die metamorphen Gesteine, in Die
Fo + En + Cpx + Spl at low to moderate pres- Entstehung der Gesteine (eds T.F.W. Barth, C.W.
sure, and Fo + En + Cpx + Grt at high pressure, Correns & P. Eskola). Julius Springer, Berlin
bordering eclogite facies. (reprinted, 1960, 1970),263-407.
Evans, B.W. & Trommsdorff, V. (1970) Regional
metamorphism of ultramafic rocks in the Central
3.6 Meta-granitoids Alps; paragneisses in the system CaO-MgO-
Si0 2-H 20. Schweizerische Mineralogische und
The characteristic mineral assemblage of Petrographische Mitteilungen, 50, 481-492.
deformed and/or metamorphosed 'granitoid' Green, D.H. & Ringwood, A.E. (1967) An experimen-
tal investigation of the gabbro to eclogite transfor-
rocks is essentially the same as that for mation and its petrological implications.
deformed and/or metamorphosed quartzofelds- Geochemica et Cosmochimica Acta, 31, 767-833.
pathic sediments. At low metamorphic grades Greenwood, H.J. (1967) Wollastonite: stability in
in granitoid rocks that have experienced only H 20-C0 2 mixtures and occurrence in a contact-
metamorphic aureole near Salmo, British Columbia,
limited deformation, the original igneous Canada. American Mineralogist, 52, 1669-1680.
texture and mineralogy is usually recognisable. Holland, T.J.B. & Powell, R. (1990) An enlarged and
However, the feldspars commonly show signs updated internally consistent thermodynamic
of alteration. They frequently show partial dataset with uncertainties and correlations: the
system K20-Na 20-CaO-MgO-MnO-FeO- Fe 20 3-
replacement or complete pseudomorphing by a A120j-Ti02-Si02-C-H2-02' Journal of Meta-
fine aggregate of sericite, typically accompa- morphic Geology, 8, 89-124.
37
Compositional groups of metamorphic rocks
Hsu, L.c. (1968) Selected phase relationships in the Trommsdorff, V. & Evans, B.W. (1977) Antigorite-
system Al-Mn-Fe-Si-O-H: a model for garnet equi- ophicarbonates: contact metamorphism in
libria. Journal of Petrology, 9, 40-83. Valmalenco, Italy. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Johannes, W. (1969) An experimental investigation of Petrology, 62, 301-312.
the system MgO-Si0 2-H 2 0-C0 2 • American Journal Velde, B. (1965) Phengite micas: synthesis, stability and
of Science, 267,1083-1104. natural occurrence. American Journal of Science,
Kretz, R. (1983) Symbols for rock-forming minerals. 263, 886-913.
American Mineralogist, 68, 277-279. Velde, B. (1967) Si+ 4 content of natural phengites.
Maruyama, S., Liou, ].G. & Suzuki, K. (1982) The Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 14,
peristerite gap in low-grade metamorphic rocks. 250-258.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 81, Walther, ].V. & Helgeson, H.C. (1980) Description
268-276. of metasomatic phase relations at high pres-
Massone, H.]. & Schreyer, W. (1987) Phengite sures and temperatures: 1. Equilibrium activities
geobarometry based on the limiting assemblage with of ionic species in non-ideal mixtures of CO 2
K-feldspar, phlogopite, and quartz. Contributions and H 20. American Journal of Science, 280,
to Mineralogy and Petrology, 96,212-224. 575-606.
38
Part B
Introduction to
metamorphic
textures and
microstructures
The chapters in this part aim to give a broad materials science groups all crystalline materi-
introduction to the description and interpreta- als together in terms of basic processes, it is
tion of the fundamental textures and logical to use a common descriptive terminol-
microstructures of metamorphic rocks. The ogy. In synthetic materials (e.g. metals)
significance of each will be emphasised and, 'texture' specifically relates to cases of
where relevant, current theories and controver- preferred orientation. It therefore makes sense
sies relating to their origin will be discussed. to use the term in a similar way when referring
Before doing this, however, it is first necessary to rocks, rather than perpetuate a more general
to define texture, microstructure and equilib- use of the term and promote possible confu-
rium in relation to metamorphic rocks. SIOn.
39
Introduction to metamorphic textures and microstructures
many high-grade metamorphic assemblages pseudomorphs, and yet other phases of the
preserved in rocks at the Earth's surface high-grade assemblage appear entirely fresh. In
provide a clear indication of this lack of equili- such cases the complete assemblage is very
bration. It therefore seems that the rate of equi- much a disequilibrium assemblage. It contains
libration is much slower than the rate of more phases than would satisfy the Phase Rule
change in P-T during uplift, and that the and it contains phases representing both high-
assemblage observed records some earlier stage grade and low-grade metamorphic conditions.
of the P-T evolution. In most cases it is taken The degree of microstructural equilibrium also
to represent the assemblage at peak metamor- depends on the rate of change of the different
phic conditions. How close to equilibrium this variables. The most stable arrangement of
assemblage is depends as much as anything on grains is a polygonal aggregate of unstrained
how long the particular rock was held at or crystals with flat faces, whereas aggregates of
close to peak conditions, since the longer a strained crystals with irregular boundaries
particular set of conditions prevails, the more show a much lower degree of equilibrium.
time there is to equilibrate. In many rocks there
are signs of partial equilibration to lower P-T Reference
conditions in that some phases show signs of Vernon, R.H. (1976) Metamorphic processes. George
retrogression in the form of reaction rims or Allen & Unwin, London, 247 pp.
40
Chapter four
Layering,
banding and
fabric
development
41
Layering, banding and fabric development
FIG. 4.1 Compositional layering in greenschist facies semi-pelitic schist from Sierra Leone. Alternating layers are
richer and poorer in biotite with respect to quartz. Note also the weak schistosity trending oblique to the layering
from the top right to the bottom left. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
42
Planar fabrics in metamorphic rocks
FIG. 4.2 A field photograph of grading in pelitic/semi-pelitic rocks, Snake Creek, Queensland, Australia. The
pencil is 12 cm long; the younging direction (left to right) is shown by the symbol in the lower left corner. Platy
layers represent micaceous (originally fine-grained clay-rich) tops to cycles.
have a rotational component, where superim- By contrast, the quartz-mica matrix shows
posed stresses form a couple, as in the case of evidence of pronounced mineral alignment and
simple shear regimes. Three mutually perpen- deformation. It therefore follows that there
dicular principal strain axes, X, Y and Z, can must be a strain gradient between porphyrob-
be used to define a strain ellipsoid, where X ~ Y last and matrix (Fig. 9.7). The strain recorded
~ Z (i.e. X is the axis of maximum elongation, in a given metamorphic rock can be evaluated
Z the principal shortening direction and Y the on the basis of textural and microstructural
intermediate axis). Because rocks are highly observation and measurement. Features of
heterogeneous in character, their deformation is different stages in the evolution of the rock
a very uneven process. Different rock types may be recognised, but the nature of the strain
have different rheological properties and there- ellipsoid deduced is that of the bulk finite
fore behave very differently under a given set of strain ellipsoid (i.e. the sum total of all the
conditions. Even on the scale of an individual strain experienced).
rock, certain domains within the rock will be
weaker than others. As a consequence, rock
4.3 Classification of planar fabrics in
deformation is heterogeneous on all scales and
metamorphic rocks
this leads to pronounced strain partitioning.
When considering strain experienced by a As well as compositional layering or banding,
given metamorphic rock, we can examine most deformed metamorphic rocks exhibit
aspects of bulk strain, but on closer inspection some kind of preferred orientation of
microdomains of different strain can be identi- constituent grains. Such structures result from
fied. In a garnet-mica schist for example, the alignment of inequidimensional grains (i.e.
garnet porphyroblasts typically have sub- GRAIN-SHAPE FABRIC) or else alignment of
rounded to euhedral form, and with the excep- crystal structures (CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC
tion of examples showing brittle fracturing, PREFERRED ORIENTATION). In the vast
most garnets show no sign of being deformed. majority of deformed metamorphic rocks,
43
Layering, banding and fabric development
FIG. 4.3 A hand specimen of augen gneiss (Baltic Shield, Norway), comprising large K-feldspar crystals in a
biotite-rich matrix.
parallel alignment of elongate grains is visible tion and evaluation of the various cleavage
in hand specimen and therefore visible in thin types and other rock fabrics, the reader is
section. They may define a FOLIATION referred to Borradaile et at. (1982) and
(planar structure) or a LINEATION (linear Passchier & Trouw (1996).
structure) (Fig. 4.4). Many metamorphic rocks Parallel planes of preferred splitting in a
(e.g. schists and mylonites) are L-S rock are known as CLEAVAGE, and are widely
TECTONITES, and are comprised of a linear developed under conditions of low and
and planar component. The lineation generally medium metamorphic grade. Various types of
lies within the plane of the foliation, and cleavage have been recognised and described by
defines the maximum elongation direction (X- geologists, but by the mid-1970s it was appar-
direction) of the finite strain ellipsoid. The ent that existing classifications of rock cleavage
planar element lies parallel or very close to were rather confused. This was a consequence
parallel with the X-Y plane, and is perpendicu- of a plethora of terms being introduced into the
lar to the principal direction of bulk shortening literature, often poorly defined and used differ-
or compression. The high strains associated ently by different workers, and a mixture of
with ductile shear zones generate strongly foli- terminology based on morphological and
ated rocks termed MYLONITES and PHYL- genetic considerations. In 1976 a Penrose
LONITES. However, these rocks and their Conference on Cleavage attempted to resolve
fabrics will not be dealt with in this chapter, the problem and standardise the terminology in
since they are covered comprehensively in use. Although several classifications were
Chapter 8. The remainder of this chapter deals attempted, each had their problems.
with the classification of cleavage, and the Nevertheless, a subsequent paper by Powell
processes involved in cleavage and schistosity (1979) presented a purely morphological classi-
development, followed by a section on the fication of rock cleavage, which has consider-
processes responsible for banding and layering able merits. An important advantage is that it
in gneisses and migmatites. For further illustra- provides an objective description of all cleavage
44
Cleavage and schistosity development
45
Layering, banding and fabric development
FIG.4.5 (a) Schistosity, defined by aligned hornblende (dark crystals) plus feldspar and quartz (white). Schistose
amphibolite, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (PPL). (b) A fine continuous cleavage, pervasively developed in the Skiddaw
Slates. Contact aureole of the Skiddaw Granite, Lake District, England. Scale = 1 mm (PPL). Note the ghost-like
oval pseudomorphs of cordierite, and the fact that the cleavage (defined by biotite, muscovite and elongate
quartz) is slightly oblique (clockwise) to the horizontal compositional layering.
compacted and lithified during burial, this primary fabrics are insignificant and all major
primary fabric may be enhanced. This accounts fabrics developed are secondary in origin, and
for the fissile nature of undeformed and caused principally by deformation of the rock.
unmetamorphosed mudrocks such as shales. The relative importance of the main processes
However, for most metamorphic rocks, involved - namely, (i) mechanical rotation of
46
Cleavage and schistosity development
FIG. 4.6 (a) Zonal crenulation cleavage developed in a pelitic schist. The Sl fabric trends top left to bottom
right, and is overprinted by an S2 crenulation cleavage at 90° to this. The separation into phyllosilicate-rich
domains (P-domains), and quartz-rich domains (Q-domains) is clearly observed. Mica schist, Ox Mountains,
Ireland. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (b) Discrete crenulation cleavage developed in a fine-grained schist. Dark pressure
solution seams defining S2 trend top to bottom and overprint a crenulated Sl fabric trending left to right. Semi-
pelitic schist/phyllite, unknown locality. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
pre-existing grains, (ii) deformation and ductile combination of processes that operate (Knipe,
flow of individual crystals and (iii) dissolution 1981). The key factors controlling fabric devel-
and new mineral growth - has been and still is opment in metamorphic rocks are (i) rock
the focus of much debate with regard to cleav- composition, (ii) P- T conditions, (iii) stress
age formation. In many cases it is likely to be a orientation and magnitude, (iv) strain rate, (v)
47
Layering, banding and fabric development
FIG. 4.7 An SEM photograph (back-scattered electron image) of domainal 'slaty cleavage' in slate (Luss,
Scotland). Scale bar (lower centre) = 10 ~m. Note the textural similarity to Fig. 4.6(a), but the difference in scale.
the amount of fluid present and (vi) fluid lar to the principal shortening axis (Z) and thus
composition. In the model of Knipe (1981), it defines the X- Y plane of the finite strain ellip-
is envisaged that mechanical rotation domi- soid. As strain increases so the fabric intensi-
nates the initial stages of cleavage development, fies, and where there is progressive increase in
possibly accompanied by solution proceses and bulk strain the cleavage planes converge. The
grain-boundary sliding (Chapter 8). Later commonly observed phenomenon of cleavage
stages of cleavage development are interpreted refraction displays this feature well, especially
as a more complex and heterogeneous interac- in beds that show grading from psammite to
tion of deformation and metamorphic growth pelite. In Fig. 4.8, note the change in orienta-
processes. The development of new phyllosili- tion and curved nature of the main fabric as
cates (e.g. phengite and chlorite) synchronous the cleavage passes from the less strained, more
with deformation is an integral part of the psammltlc unit, into the more intensely
cleavage-forming process. deformed metapelitic layers in this metamor-
To form a recognisable cleavage generally phosed sequence of clastic sediments. Assuming
requires that rocks of appropriate composition regional strain rates during cleavage formation
have experienced at least 20-30% shortening. of the order of 10- 14 S-I, it has been estimated by
For a pronounced slaty cleavage, more substan- Paterson & Tobisch (1992) that formation of a
tial shortening is required. In many cases it has regional cleavage would take 2-4 Ma. At faster
been estimated that typical shortening associated strain rates, such as those operating in shear
with a regionally pervasive slaty cleavage is zones (e.g. 10- 12 S-I), an intense fabric could
around 60-75%. The fabric forms perpendicu- form in < 40 000 years.
48
Cleavage and schistosity development
As stated by Passchier & Trouw (1996), recently, Mancktelow (1994) presents evidence
cleavage differentiation by solution transfer from a range of classic areas to suggest that
depends on a substantial amount of intergranu- marked bulk volume change is not a prerequi-
lar fluid in order to be effective, and conse- site for the development of crenulation cleav-
quently is most significant as a process at low age. Clearly, the topic remains a matter of
metamorphic grades. During cleavage forma- current debate, with no unanimous view.
tion in sub-greenschist facies rocks there is good On the basis of detailed electron microprobe
evidence (e.g. marker veins and oolites) of studies and SEMffEM work, it is now clear
extensive dissolution and up to 50% volume that even in penetratively cleaved slates
loss (Fig. 4.9). The intensity of cleavage devel- distinctly recognisable microdomains are often
opment will be a key factor, but for pressure present. In crenulation cleavages, the existence
solution cleavage development, 30-50% of phyllosilicate-rich domains (P-domains), and
volume loss is a typical estimate given by many quartz-rich domains (Q-domains) has long been
researchers. At higher metamorphic grades the known. The development of this distinctive
evidence for substantial volume loss is less clear- 'domainal' or 'zonal' crenulation cleavage (Fig.
cut, and wide-ranging estimates have been 4.6(a)) commences with initial microfolding of
made. The majority of metamorphic petrolo- an earlier formed cleavage or schistosity to give
gists have always viewed volume loss at higher a series of gentle crenulations in the rock.
metamorphic grades to be very low (or zero), Depending on the relative importance of pure
because of limited fluid presence. However, shear and simple shear, the crenulations devel-
authors such as Bell & Cuff (1989) have oped can range from upright and symmetrical
suggested that as much as 50% volume loss to overturned and asymmetrical. The initial
may occur during differentiated crenulation stage is dominated by kinking and bending of
cleavage development by dissolution and solu- phyllosilicate minerals, but as cleavage develop-
tion transfer in phyllosilicate-rich rocks at ment progresses, instability of the pre-existing
greenschist and amphibolite facies. More phyllosilicates leads to the crystallisation of new
FIG. 4.8 Cleavage refraction in slates with varying quartz: phyllosilicate ratios (Bovisand Bay, Devon, England).
The lens cap is 50 mm in diameter and located on one of the more pelitic (phyllosilicate-rich) layers.
49
Layering, banding and fabric development
phyllosilicates parallel to the crenulation axial istry and mineralogy may remain largely the
surfaces. This becomes the dominant process of same, this redistribution of material by solution
fabric development, whereas the significance of transfer leads to significant changes on the
mechanical rotation of old grains is greatly domain scale. In other cases bulk rock chem-
diminished. The alignment of new phyllosilicate istry may be significantly modified by transfer
grains is the first clear sign of the newly devel- of more soluble material (e.g. silica) out of the
oping crenulation cleavage fabric. Further local system by pressure solution along cleavage
increase in strain tightens the hinge-angle of the surfaces. In such cases, rather than distinct P-
crenulations and leads to an intensification of domains developing, thin dark cleavage 'seams'
the new fabric by preferential nucleation of form (Fig. 4.9). These seams contain insoluble
phyllosilicates in the limbs (P-domains). At this carbonaceous (graphitic) material and phyllosil-
stage of development, significant strain and icates (Gray, 1979; Gray & Durney, 1979).
chemical potential gradients exist between Such spaced cleavage is known as 'discrete'
'hinge' and 'limb' regions of the crenulations crenulation cleavage (Fig. 4.6(b)). Displacement
(the limbs becoming sites of higher strain and of pre-existing compositional markers and veins
chemical potential compared to the hinges). gives the impression of microfaulting, but this is
This leads to soluble minerals of the limbs (e.g. not the case, the offset simply representing
quartz and calcite) preferentially entering into major volume loss of material. Compared to
solution, and being transferred down chemical 'zonal' crenulation cleavages which are
potential gradients, via grain-boundary fluid, to common in both greenschist and amphibolite
sites of deposition in the hinge regions. Gray & facies rocks, the development of 'discrete'
Durney (1979) established a mineralogical crenulation cleavage is usually restricted to
order in which, in terms of decreasing mobility greenschist and sub-greenschist rocks. During
by solution transfer, Cal> Qtz > Feld > ChI> Bt polyphase deformation and metamorphism, an
> Ms > opaques. Although the bulk rock chem- early fabric may be virtually obliterated, or
FIG. 4.9 Displacement and partial dissolution of marker horizons in crenulated phyllite. A quartz-rich horizon
(pale) defining the original lamination (left to right) is cut by vertical pressure solution seams (thin black lines)
related to a secondary crenulation cleavage. Area a-b shows displacement and partial dissolution, whereas c-d
shows more pronounced dissolution. Phyllite, unknown location, UK. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
50
Layering in gneisses and migmatites
51
Layering, banding and fabric development
between schist and gneiss, the distinction foliated host rock. Lucas & St-Onge (1995)
between migmatite and gneiss is not always argue for 'granite' vein emplacement into layer-
clear, because there is a transition in both the parallel extension fractures, rather than rota-
appearance and the processes operating. For tion of pre-exIstmg oblique veins into
many gneisses, it has been suggested that meta- parallelism, on the basis that the layer-parallel
morphic differentiation in the solid state is one 'granitic' veins are considerably less strained
of the key processes (e.g. Robin, 1979). This is than the surrouding host rock. However, they
achieved by reaction and diffusion of material also point out that the 'gneissose' banding is
down chemical potential gradients. However, subsequently enhanced by later deformation.
others (e.g. Myers, 1978; Kmner et al., 1994) From the above discussion, it is apparent
would argue that diffusion is a much less that there are many possible models for the
important process in the development of gneis- origin of banded gneisses. Original composi-
sic banding, and that in many cases the band- tion layering is often an important element,
ing results from intense shear of original and intense shearing at high temperatures
compositional layering and early oblique dykes usually plays a part in enhancing the banding.
and veins. In some - or possibly many - cases, However, to advocate a single model to
gneISSIC banding may represent sheared account for all banded gneisses would be
migmatites! unwise, since other processes such metamor-
Lucas & St-Onge (1995) studied phic differentiation and emplacement of melt
Precambrian granulite facies banded rocks of may also be involved to some degree.
the Ungava Peninsula, Canadian Shield. They Therefore, before deciding on the likely origin
interpreted the cmldm-scale banding of of a particular banded gneiss it is vital that the
tonalites, quartz diorites and monzogranitic gneiss in question has been examined carefully
rocks in terms of broadly layer-parallel in both outcrop and thin section to assess the
emplacement of externally derived monzogran- available evidence for and against the various
ite veins into previously layered and strongly interpretations.
FIG. 4.10 A weak fabric of gneisses. Hbl-Bt gneiss, Ghana. Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
52
Layering in gneisses and migmatites
4.5.2 The nature and origin of layered selvages around layers and lenses of quartzo-
migmatites feldspathic leucosome is a characteristic
feature of certain migmatites (Fig. 4.12). The
A simple but useful summary of the main boundary between such melanosome selvages
processes that may operate during migmatisa- and the mesosome is commonly gradational.
tion is provided in Table 4.1 (after Ashworth, The development of these selvages results from
1985). One or more of these processes may melt segregation within migmatites, and is not
operate, and all have been suggested as seen in gneisses and lower-grade metamorphic
processes responsible for the formation of rocks. This relationship can be viewed on the
migmatites. Evidence suggests that in situ scale of an individual thin section, but most of
partial melting (anatexis) is responsible for the the key migmatite relationships are best deter-
formation of most migmatites, or at least that mined by field studies of individual exposures,
is the interpretation currently favoured by most followed by thin-section studies of specific
petrologists. On the basis that most (though igneous and metamorphic components of the
not all) migmatites involve melt, they can migmatite. In the presence of an aqueous fluid,
largely pe defined as coarse-grained heteroge- melting of high-grade schists and gneisses may
neous rocks, characteristically with irregular commence in favourable (quartz-feldspar-
and discontinuous interleaving of melt-derived mica) rocks at temperatures as low as 640°C,
leucocratic granitoid material (leucosome) and but extensive melting and migmatization typi-
residual high-grade metamorphic rock (restite), cally occurs at 670-750°C (upper amphibolite
also referred to as mesosome. The leucosome facies and the innermost part of contact aure-
originates by partial melting of the high-grade oles). Johannes & Gupta (1982) and Johannes
metamorphic rock, and in many migmatites an (1988) describe the migmatisation of a layered
accompanying dark coloured component paragneiss by progressive melting of individual
(melanosome) is also present. Of the many layers. Because of the high viscosity of the
structural types of migmatites recognised in the granitoid melt, in the absence of open frac-
classic work of Mehnert (1968), it is stromatic tures, the melt has difficulty migrating away
migmatites and those with schlieren texture from the area in which it formed. It tends to
that are relevant to this chapter on layering, accumulate at boundaries between layers, but
banding and fabrics in metamorphic rocks. will also migrate into localised areas of lower
Stromatic migmatites are those that have a pressure such as boudin necks and shear
pronounced layering (e.g. Maal0e, 1992). zones. In most cases the leucosome is repre-
These are common in migmatites that have sented as discontinuous layers and lenses.
experienced only moderate degrees of partial Once the melt has migrated to some degree, the
melting (metatexites). Schlieren texture is the boundary between leucosome and other
term used for migmatites that possess streaks portions of the migmatite is usually clear, but
or elongate segregations of non-leucosome in areas of melt generation the distinction
material (usually biotite-rich) in leucosome between the leucosome and the refractory
(Fig. 4.11). This is especially common in residue (the 'mesosome') often appears much
migmatites that have experienced extensive more diffuse and nebulous. Because it is a rock
partial melting and are leucosome dominated formed from a melt, the granitoid leucosome
(diatexites). The schlieren represent entrained often lacks any significant alignment of miner-
restite that has not been entirely separated als to define a fabric. It should also display a
from the melt. random arrangement of constituent mineral
The presence of biotite-rich melanosome phases, with little or no tendency to segregation
53
Layering, banding and fabric development
FIG. 4.11 A field photograph of schlieren-texture migmatite (St. Jacut, Brittany, France). The coin is 22 mm in
diameter.
FIG.4.12 A field photograph showing Bt-rich melanosome selvages in metatexitic migmatite (St. Jacut, Brittany,
France). The lens cap is 50 mm in diameter.
54
References
55
Chapter five
Crystal
nucleation and
growth
5.1 Nucleation
Crystallisation of metamorphic rocks in
response to changing P-T conditions requires
crystallisation of minerals by nucleation and
growth. Homogeneous nucleation, involving
spherical nuclei with uniform surface energy,
randomly distributed throughout the host in
which they develop, may be relevant in chem-
istry and metallurgy, but is an inappropriate
description of nucleation in heterogeneous
polycrystalline metamorphic rocks. Hetero-
geneous nucleation describes non-random
nucleation on some pre-existing substrate, such
as new crystals preferentially nucleating at pre-
existing grain boundaries. Even the purest
monomineralic quartzite or marble has hetero-
geneities such as microfractures or small detri-
tal grains. Because of this there will always be
some places where new crystals are more likely
to nucleate, and other areas where nucleation is
less likely. In view of this, heterogeneous nucle-
ation is the most relevant way to consider
nucleation in metamorphic rocks. Bulk rock
chemistry also plays a key role in influencing FIG. 5.1 Metasediments in the contact aureole of the
the number and size of porphyroblasts that Corvock Granite, Mayo, Ireland, showing widespread
develop. An example from the aureole of the cordierite development. Due to bulk rock chemical
controls on nucleation and growth, porphyroblasts
late Caledonian Corvock granite (Co. Mayo, have preferentially developed to a larger size in the
Ireland) is shown in Fig. 5.1. In this case, pelitic layers compared to the semi-pelitic layers. The
cordierite is preferentially developed as larger lens cap is 45 mm in diameter.
57
Crystal nucleation and growth
porphyroblasts in pelitic compared to seml- energy, not considered in (5.1) is strain energy
pelitic horizons. (E) stored in elastically strained crystals. Some
With the exception of crystallisation of or all of this energy may be released during
minerals from a melt (e.g. migmatites) and reactions and recrystallisation, and thus reac-
development of minerals in fluid-filled fractures tions may commence earlier and proceed more
or cavities, nucleation and growth of minerals rapidly in aggregates in which strained crystals
in metamorphic rocks essentially occurs in the are present.
solid state. Classical nucleation theory, first Thermal fluctuations will cause embryos to
proposed by Gibbs (1878), has been developed change in size, but once re is exceeded, a
in more detail by various workers and was nucleus is formed and from this a crystal can
neatly summarised by Kretz (1994). It is grow. Authors such as Christian (1975) have
outside the scope of this book to give a detailed developed the classical theory further.
theoretical treatment of the topic but, instead, Considering the activation energy of formation
the key aspects of nucleation will be examined. of a nucleus (LiG*) in terms of LiG y and a, the
If we consider a simple solid-state phase relationship re = -2a/LiG is obtained and,
y
transformation in which phase A reacts to form when substituted into (5.1), gives
phase B, the classical nucleation theory
* 161t oJ
proposes that once the temperature of the reac- ~G =3 (~Gy' (5.2)
tion has been exceeded, micro domains
(embryos) of phase B will start to nucleate in Activation energy (LiG*) represents an energy
phase A. If it is assumed that the embryos are barrier that must be surpassed before atoms
spherical, the free energy of formation of an
embryo can be written as
be some critical size (re ), corresponding to FIG. 5.2 The contributions of the Gibbs energy
change per unit volume (~Gvl of B for the reaction A
maximum LiG e (Fig. 5.2), above which further -7 B (lower curve), and the surface (interfacial) energy
growth of the embryo results in a progressively (a) per unit volume of the A-B interface (upper curve),
more stable state. LiG e at re is the activation to the energy of formation of a spherical embryo (r <
energy of nucleation (LiG*) or, in other words, rJ, a nucleus (r = rJ and a crystal (r > re). ~G is the
Gibbs free energy change, and ~G* is the activation
the energy that must be supplied to the system energy that must be overcome for the reaction to
for a nucleus to form. An additional source of proceed (modified after Kretz, 1994).
58
Nucleation
will transfer freely across the A-B interface and energy and stored elastic strain energy. The
thus promote growth of B. One important reason for preferential nucleation at sites such
implication of the relationships expressed in as grain boundaries can be understood in terms
(5 .2) is that the more the equilibrium position of a simple extension of the homogeneous
of transformation is overstepped (i.e. the more nucleation theory described above. If we take a
negative LiG v becomes), the smaller rc and LiG * spherical embryo of B formed at an A-A grain
become, so that (other things being equal) the boundary that is being consumed, the surface
easier it will be for a nucleus to form. energy term of (5.1) is modified to
Correspondingly, no nucleation will be possible 41tr2(J'A-B -1tr2(J'A-A (5.3)
at equilibrium, since at that point LiG v = 0 and
thus LiG * will be infinite. This modification is valid because the sum of
Because of the heterogeneous nature of poly- energy obtained from the A-A boundary being
crystal aggregates that constitute metamorphic destroyed contributes to the formation of the
rocks, nucleation of new phases is unlikely to embryo and can thus be subtracted from the
show an even distribution. Preferential sites for term for homogeneous nucleation. This means
nucleation include grain boundaries (Fig. 5.3), that for heterogeneous nucleation the surface
vein margins (Plate 8(e)), and on previously energy term is lower than for homogeneous
strained crystals. Nuclei preferentially develop nucleation and consequently LiG c is lowered,
at such sites because there are more loose and thus grain-boundary areas are more
bonds available to attach atoms, and the favourable sites for nucleation. Grain edges
elevated energy of these disordered areas facili- (triple-junctions) and grain corners are even
tates nucleation. The increased dislocation more favourable, as are strained grain bound-
density of strained crystals, particularly at their aries, which have the the added component of
margins, gives rise to an increase in surface stored elastic strain energy associated with
FIG. 5.3 Fibrolitic sillimanite preferentially nucleating at quartz grain boundaries. Connemara, Ireland. Scale =
0.1 mm (XPL).
59
Crystal nucleation and growth
dislocations. Coherent nucleation (e.g. oriented in which case an even distribution of crystal
intergrowths and topotactic replacement) is sizes might be expected for the new phase.
more favourable than incoherent nucleation, However, for some dehydration reactions the
since lattice-matching across the grain bound- nucleation rate diminishes and can be attrib-
ary reduces 0', and thus the surface energy term uted to a progressive depletion of favourable
in (5.3) is diminished and Lie' is likewise nucleation sites. A variation on this theme,
lowered. proposed by Carlson (1989), is that growing
Nucleation theory predicts that for the porphyroblasts develop a diffusion halo, within
nucleation of phase B from the breakdown of which nucleation is inhibited. Consequently,
phase A, a certain amount of temperature (or the potential for nucleation of new porphyrob-
pressure) overstepping of the A-B equilibrium lastic phases during the later stages of porphy-
boundary is necessary before significant nucle- roblastesis is limited.
ation rates occur (as discussed above in relation
to (5.2)). Once a certain finite amount of over-
5.2 Growth of crystals
stepping has been achieved, nucleation of phase
B will usually start abruptly. Temperature is the From the development of a stable nucleus,
main control, since it provides energy in the further addition of atoms marks the start of
form of heat to drive reactions. However, the growth of a crystal. From this point onwards,
precise amount of overstepping varies from one nucleation and growth become competing
case to the next. A combination of experimen- processes. Crystals formed in a fluid environ-
tal observation and theoretical calculations ment, such as a melt or a fluid-filled fracture or
suggests that for dehydration reactions the cavity, often display perfectly regular (planar)
amount of overstepping required is normally crystal faces. One of the principal mechanisms
< lOoC, but for solid-solid reactions the value by which these faces advance relates to the
in some instances may be as much as 100°e. emergence of screw dislocations (Frank, 1949;
Significant modification of local fluid chem- Griffin, 1950). These are a type of line defect
istry, either by local reaction or by infiltration that displaces part of a plane of atoms and
of some externally derived fluid, can also causes a step in the crystal face, as distinct
induce rapid nucleation. from edge defects, which mark the termination
The above discussion has concentrated on of a plane of atoms (Section 8.2). From these
the nucleation of a single product (B) from a screw dislocations a crystal growth spiral
single reactant (A), but the case of nucleation develops. In detail, the growth of natural crys-
in polyphase aggregates is understandably tals is more complex than this, with surface
more complex. If reaction rates are slow rela- imperfections and surface diffusive processes
tive to atomic mobility, the product(s) may not undoubtedly having a role. In solid-state trans-
form at the site of the reactant(s). This is formations, growth is largely controlled by
commonly seen in the case of the polymorphic interface processes, diffusion processes or a
transformation of andalusite to sillimanite, or combination of these. In the interface model
of kyanite to sillimanite (Section 1.3.3). Rather (Christian, 1975), the rate of advance of the
than the sillimanite nucleating on the precursor A-B interface in the transformation A ---7 B is
Al 2 SiO s phase, it is commonly seen to nucleate largely a function of the Gibbs energy change
at Qtz-Bt, and Qtz-Qtz boundaries (Fig. 5.3), (Lie) and activation energy (Lie''). At equilib-
at some distance from the reactant. rium, or close to it, the growth rate is approxi-
In the case of isothermal nucleation, the mately linear with respect to Lie (i.e. as Lie
nucleation rate could be considered constant, increases, the growth rate increases).
60
Size of crystals
In cases in which the observed reaction next. The classification that we shall adopt
microstructure exhibits reaction products that here considers rocks with matrix grain size
are chemically different from the reactants, it is <0.1 mm as fine-grained, those with grain size
likely that diffusion of atoms to and from the 0.1-1.0 mm as medium-grained and those
growth surface plays an important role. Indeed, with matrix grain size >1.0 mm as coarse-
it may be the rate-limiting process for crystal grained.
growth in such cases. This type of process is During initial prograde metamorphism,
crucial during exsolution (Section 6.2) and in reaction products are generally fine-grained,
the formation of symplectites (Section 6.4). and much of the original microstructure of the
However, during many metamorphic reactions rock remains clear (e.g. original clastic features
it is likely that a combination of interface and delicate compositional layering (bedding)
processes and diffusive processes are involved in sediments, phenocryst outlines and relation-
in growth. Since metamorphic reactions often ships in igneous rocks). However, with time,
proceed during rising or falling temperature, it and in response to increasing P- T conditions,
is possible that the rate-limiting process may the rock recrystallises further. This leads to an
change with time. Fisher (1978) gave a detailed overall coarsening of the matrix, and the origi-
evaluation of the rate-controlling mechanisms nal microstructural and mineralogical features
for crystal growth over the full range of meta- of the rock are largely or completely obliter-
morphic conditions. It was concluded that ated. This includes the loss of all compositional
'spherical' porphyroblasts pass from an initial layering (laminations) on a scale smaller than
reaction-controlled stage, through an interme- final matrix grain size.
diate grain-boundary diffusion-controlled stage Although monomineralic rocks such as
and finally to a heat-flow-controlled stage. marble and quartzite are typically equigranu-
Computer simulations by Sempels & Raymond lar, as are high-temperature rocks such as
(1980) and simulations compared with natural hornfels and granulite, other rocks such as
samples (Carlson, 1989, 1991) have provided pelitic schists and amphibolites commonly
additional insight into the microstructural and have a structure in which some minerals have
textural features developed during crystal grown to a much larger size than those of the
(porphyroblast) nucleation and growth in matrix. Such minerals are known as PORPHY-
polyphase aggregates. The influence of defor- ROBLASTS, and the structure is termed
mation on nucleation and growth of minerals is PORPHYROBLASTIC (Fig. 5.4). This is anal-
considered in Section 8.3. For further details on ogous to 'phenocrysts' and 'porphyritic struc-
the kinetics of heterogeneous reactions, espe- ture', used to describe a similar feature in
cially in relation to contact metamorphism, the igneous rocks. Many factors contribute to the
review by Kerrick et al. (1991) is highly recom- formation of this structure. They largely relate
mended. to the variable nucleation and growth rates of
constituent minerals of the rock. These in turn
are dependent on factors such as P, T, fluid,
5.3 Size of crystals
rock chemistry and a critical activation energy
It is important when describing any rock or that needs to be overcome for nucleation and
texture to note the overall grain size and varia- growth to occur. Since some minerals nucleate
tions in relative size between the constituent and grow more easily than others, this gives
mineral phases. The precise subdivisions of rise to an heterogeneous porphyroblastic struc-
fine-, medium- and coarse-grained metamor- ture. In particular minerals such as garnet and
phic rocks vary slightly from one author to the staurolite are almost always porphyroblasts,
61
Crystal nucleation and growth
FIG. 5.4 Porphyroblastic structure. Porphyroblasts of garnet enveloped by a schistose fabric comprised of Chi +
Ms + Bt + Qtz + Hm. Garnet-mica schist, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
whereas minerals such as quartz are always Buntebarth & Voll (1991) of quartz coarsening
matrix phases. in quartzites within the Ballachulish contact
In single-phase aggregates (e.g. metals, metamorphic aureole, Scotland.
quartzite and marble) it has long been recog- While coarsening is readily apparent in
nised that crystals coarsen with both time and monomineralic aggregates, it does nevertheless
increased temperature. This coarsening process, also occur in bimineralic and polymineralic
also known as 'Ostwald ripening', occurs in assemblages. However, in such situations the
order to decrease the Gibbs free energy of the processes that occur and the overall kinetics of
system and thus produce a more stable configu- coarsening are considerably more complex. In
ration, closer to equilibrium. This is facilitated pelites for example, the lowest grade, and most
by reducing the total grain boundary surface fine-grained, rocks are slates. These are trans-
area and thus reducing the contribution of formed into phyllites and fine- to medium-
surface (= interfacial) energy to the total energy grained schists at greenschist facies conditions.
of the system. The coarsening is achieved by In turn, these are converted into medium- and
elimination or amalgamation of small grains by coarse-grained schists and gneisses at higher
grain-boundary migration. Although coarsen- metamorphic grades.
ing increases with both time and temperature, Factors such as the metamorphic fluid, diffu-
it has been shown both experimentally and sion rates, the grain-boundary energy (which
theoretically that the rate of coarsening dimin- affects the rate at which a boundary migrates)
ishes as time and temperature increase. Joesten and the rate of change of temperature will all
(1991) gives a comprehensive summary of the be significant in controlling the amount and
theory of grain coarsening and examples of rate of crystal growth. If the nucleation rate is
natural and experimental studies in contact high relative to the growth rate, numerous
metamorphism, including the study by nucleation sites are utilised at an early stage
62
Size of crystals
following the onset of reaction. This results in growing phase. The rate of interface migration
a fine-grained reaction product disseminated (i.e. the rate at which the crystal faces can
throughout the rock (Fig. 5.5), and may result advance), can also be rate-controlling. If the
in site saturation. The converse of this is when growing porphyroblasts exhaust the supply of
the ratio of nucleation rate to growth rate is reactants, growth will terminate either perma-
small. This results in rapid growth of just a few nently or until such a time as the matrix of the
early nuclei, and often involves the consump- rock is replenished in relevant ions. This
tion or inclusion of many small grains, thus replenishment may occur by external fluid
eliminating many potential nucleation sites in input or else by ionic release into the matrix
the form of grain boundaries, corners, and so system as a result of some other reaction (Fig.
on. The development of a limited number of 5.6). Incomplete diffusion of reactants in the
large porphyroblasts can be considered in this matrix may give a reaction halo around the
way (Fig. 5.4). porphyroblast (Fig. 5.7).
Once nucleated, the ultimate size of a given For a given rock, it might seem reasonable
porphyroblast will be a function of the growth to expect that following some time interval
rate and the time available for growth. The after porphyroblast nucleation and growth,
growth rate is strongly influenced by the rate of the earliest formed porphyroblasts (X) would
diffusive transfer of required elementslions to be the largest, and the most newly formed
and from the reaction site(s), as well as the rate porphyroblasts (Y) the smallest (Fig. 5.8(a)).
at which ions can be incorporated into the However, this assumes constant growth rates
FIG. 5.5 A high nucleation rate relative to the growth rate has produced thin layers with numerous small spes-
sartine garnets in this blueschist facies meta-ironstone. The acicular and lath-like crystals with variable orientation
are of stilpnomelane, developed as a late-stage overprint. The white background is quartz. Blueschist facies meta-
ironstone, Laytonville Quarry, California. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
63
Crystal nucleation and growth
64
Shape and form of crystals
thermal history of the two regimes. Contact small age differences (approximately 1-2 Ma)
metamorphism involves high temperatures for between cores and rims. However, on the
a short period of time, while regional metamor- basis of error bar overlap, they conceded that
phism involves high temperature followed by a their results were unable to resolve precisely
prolonged period of cooling. In the latter case, the small time interval indicated.
the rock is held at moderate to high P-T for Considering the various studies of absolute
some considerable time (several tens of Ma). A growth times for porphyroblasts, Barker
final point to be aware of is that the presence (1994) concluded that for garnets d.5 mm
of certain phases may inhibit Ostwald ripening diameter, in situations of orogenic metamor-
of other phases (e.g. graphite inhibits phism, growth times of d Ma and possibly
muscovite growth), so the relationships <0.1 Ma would seem a reasonable estimate.
outlined above are not always as simple as they For larger (e.g. 1-3 cm diameter) garnets, avail-
might seem. able estimates for growth time vary from d
Ma to as much as 5-10 Ma. Such conclusions
relating to porphyroblast growth times have
5.4 Absolute growth times
important implications for the interpretation of
By substituting what they considered to be porphyroblast-foliation relationships (Chapter
reasonable values for equilibrium temperature, 9). For further details regarding rate and time
growth rates and heating rates, Cashman & controls on metamorphic and tectonic
Ferry established that garnet growth times processes based on garnet chronometry, see
(garnets 0.1-1.2 mm in diameter) were in the Vance (1995).
range d00-40 000 years (i.e. geologically very
rapid), and that nucleation and growth
occurred at small ,1T. This compares
5.5 Shape and form of crystals
favourably with the simplified theoretical The form of the constituent minerals of
models of Walther & Wood (1984), which metamorphic rocks can be described as EU-
suggest that porphyroblast growth times during HEDRAL, SUBHEDRAL or ANHEDRAL.
regional metamorphism were probably of the EUHEDRAL crystals are those with good crys-
order of 104-10 5 years. A more recent evalua- tal form and well developed crystal faces (Fig.
tion by Paterson & Tobisch (1992), utilising 5.9(a)), while SUBHEDRAL crystals are less
estimates by Ridley (1986) for metamorphic well formed but have some well developed
mineral growth (2 x 10-5 cm ye l ) suggests faces (Fig. 5.9(b)) and ANHEDRAL crystals
that porphyroblasts formed during regional have irregular form with no well developed
metamorphism could attain lengths of 5 cm in crystal faces (Fig. 5.9(c)). The controlling
250 000 years. factors on whether a given mineral has eu-
Radiometric dating provides an additional hedral or anhedral form are many, but the
means of estimating porphyroblast growth influence of growth kinetics is paramount. The
times. Christensen et al. (1989) undertook development of euhedral porphyroblasts is
Rb-Sr core-rim dating of 3 cm diameter most favoured by conditions of unimpeded
garnets from Vermont (USA) and determined slow growth in an anisotropic medium,
growth times of 6-10 Ma, indicating a mean whereas anhedral crystals commonly reflect
radial increase of 1.1-1.7 mm Ma- 1 . Sm-Nd, rapid growth.
U-Pb and Rb-Sr dating of 1.0-1.5 mm Considering euhedral crystals in a little more
garnets in Caledonian schists from Norway detail, the shape and number of faces depends
(Burton & O'Nions, 1991) demonstrated on certain properties specific to the gIven
65
Crystal nucleation and growth
(a)
(b)
FIG. 5.9 (a) EUHEDRAL (or IDIOBLASTIC) porphyroblast of spessartine garnet. Porphyroblastesis was a late
event in this rock, the garnet clearly overgrowing Qtz-Chl-Serc veinlets, and a slaty matrix with fine-scale crenu-
lations. The rock is a pelite that has experienced low-grade regional metamorphism overprinted by later contact
metamorphism. Isle of Man, England. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). Note the star-like arrangement of inclusions in the
porphyroblast due to their concentration at interfacial boundaries (for further explanation, see Section 6.1, Fig.
6.4 & Plate l(d)). (b) A SUBHEDRAL porphyroblast of almandine garnet, enveloped by a well-defined regional
schistosity. Garnet-mica schist, Norway. Scale =0.5 mm (PPL).
66
Shape and form of crystals
mineral phase, and on the growth process distance from a given crystal face to the crystal
involved. The mineral will attempt to maintain centre (d) divided by the surface free energy (y,
the lowest-energy form, and this is controlled of that given face:
by the inherent surface energy, as well as the
lattice energy of the crystal. If all faces had the -d =-d = ... =-do = constant.
1 2
(5.4)
same surface energy, then numerous faces Yl Y2 Yo
would develop, and the crystal would approxi- This expression is now generally referred to as
mate to a sphere. However, in the ideal form of Wulff's theorem. In the schematic example
all minerals, certain faces have lower surface shown in Fig. 5.10, face B grows more rapidly
energy than others, and these preferentially than face A, and it can be seen that the slow-
develop in the equilibrium shape, despite giving growing lower-energy faces predominate.
a greater surface area per unit volume than a Surface defects increase the surface energy of a
sphere. A flat face has a lower energy than an given face such that a low-energy (slow-grow-
irregular surface because the number of ing) face may grow more quickly than
disturbed bonds is less, and of flat faces, those expected. Following original work by Harker
with the greatest density of atoms usually have (1939), metamorphic petrologists have recog-
lower surface energy than those with least nised that certain minerals have a greater
density. Those faces with highest surface energy tendency to develop euhedral form than others,
advance most rapidly, and form a proportion- and are often porphyroblastic. It has been
ately smaller part of the crystal surface. Curie established that a given mineral develops good
(1885) established that for a given crystal there crystal faces when in contact with certain
was a constant relationship between the phases, but not when in contact with others.
(c)
FIG. 5.9 (contd) (c) An ANHEDRAL porphyroblast of garnet in a biotite-quartz matrix, with poorly developed
schistosity. Garnet-mica schist, Connemara, Ireland. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
67
Crystal nucleation and growth
From this, minerals have been arranged in a euhedral form against quartz, but is not
sequence termed the crystalloblastic series expected to develop euhedral form against
(Table 5.1), with those at the top (e.g. pyrite, garnet, except when favourably oriented with
garnet and staurolite) having the greatest respect to the garnet boundaries.
tendency towards euhedral form. The sequence Crystals with SKELETAL, and more rarely
reflects decreasing surface energy, and minerals DENDRITIC, form are sometimes encountered
higher in the sequence will always have a in metamorphic rocks. Both develop as a result
tendency to form euhedral faces against miner- of very rapid growth around a limited number
als lower in the sequence. Therefore, in a of nucleii. True dendritic crystals are uncom-
garnet-mica schist, the garnet will have a mon in geological examples, although crystal-
tendency towards euhedral form against both lites of dendritic olivine in volcanic glasses are
mica and quartz, whereas mica will develop good examples. In metamorphic rocks they are
especially rare because of their high surface
energy and thermodynamic instability.
However, records of dendritic calcite developed
during the epitaxial replacement of aragonite
have been noted. Skeletal crystals form by
rapid mineral growth along intergranular
boundaries under circumstances of
unfavourable nucleation. Truly skeletal
porphyroblasts are not especially common in
metamorphic rocks, but are most frequently
observed in quartz-rich lithologies or segrega-
tions (Fig. 5.11).
ACICULAR (needle-like) crystals (Figs
5.12(a)-(c)), FASCICULAR bundles (Fig.
5.13(a)), BOW-TIE arrangements (Fig. 5.13(b))
FIG. 5.10 A schematic illustration of how certain
faces of a crystal grow more rapidly than others. In this and SPHERULITIC aggregates all result from
example B grows more rapidly than A, and forms a predominance of growth over nucleation.
smaller proportion of the crystal surface. Acicular crystals develop from a single nucleus,
and may occur as scattered individual crystals
or clusters throughout the rock. They are often
TABLE 5.1 The crystalloblastic series of minerals concentrated in specific areas of favourable
(modified after Harker, 1939; Philpotts, 1990). The chemistry or nucleation (e.g. grain boundaries;
sequence reflects decreasing surface energy, and those
minerals higher in the sequence will always have a Fig. 5.3), but may also occur as radiating
tendency to form euhedral faces against minerals lower aggregates (e.g. zeolite minerals in amyg-
in the sequence. daloidal basalts (Fig. 5.12(c)) and tourmaline
Magnetite, rutile, sphene, pyrite, ilmenite
in certain hornfelses). A fascicular growth
Sillimanite, kyanite, garnet, staurolite, chloritoid, consisting of a bundle of rods or needles initi-
tourmaline ates from a single nucleus, but then branches
Andalusite, epidote, zoisite, forsterite, lawsonite slightly. Further divergence of needles will give
Amphibole, pyroxene, wollastonite
Muscovite, biotite, chlorite, talc, prehnite, stilpnomelane
rise to a 'bow-tie' structure. This is common in
Calcite, dolomite, vesuvianite (idocrase) amphiboles of 'garbenschiefer', calc-schists and
Cordierite, feldspar, scapolite meta-volcanic rocks (Fig. 5.13(b)).
Quartz Having considered free growth forms,
68
Shape and form of crystals
FIG.S.11 A "skeletal' porphyroblast of garnet formed by growth between quartz grain boundaries. Garnet-mica
schist, Norway. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
largely in connection with porphyroblastesis, energy. Unless a grain has experienced appre-
let us now consider the various aspects of ciable internal strain, its boundaries against
mutual growth forms, in which adjacent crys- other grains are generally more atomically
tals impinge on each other. This is mostly disordered than its internal structure. In order
concerned with the process of matrix recrys- to become more stable there is a tendency to
tallisation and adjustment towards equilibrium, reduce the total area of grain boundaries and
but also relates to impingement of growing to develop more stable (regular) crystal faces.
porphyroblasts having nucleated close together. The degree to which an aggregate of grains in a
The lowest-energy system is the most stable metamorphic rock approaches stability is
one, and in order to maintain the lowest chemi- dependent on the time available for adjust-
cal free energy, mineral phases will tend to ments, and on prevailing conditions.
react in response to changing P, T and fluid Non-equilibrium impingement structures
conditions, and hence produce a more stable consist of a .range of grain sizes, irregular and
assemblage. During or after these mineralogical variable grain shapes, curved and irregular
changes, the shapes of grains and grain-bound- boundaries and multiple junctions. The total
ary arrangements will often become modified surface energy in low-grade schists is often
in an attempt to reduce grain-boundary energy. considerably higher than in higher-grade rocks
This energy is considerably smaller than the because of the irregular and often curved
chemical free energy, but is nevertheless signifi- nature of many of the grain boundaries (Fig.
cant and, throughout the microstructural S .14( a)). The minimisation of surface area
changes, the grain boundaries will become during recrystallisation, and the development
modified and rearranged to minimise this of GRANOBLASTIC-POLYGONAL (or
69
Crystal nucleation and growth
(a)
(b)
FIG.5.12 (a) ACICULAR (needle-like) crystals of stilpnomelane and deerite developed in a quartzitic layer within
a blueschist facies meta-ironstone sequence. Laytonville Quarry, California. Scale = 0.1 mm (PPL).
(b) RODDED and ACICULAR sillimanite crystals. Sillimanite gneiss, Broken Hill, Australia. Scale = 0.1 mm (PPL).
70
Shape and form of crystals
MOSAIC) microstructure compnsmg many 120° (:t100). The interfaces are largely regular
nearly planar grain boundaries (Fig. 5 .14(b)), is and planar, the regularity being achieved by
indicative of a high degree of stability, and is surface (interfacial) energy-driven grain-bound-
especially common at higher metamorphic ary migration. This arrangement minimizes
grades. It is commonly observed in quartzites surface area and thus the contribution of
(Fig. 5 .14(b)), hornfelses and granulites, and surface energy to the total free energy of the
the same microstructure is also recognised in system. However, at a triple-point, there will
metamorphosed massive sulphide ores (e.g. only be three angles of exactly 120° if the
Craig & Vaughan, 1994). Such a microstruc- surface energies on all boundaries are the same.
ture could be considered in terms of random This will be approximately true if the three
nucleation and growth during metamorphic grains meeting at the triple-point are all of the
crystallisation, but the fact that concentrations same mineral, but where different minerals are
or clusters of certain minerals occur in many involved, it will not. In a study of granulites
cases suggests that, even at high grades of from Quebec, Kretz (1966) established that the
metamorphism, pre-exlstmg microstructural dihedral angle (B) for clinopyroxene against
and mineralogical heterogeneities may have an two scapolite grains was 128° (s.d.=13°), and
important influence on the location of clinopyroxene against two plagioclase grains
favourable and unfavourable nucleation sites was 109 0 (s.d.=16°). Similar studies have also
for particular minerals. been made for other phases. Another point to
In polygonal aggregates, interfaces generally note in relation to polygonal aggregates - and
meet at triple-points with interfacial angles of for simplicity let us consider a monomineralic
(c)
FIG. 5.12 (contd) (c) Radiating acicular crystals of natrolite infilling a vesicle within altered basalt. Antrim,
Northern Ireland. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL).
71
Crystal nucleation and growth
(a)
----I
(b)
FIG. 5.13 (a) A fascicular bundle of stilpnomelane crystals developed in a quartzitic layer within a blueschist
facies meta-ironstone sequence. Laytonville Quarry, California. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (b) A bow-tie arrangement
of actinolitic hornblendes on the schistosity plane of a hornblendic schist hand specimen from Troms, Norway.
72
Shape and form of crystals
(a)
(b)
FIG. 5.14 (a) Irregular quartz grain boundaries in greenschist facies semi-pelitic schist. Loch Leven, Scotland.
Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL) . (b) A granoblastic-polygonal aggregate of quartz in a blueschist facies quartzitic rock.
California. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). Note the straight grain boundaries and 120° triple-junctions between grains,
indicating a very stable arrangement.
73
Crystal nucleation and growth
aggregate such as quartz in a quartzite - is that grains that vary from three- to eight-sided in
if all grains are hexagonal in cross-section, 120° cross-section, 1200 triple-junctions can only be
triple-junctions are easily satisfied with straight maintained with curved boundaries (Fig. 5.15).
crystal boundaries, but if the aggregate contains Grains with less than six sides have convex-
outward boundaries, and phases with more
than six sides have convex-inward boundaries.
Curved grain boundaries are also required in
polymineralic equant aggregates. For example,
in a bimineralic aggregate of hexagonal grains,
where phase A is much more abundant than
phase B, grains of phase B entirely surrounded
by phase A will be convex-outward if BABA >
120° and convex-inward if BABA < 120°.
Certain aggregates of minerals develop a
DECUSSATE structure (Fig. 5.16). This is a
special type of granoblastic structure in which
crystals are subhedral, prismatic or flaky, and
randomly oriented, and have a strong crystal
FIG. 5.15 A schematic drawing of a recrystallised anisotropy (i.e. the surface energies of the differ-
polygonal aggregate of grains, to show that in order to
maintain 120 0 triple-junctions in three- to eight-sided ent faces are very different). It is generally asso-
crystals, a certain number of curved boundaries is ciated with monomineralic vein assemblages,
required. monomineralic amphibole- or mica-hornfelses
FIG. 5.16 Decussate structure exhibited by axinite crystals in a vein from the contact aureole of the Bodmin
Granite, Cornwall, England. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL).
74
Twinning
O.Smm
(a)
(b)
FIG. 5.17 (a) A schematic illustration showing how micas influence the shape of quartz grains during recrystalli-
sation. (b) A natural example showing how the 001 faces of mica crystals have influenced the shape of quartz
crystals, to make them sub-rectangular. Semi-pelitic schist, Norway. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL).
75
Crystal nucleation and growth
76
Twinning
than a normal boundary and will be developed metamorphic aureoles, sector trilling is rarely
in preference. reported from orogenic metamorphic terrains.
However, interpenetrant sector twinning
certainly occurs in cordierite from some high-
5.6.3 Secondary twins
grade gneiss terrains. The reason for the rather
Two main types of secondary twin (those limited occurrence of sector trilling in
formed after crystal growth) can be recognised cordierite from orogenic metamorphic terrains
in minerals of metamorphic rocks. These are is probably related to the active shearing preva-
INVERSION (or TRANSFORMATION) lent in such environments at the time of
TWINS and DEFORMATION TWINS. cordie rite growth. For details relating to TEM
Inversion twins occur in certain minerals imaging of transformation-induced microstruc-
when changing metamorphic conditions give tures, the reader is referred to the excellent
rise to instability of the original crystal struc- review by Nord (1992).
ture. This ultimately leads to a change in crys- DEFORMATION TWINS are the other
tal habit. CROSS-HATCHED TWINNING of dominant type of secondary twin seen in meta-
microcline (Fig. S.19(b)) is one such example of morphic minerals. They are extremely common
this type of secondary twinning. For igneous in calcite (Plate 3(a)} and dolomite, but
rocks, the traditional interpretation of cross- frequently occur in certain other minerals (e.g.
hatched twinning in microcline has been in plagioclase (Plate 3(b)), and pyroxenes).
terms of inversion from higher-temperature Deformation twins are occasionally simple, but
monoclinic sanidine or orthoclase to lower- are most commonly polysynthetic twins or in
temperature triclinic microcline. In order to conjugate sets (Fig. 5.18 & Plate 3). Unlike
accommodate this crystallographic change 'enclosed' primary twins which have abrupt
from monoclinic to triclinic brought about by terminations, 'enclosed' deformation twins
increasing degrees of AI, Si ordering, a complex have tapered ends (Figs S.18(b)-(d)). Other
network of albite twins (± pericline twins) than this, it may be difficult in minerals such as
develops, to give the characteristic cross- plagioclase to decide whether the twins
hatched twinning of microcline. However, in observed are 'primary' or 'secondary'.
the case of metamorphic rocks, microcline has The mechanism responsible for deformation
been shown to increase at the expense of ortho- twinning has similarities with that required for
clase in rocks showing greatest deformation. translation 'gliding' (or 'slip'), in that both
Therefore, in addition to the control of temper- processes involve displacement of a layer in the
ature, this suggests that superimposed shear crystal lattice relative to its neighbour. However,
stress is another key factor that will cause there is a clear difference in terms of how this is
orthoclase or sanidine to invert to microcline. achieved (Fig. 5.20). Translation gliding (or
SECTOR TRILLING (also referred to as 'slip') involves individual layers of the lattice
'sector twinning' or 'sector zoning') in cordierite slipping past each other but coming to rest with
(Fig. 5.19(a)} has received considerable attention crystal portions on each side of the slip plane
in the literature (e.g. Kitamura & Yamada, being similarly oriented both before and after
1987). It is not a growth twinning feature, but is (Fig. 5.20(a)}. This means that unless some
now widely accepted as developing in response marker (e.g. a primary twin) has been offset,
to a transformation from metastable high- slip planes are virtually impossible to detect
temperature hexagonal cordierite to stable low- optically. Deformation twins, on the other
temperature orthorhombic cordierite. While hand, involve (in simple terms) shear of part (or
frequently observed in hornfelses of contact parts) of the crystal structure (Fig. S.20(b)} by
77
Crystal nucleation and growth
(a)
(b)
FIG.5.19 (a) Sector trilling (or sector twinning) in cordierite. This results from the inversion of high-temperature
hexagonal cordierite (indialite) to low-temperature orthorhombic cordierite during cooling. Cordierite Hornfels,
Skiddaw, England. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (b) Cross-hatched twinning of microcline, caused by the inversion from
monoclinic sanidine or orthoclase to triclinic microcline. High-grade gneiss, Ghana. Scale =0.5 mm (XPL).
78
SS(b)
Zoning
79
Crystal nucleation and growth
80
Zoning
FIG. 5.22 (a) An SEM (back-scatter image) of the garnet shown in Fig. 5.21. (b-f) SEM X-ray element maps of
the same garnet, showing chemical variations in the garnet and the matrix. Mn-enrichment in the garnet core
shows up particularly well in (d), and the chlorite alteration (pale grey/white) at the garnet margins shows up well
in (e).
81
Crystal nucleation and growth
Mg
Ca I I Ca ca
Fe Fe Mn
I
rim core rim rim core rim rim core rim
FIG. 5.23 Chemical zonation in garnet porphyroblasts. (a) A typical Mn-bell profile of garnet porphyroblasts
that have grown largely at the expense of chlorite. (b) Garnet with an Mn-enriched rim: this commonly occurs as
the result of late-stage diffusion zoning or resorption during retrogression. (c) Garnets that grow under high-grade
metamorphic conditions, or that later experience high-grade metamorphic conditions, are largely unzoned: such
garnets are said to be homogenized and have flat profiles- this is the result of complete intracrystalline diffusion.
'diffusion zoning', may occur in some meta- diffusion for all elements becomes so impercep-
morphic minerals, given the right circum- tibly slow that zonation patterns do not equili-
stances. This is particularly common in garnet brate. At high temperatures, where diffusion is
porphyroblasts of many high-grade metamor- much faster, complete intracrystalline diffusion
phic rocks, and has only been recognised ('volume diffusion') occurs, and gives rise to
following detailed microprobe work. The homogenisation of earlier growth zoning
process involved is one of intra-crystalline profiles. The 'flat' chemical profiles characteris-
diffusion driven by disequilibrium and reaction tic of garnet porphyroblasts of the upper
between the crystal (porphyroblast) surface and amphibolite facies are related to this process
prevailing matrix conditions. Diffusion zoning (Fig. 5.23(c)}. In complex situations associated
is typically imposed on pre-existing crystals with polymetamorphism, discontinuous zona-
rather than being associated with growth. The tion profiles may be recognised, which result
crystal mayor may not have been zoned to from resorption followed by new overgrowths.
start with, and while normally associated with Within the leucosome component of
waning P-T conditions and retrogression it can migmatites, euhedral (idiomorphic) zoning in
also develop during 're-heating'. Diffusion plagioclase is sometimes encountered. This is
zoning involves redistribution of atoms in the interpreted in terms of unimpeded growth
crystal structure and change in the relative zonation in the melt prior to solidification and
abundance of certain atoms. It is usually recog- impingement with surrounding grains
nised by sharp apparently 'reverse' zonation in (Ashworth, 1985).
the outer parts of crystals. In the case of Oscillatory zoning is recorded in some solid-
garnets, Mn-enrichment at the margins is a solution metamorphic minerals, and is best
characteristic diffusion zoning feature (Fig. known from pyroxenes and garnets of skarns
5.23(b)}. This is commonly interpreted in terms (Plate 3(c)}. While the significance of such
of resorption of the garnet edge during retro- zoning in igneous phenocrysts and sedimentary
gression, associated with a biotite- or carbonate cements is well documented, its
cordierite-producing reaction. The extent of significance in metamorphic rocks has received
the resorption is dependent on the rate of cool- limited attention. In an SEM study using back-
ing and on diffusion rates. Since the degree of scattered electron imaging, Yardley et at.
resorption is often small, cooling rates must be (1991) document several examples of oscilla-
fast relative to diffusion. Diffusion rates vary tory zoning in metamorphic minerals. They
from one element to the next under given interpret such zoning as diagnostic of open-
conditions, but below a certain temperature system behaviour during metamorphism, and
82
References
suggest that it may provide useful evidence for dynamics of crystallization: III. Metamorphic crys-
metasomatic mineral growth in metamorphic tallization. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology, 99, 401-415.
rocks. The fact that such zoning is preserved Christensen, ].N., Rosenfeld, ].L. & De Paulo, D.].
indicates sluggish intracrystalline diffusion (1989) Rates of tectonometamorphic processes from
through the minerals concerned. rubidium and strontium isotopes in garnet. Science,
As well as chemical zonation, textural zona- 244, 1465-1468.
Christian, ].W. (1975) The theory of transformations
tion may be recognised in many porphyroblasts. in metals and alloys. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
For example, garnet porphyroblasts often have a Craig, ].R. & Vaughan, D.]. (1994) Ore microscopy
heavily included core, but an inclusion-free rim and are petrography, 2nd edn. John Wiley, New
(e.g. Figs 5.22(a) & (b)). This may represent two York, 434 pp.
Curie, P. (1885) Sur la formation des cristaux et sur les
growth stages or, alternatively, may be inter- constantes capillaires de leur different faces. Soc.
preted as rapid initial growth followed by a Mineral. France Bull., 8, 145-150.
slowing of the growth rate. More complex Ferrill, D.A. (1991) Calcite twin widths and intensities
textural zonation occurs during polyphase meta- as metamorphic indicators in natural low-tempera-
ture deformation of limestone. Journal of Structural
morphism and deformation, and is discussed Geology, 13, 667-676.
more fully in Chapters 9 & 12. In many porphy- Fisher, G.W. (1978) Rate laws in metamorphism.
roblasts, breaks in chemical zonation commonly Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 42,1035-1050.
coincide with textural breaks, but in other cases Frank, F.e. (1949) The influence of dislocations on
crystal growth. Discussions of the Faraday Society,
there may be no clear relationship. No. 5,48-54.
Gibbs, ].W. (1878) On the equilibrium of heteroge-
neous substances. Transactions of the Connecticut
References Academy III, 1875-1876, 108-248; 1877-1878,
343-524.
Ashworth, ].R. (1985) Migmatites. Blackie, Glasgow, Griffin, L.]. (1950) Observation of unimolecular
302 pp. growth steps on crystal surfaces. Philosophical
Barker, A.]. (1994) Interpretation of porphyroblast Magazine, 41,196-199.
inclusion trails: limitations imposed by growth Harker, A. (1939) Metamorphism - a study of the
kinetics and strain rates. Journal of Metamorphic transformations of rock masses. Methuen, London,
Geology, 12, 681-694. 362 pp.
Buntebarth, G. & Voll, G. (1991) Quartz grain coars- Joesten, R.L. (1991) Kinetics of coarsening and diffu-
ening by collective crystallization in contact sion controlled mineral growth, in Contact meta-
quartzites, in Equilibrium and kinetics in contact morphism (ed. D.M. Kerrick). Mineralogical Society
metamorphism (eds G. Voll, ]. Topel, D.R.M. of America, Reviews in Mineralogy No. 26,
Pattison & F. Seifert). Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 507-582.
Burkhard, M. (1993) Calcite-twins, their geometry, Kerrick, D.M., Lasaga, A.e. & Raeburn, S.P. (1991)
appearance and significance as stress-strain markers Kinetics of heterogeneous reactions, in Contact
and indicators of tectonic regime: a review. Journal metamorphism (ed. D.M. Kerrick). Mineralogical
of Structural Geology, 15, 351-368. Society of America, Reviews in Mineralogy No.26,
Burton, K.V. & O'Nions, R.K. (1991) High-resolution 583-67l.
garnet chronometry and the rates of metamorphic Kitamura, M. & Yamada, H. (1987) Origin of sector
processes. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, 107, trilling in cordierite in Diamonji hornfels, Kyoto,
649-67l. Japan. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology,
Carlson, W.D. (1989) The significance of intergranular 97, 1-6.
diffusion to the mechanisms and kinetics of porphy- Kretz, R. (1966) Interpretation of the shape of mineral
roblast crystallization. Contributions to Mineralogy grains in metamorphic rocks. Journal of Petrology,
and Petrology, 103,1-24. 7,68-94.
Carlson, W.D. (1991) Competitive diffusion-controlled Kretz, R. (1994) Metamorphic crystallization. John
growth of porphyroblasts. Mineralogical Magazine, Wiley, Chichester, 507 pp.
55,317-330. Nord, G.L. Jr. (1992) Imaging transformation-induced
Cashman, K.V. & Ferry, ].M. (1988) Crystal size microstructures, in Minerals and reactions at the
distribution (CSD) in rocks and the kinetics and atomic scale: transmission electron microscopy (ed.
83
Crystal nucleation and growth
P.R. Buseck). Mineralogical Society of America, under the microscope. Chapman & Hall, London,
Reviews in Mineralogy No. 27, 455-508. 445 pp.
Paterson, S.R. & Tobisch, O.T. (1992) Rates and Smith, ].V. & Brown, W.L. (1988) Feldspar minerals.
processes in magmatic arcs: implications for the Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
timing and nature of pluton emplacement and wall Spear, F.S. & Selverstone, ]. (1983) Quantitative P-T
rock deformation. Journal of Structural Geology, paths from zoned minerals: theory and tectonic
14,291-300. applications. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Philpotts, A.R. (1990) Principles of igneous and meta- Petrology, 83, 348-357.
morphic petrology. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, Tracy, R.]. (1982) Compositional zoning and inclu-
New Jersey, 498 pp. sions in metamorphic minerals, in Characterization
Ridley, ]. (1986) Modeling of the relations between of metamorphism through mineral equilibria (ed.
reaction enthalpy and the buffering of reaction ].M. Ferry). Mineralogical Society of America,
progress in metamorphism. Mineralogical Reviews in Mineralogy, 10, 355-397.
Magazine, 50, 375-384. Vance, D. (1995) Rate and time controls on metamor-
Rowe, K.]. & Rutter, E.H. (1990) Palaeostress estima- phic processes. Geological Journal, 30, 241-259.
tion using calcite twinning: experimental calibra- Walther, J.V. & Wood, B.]. (1984) Rate and mecha-
tion and application to nature. Journal of Structural nism in prograde metamorphism. Contributions to
Geology, 12, 1- 17. Mineralogy and Petrology, 88,246-259.
Sempels, ].-M. & Raymond, ]. (1980) Mathematical Yardley, B.W.D., Rochelle, C.A., Barnicoat, A.C. &
simulation of the growth of single crystals. Lloyd, G.E. (1991) Oscillatory zoning in metamor-
Computers and Geosciences, 6, 211-226. phic minerals: an indicator of infiltration metasoma-
Shelley, D. (1993) Igneous and metamorphic rocks tism. Mineralogical Magazine, 55, 357-365.
84
Chapter six
Mineral
inclusions,
intergrowths and
coronas
85
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
residual excess of a phase involved in the but may be overlooked because of their small
porphyroblast-forming reaction but overtaken size (typically < 50 JIm). However, in micas,
by the growth 'front' before it could be chlorites and certain other minerals, the pres-
completely utilised (e.g. quartz in garnet, ence of zircon inclusions may be recognised on
cordierite, andalusite, and so on). This occurs account of the pleochroic haloes that surround
because diffusion rates in the host are too slow them (Fig. 6.2). These haloes result from the
with respect to growth rate. In order to radioactive decay of small amounts of U and
minimise the surface (interfacial) energy, inclu- Th contained within zircon, which affects the
sions tend towards shapes with minimal structure of the host mineral. The size of the
surface area per unit volume. This is limited in pleochroic halo is proportional to the size of
some cases by their crystallographic structure. the zircon inclusion, but is commonly 10-
Quartz, for example, commonly occurs as 150 pm diameter. Inclusions of allanite and
fairly rounded to elliptical inclusions in most monazite may also show such haloes.
minerals, while phases such as sillimanite, Because of the two processes of ADSORP-
apatite and rutile form elongate inclusions with TION and ABSORPTION by which ions,
rounded ends (Fig. 6.1). Vernon (1976) empha- molecules or minerals may become attached to
sises that these 'ideal' inclusion shapes may not the growing front of a crystal, the presence of
necessarily be attained under low-grade meta- inclusions need not necessarily mean a high
morphic conditions, and that growth under energy or unstable situation. ADSORPTION is
significant stress can give strong preferred the loose physical bonding to the crystal
orientation in a given direction. surface of foreign material. The material is
Inclusions of zircon occur in many minerals, located at surface defects rather than forming
FIG. 6.1 Elongate rutile (dark) and tourmaline (light) inclusions in kyanite porphyroblast from kyanite schist.
Ross of Mull, Scotland. Scale =0.1 mm (PPL).
86
Growth of porphyroblasts
FIG. 6.2 Pleochroic haloes developed around zircon inclusions in biotite, as a result of radioactive decay of small
amounts of U and Th in zircon affecting the structure of the host mineral. Pelitic schist, Snake Creek, Queensland,
Australia. Scale bar = 200 JIm (PPL).
an integral part of the structure. The adsorbed 1991). In most other situations porphyroblasts,
material may either be enclosed as the crystal are considered to grow by matrix replacement.
grows or else accumulate in front of the ABSORPTION involves chemical bonding
advancing crystal face. Graphite (or amor- and integration of foreign material into the
phous carbon) has a strong tendency to become crystal structure. If the impurity has or devel-
adsorbed to porphyroblasts and is commonly ops a low-energy interface with the growing
seen concentrated at the edges of andalusite, porphyroblast, then during conditions of rapid
garnet, chloritoid and staurolite (Fig. 6.3). growth (which is probably most usual) the acti-
Harvey et al. (1977), Ferguson et al. (1980) vation energy of attachment is easily surpassed
and more recently Rice & Mitchell (1991) and the porphyroblast will build up around,
discuss the development of CLEAVAGE and eventually enclose, the material as an
DOMES at the faces of idioblastic porphyrob- inclusion. Because it is bounded by a low-
lasts. These domes, compnsmg graphite, energy immobile interface, the force of rejec-
muscovite and a low proportion of quartz tion will be small. It appears that certain
compared to the adjacent matrix, are inter- crystals (e.g. quartz) are more readily included
preted in terms of displacement of insoluble than others (e.g. micas). This suggests that
matrix graphite and muscovite during porphy- porphyroblast-quartz interfacial energies are
roblast growth in a bulk hydrostatic stress lower compared to porphyroblast-mica interfa-
field. Such domes, though rarely recorded, are cial energies. Alternatively, it may indicate that
the only reliable indicator of porphyroblast mica is being consumed in the porphroblast-
growth by displacement (Rice & Mitchell, forming reactions and simply that there is an
87
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
FIG. 6.3 Fine-grained graphite ADSORBED to the surface of a staurolite porphyroblast. Graphitic staurolite
schist, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
excess of quartz in the system, such that even and chiastolite could be explained in terms of
though quartz may be involved in the porphy- preferential adsorption of impurities at certain
roblast-forming reaction, small remnant inclu- crystal faces. This general model has been
sions of quartz are inevitable. Within a advocated by subsequent workers, and is reiter-
sequence of schists it is more than coincidence ated here. Andalusite is an orthorhombic crys-
that the greatest density of quartz inclusions tal with (1l0)"(1I0) of 89°. It forms prismatic
generally occur in porphyroblasts from those crystals elongate parallel to C. Depending on
lithologies that are most quartz-rich. the thin-section cut, the basal sections of
The HOUR-GLASS structure frequently andalusite (var. chiastolite) show various inclu-
observed in chloritoid porphyroblasts (Plate sion patterns (Fig. 6.4 & Plate l(c)), the inclu-
1(b)) and the characteristic cross-like inclusion sions usually being of fine carbonaceous
arrangement of CHIASTO LITE (a textural material and quartz.
variety of andalusite) from contact metamor- Although less frequently encountered, rhomb-
phosed pelites (Plate l(c)) represent regular dodecahedral garnets with inclusions of quartz
geometrical patterns of inclusions arranged in concentrating at the interfacial boundaries are
relation to the host structure of the crystal also recorded (e.g. Powell, 1966; Atherton &
(Kerrick, 1990, pp. 302-310). Staurolite has Brenchley, 1972; Anderson, 1984; Burton, 1986;
similarly been shown to have regular arrange- Rice & Mitchell, 1991). These give spectacular
ment of inclusions in relation to crystal struc- examples of the same type of feature (Plate l(d)
ture in some instances. Frondel (1934) & Figs S.9(a) & 6.4). Two distinct types of
advanced the idea that the regular arrangement inclusions can be recognised, namely, Type 1
of inclusions seen in crystals such as chloritoid inclusions of quartz, Fe-Ti oxides and graphite,
88
Exsolution textures
W
~"/l\~
Edge 101 long
section
cut
110 ~110 cut
."-@ $
110
101
Central
cut
FIG. 6.4 The influence of the thin-section cut in relation to crystal orientation on the patterns seen in porphyrob-
lasts where inclusions are concentrated at interfacial boundaries. (a) and (b) are for different cuts of garnet, and
(c) is for different cuts of andalusite (var. chiastolite).
which were derived from the matrix and are amphiboles) representing non-ideal solid solu-
preferentially located along the interfacial tions (i.e. in which the enthalpy of mixing,
(sector) boundaries, and Type 2 inclusions, 6.Hmi x * 0) show unmixing as temperature
which are elongate or rodded quartz inclusions decreases. This immiscibility between solute
arranged perpendicular to the crystal faces. and solvent gives rise to the development of an
These Type 2 inclusions have tubular, or rodded interphase boundary and recognisable inclu-
form, and are not really inclusions, but inter- sions of the solute within the host mineral. The
growths formed simultaneously with garnet degree of ordering of solute atoms is dependent
growth. In all probability, growth was relatively on the rate of temperature reduction. If the
slow in order to develop such a well defined drop is relatively slow it allows increased ionic
crystallographically controlled arrangement. mobility, and the solute ions will become
In minerals which possess a strong crystal increasingly organized before finally separating
cleavage (e.g. amphiboles and micas) it is as discrete inclusions to give an EXSOLUTION
common for solid-phase inclusions to be prefer- texture within the host phase (Fig. 6.5). This
entially incorporated and aligned within the unmixing occurs in order to minimise the
cleavage planes. When studying thin sections, Gibbs free energy of the system by producing
care should be taken not to misinterpret such an exsolved phase and a chemically changed
well aligned inclusions as clear evidence for host phase that have a combined energy contri-
overgrowth of some earlier rock fabric, when in bution that is less than that of the original
fact they result from a crystallographic control. phase. On a T-X diagram (T = temperature; X
= composition between two end-member
components of a solution series), the solvus
6.2 Exsolution textures (Fig. 6.6) is a curve that separates the single
In igneous and metamorphic rocks, a number phase field (above) from the immiscible two-
of minerals (e.g. feldspars, pyroxenes and phase field (below). If a horizontal line of
89
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
FIG. 6.5 Exsolved iron oxides along cleavage planes in hornblende. Epidiorite, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
1000
Cal"
~800
400
~9C03
FIG. 6.6 The Cal-Dol solvus fitted to experimental data (modified after Anovitz & Essene, 1987). Arrowheads
show the final compositions, and the direction of the arrow gives the direction of the composition shift.
Experimental pressures are corrected to 2 kbar. The points near the dolomite limb represent natural dolomites
coexisting with calcite.
constant temperature is drawn across the temperature. It is apparent from Fig. 6.6 that,
diagram, the two points of intercept with the as temperature decreases, the compositional
solvus give the equilibrium compositions of the difference between the two phases (calcite and
phases resulting from phase separation at that dolomite) will steadily increase. The example
90
Exsolution textures
91
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
FIG.6.8 A natural example of string perthite. Migmatite, Ghana. Scale =0.1 mm (XPL).
ANTIPERTHITE is the converse and consists tion is favoured as the dominant mechanism
of K-feldspar enclosed in plagioclase (typically relative to 'replacement', since the latter would
oligoclase-andesine). The term MESO- give varying proportions (Hubbard, 1965).
PERTHITE is given to exsolved feldspars with However, this is undoubtedly not the favoured
subequal volumes of intergrown K-feldspar interpretation in all examples. A recent study
and plagioclase. Although sometimes visible in by Pryer & Robin (1995) examined the origin
hand specimen, most perthitic and antiperthitic of flame perthite in deforming granites in the
intergrowths occur on the microscopic and Grenville Front Tectonic Zone, Canada. They
sub-microscopic scale. Alling (1938) classified reviewed the arguments for and against exsolu-
perthites in igneous rocks largely on the basis tion and replacement and, in their particular
of shape. Many of these types are recognised in example, concluded that flame perthite had
high-grade metamorphic rocks, and a selection developed due to retrograde metamorphic
of commonly observed types is shown in Fig. reactions involving the replacement of K-
6.7. Various processes have been suggested for feldspar by albite. In another study of flame
the formation of perthites (and antiperthites). perthites, Pas schier (1985) documented exam-
These are reviewed by Smith (1974), who ples in which the origin is attributed to stress
concluded that the relative importance of variations and the degree of deformation of K-
'replacement' and 'exsolution' are very much a feldspar grains. This certainly appears to be an
function of host rock and of the crystallo- attractive interpretation in the case of deform-
graphic and chemical properties of the feldspar ing high-grade gneisses, so it appears likely
itself. In cases in which separate grains in the that more than one process is responsible for
same sample show a constant proportion of the formation of perthite in metamorphic
host to inclusion, the 'exsolution' interpreta- rocks.
92
Symplectites
93
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
94
Symplectites
(c)
FIG. 6.10 (a) A schematic illustration of symplectite developed in the zone between two reacting phases. In this
illustration, A and B are at disequilibrium and are separated by a symplectic intergrowth of C and D. (b) A
schematic illustration of a symplectic intergrowth of phases A and B as total replacement (pseudomorph) after
some earlier phase. (c) A natural example, showing symplectic intergrowth of orthopyroxene (light) and magnetite
(black). Meta-norite, south-west Norwa y. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
ultimately the reaction terminates when the plagioclase is known as MYRMEKITE (Fig.
slowest diffusing element(s) are unable to keep 6.13). The formation of myrmekite both in
pace with the reaction. The situation is not metamorphic and in igneous rocks has long been
helped if the symplectite is forming during cool- a subject of debate. The development of the vari-
ing, because the decline in temperature will also ous schools (:jf thought on its origin are reviewed
cause a slowing of diffusion rates. It is perhaps by Smith (1974) and Phillips (1974, 1980).
for these reasons that many symplectite-forming The present consensus of opinion regarding
reactions fail to go to completion and are myrmekite in metamorphic rocks generally
commonly preserved in granulite facies rocks. relates its development to the breakdown of K-
A specific type of symplectite comprising feldspar. This is founded on the common obser-
vermicular (worm-like) quartz intergrown with vation that myrmekitic intergrowths of
95
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
FIG. 6.11 An SEM back-scattered image of symplectic intergrowths in a granulite facies mafic protomylonite
(after Brodie, 1995, courtesy of Blackwell Science). The instability of Grt (the principal reactant) in the presence
of Cpx has produced a symplectic intergrowth of PI (dark) + Opx (medium grey). Fine (1-3 /lm) 'strings' of Spl
(light grey) are intergrown with the Opx, but it is difficult to determine whether this is part of the original
symplectite or else produced during subsequent exsolution from the Opx (Brodie, 1995). Minor Fe-Ti oxides
(white) are also present. The symplectites of this example developed in dilatant zones, and their alignment defines
the original extension direction at the time of reaction. Scale bar = 100 Jim; field of view c. 340 /lm.
myrmekite
Ot This model has its roots in the proposals of
Becke (1908), but has been expanded in detail
FIG. 6.12 Complex PI-OI symplectites (based on Fig. by Phillips and co-workers. Phillips (1980)
5.15 of Kretz et al., 1989). Scale bar = 0.1 mm. describes and discusses the different
96
Symplectites
(a)
FIG. 6.13 (a) Myrmekite in augen gneiss from Tongue, Scotland. This microstructure comprises vermicular
quartz (white) intergrown with plagioclase. It is common in high-grade metamorphic rocks, and forms in associa-
tion with the retrogression of K-feldspar. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL) .
97
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
margins of garnets synchronous with deforma- As with symplectic intergrowths, the develop-
tion under granulite facies conditions in metaba- ment of corona structures in high-grade meta-
sites within a shear zone. Such symplectites morphic rocks results from the instability of peak
develop in rocks in areas of relatively low strain, assemblages in response to declining P-T condi-
such as at shear zone margins but, interestingly, tions during uplift. In all cases the 'core' phase
the symplectites are oriented parallel to the main reaches a state of disequilibrium with one or
foliation and regional stretching direction (Fig. more of the surrounding phases. The ensuing
6.11). Brodie (1995) concluded that the distribu- reaction produces a corona of some new phase
tion of symplectites within the rock indicate that or phases, thus forming a barrier isolating those
they only developed in dilatant areas, especially phases at disequilibrium. In common with
garnet grain boundaries and cracks in garnet. symplectites, the process involved is one of
Such observations from the Ivrea-Verbano zone, localised diffusive transfer of material between
Italy, are used as evidence for deep crustal exten- the reactants, with high temperatures allowing
sion localised along high-strain zones. reasonable reaction rates. As with symplectites,
the broadening of the corona decreases chemical
potential gradients and thus slows diffusion.
6.5 Coronas (of high-grade rocks)
Likewise, diffusion rates slow as temperature
Corona structures (Plates 2(a) & (b)) are espe- declines, and ultimately reaction progress is
cially common in high-grade gneisses, granulites terminated. The study of olivine-plagioclase
and eclogites. They consist of a core of one coronas by Johnson & Carlson (1990), utilising
mineral phase completely (or almost both transmitted light microscopy and SEM
completely) enclosed by a 'corona' of another back-scattered electron (atomic number contrast)
phase (or phases). The terms 'collar', 'atoll' and imaging, provides a particularly well documented
'moat' have also been used in the literature to example of coronas and the processes involved in
describe such features. However, the use of the their formation. The contribution by Rubie
term 'atoll' is not recommended, because it (1990) emphasises that corona-forming reactions
could cause confusion, as it has also been used occur at interfaces between specific mineral
with reference to 'atoll porphyroblasts' (e.g. phases, and gives evidence for complex multi-
atoll garnets), a specific microstructure in which component diffusion of elements derived from
the core of a chemically zoned porphyroblast adjacent domains. Additionally, Rubie (1990)
has reacted to form other minerals (e.g. micas). provides valuable discussion on possible
An example of a high-grade corona structure approaches towards evaluating the kinetics of
involves a garnet core with a plagioclase collar corona-forming reactions in eclogites.
(Plate 2(a)) and newly developed orthopyrox- Coronas and symplectites clearly provide
ene separating plagioclase from quartz. This is useful information about reactions, but with
a familiar decompression texture of many gran- the information now available to construct
ulites, and results from the reaction Grt + Qtz detailed petrogenetic grids it is also possible to
= Opx + Pl. Many other types of high-grade relate such reaction microstructures in terms of
coronas have been recorded, the minerals and the P- T path that the rock has followed. This
reactions being largely the same as those of is discussed more fully in Section 12.3.4.
symplectites. Coronas may be mono- or bi- A structure comparable to that of the
mineralic and in some cases are multiple. In coronas described above in relation to gran-
multi shell coronas it is common to find that ulites may also be encountered in certain types
certain 'shells' are represented by symplectic of migmatite. The so-called 'flecky' gneisses of
intergrowths. Loberg (1963), Russell (1969) and Ashworth
98
References
FIG.6.14 A drawing of "flecky gneiss' (based on Fig. 50a of Loberg, 1963). Mafic cores (black) have an assem-
blage And + Bt + Qtz + PI, and are surrounded by a quartzofeldspathic leucosome corona, or selvage (white), that
separates the core from the mesosome matrix assemblage of Sil + Bt + Qtz + Feld. Scale bar = 1 cm.
(1985) result from high-temperature reaction Alling, A.L. (1938) Plutonic perthites. Journal of
processes, again involving diffusion of elements Geology, 46, 142.
Anderson, T.B. (1984) Inclusion patterns in zoned
down local chemical potential gradients, to garnets from Magemy, north Norway.
produce a coarse and irregular corona structure Mineralogical Magazine, 48, 21-26.
(Fig. 6.14). In the Loberg (1963) example from Angel, F. (1930) Dber Plagioklasefiillungen und ihre
Viistervik, Sweden, mafic cores of And + Bt + genetische Bedeutung. Mitt. Naturw. Ver.
Stein mark, 67, 36-52.
Qtz + PI are surrounded by quartzofeldspathic Anovitz, L.M. & Essene, E.]. (1987) Phase equilibria in
(leucosome) coronas or haloes. The mesosome the system CaCO r MgC0 3-FeCO y Journal of
forming the main body of the rock comprises Petrology, 28, 389-414.
Sil + Bt + Qtz + Feld. The mafic clots and coro- Ashworth, ].R. (1985) Introduction, in Migmatites (ed.
].R. Ashworth). Blackie, Glasgow, 1-35.
nas are considered to have developed during Atherton, M.P. & Brenchley, P.]. (1972) A preliminary
the polymorphic transformation sillimanite to study of the structure, stratigraphy and metamor-
andalusite, and to have involved Fe + Mg diffu- phism of some contact rocks of the western Andes,
sion inwards to the cores and K diffusion near the Quebrada Venado Muerto, Peru.
GeologicalJournal, 8, 161-178.
outwards into the leucosome (Fisher, 1970). By Becke, F. (1908) Dber myrmekit. Mineralogische und
considering reasonable diffusion rates, Fisher Petrographische Mitteilungen, 27, 377-390.
(1977) estimated that for core radii of about 5 Bowman, ].R. (1978) Contact metamorphism, skarn
mm, the segregations would form in about formation and origin of C-O-H skarn fluids in the
Black Butte aureole, Elkhorn, Montana. Ph.D.
0.066 Ma. thesis, University of Michigan.
Brodie, K.H. (1995) The development of orientated
References symplectites during deformation. Journal of
Ackermand, D. & Karl, F. (1972) Experimental studies Metamorphic Geology, 13,499-508.
on the formation of inclusions in plagioclases from Burton, K.W. (1986) Garnet-quartz intergrowths in
metatonalites, Hohe Tauern, Austria (lower temper- graphitic pelites: the role of the fluid phase.
ature stability limit of the paragenesis anorthite Mineralogical Magazine, 50, 611-620.
plus potash feldspar). Contributions to Mineralogy Christian, ].W. (1965) Theory of transformations in
and Petrology, 35, 11-21. metals and alloys. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
99
Mineral inclusions, intergrowths and coronas
De Waard, D. (1967) The occurrence of garnet in the Ducktown, Tennessee massive sulfides and adjoin-
granulite-facies terrane of the Adirondack ing portions of the Blue Ridge Province. Ph.D.
Highlands and elsewhere, an amplification and a thesis, University of Michigan.
reply. Journal of Petrology, 8,210-232. Nockolds, S.R., Knox, R.W.O'B. & Chinner, G.A.
Essene, E.]. (1982) Geologic thermometry and barome- (1978) Petrology for students. Cambridge
try, in Characterization of metamorphism through University Press, Cambridge, 435 pp.
mineral equilibria red. ].M. Ferry). Mineralogical Passchier, CW. (1985) Water-deficient mylonite zones
Society of America, Reviews in Mineralogy No.10, - an example from the Pyrenees. Lith as, 18,
153-206. 115-127.
Ferguson, CC, Harvey, P.K. & Lloyd, G.E. (1980) On Phillips, E.R. (1974) Myrmekite - one hundred years
the mechanical interaction between a growing later. Lithos, 7, 181-194.
porphyroblast and its surrounding matrix. Phillips, E.R. (1980) On polygenetic myrmekite.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 75, Geological Magazine, 117,29-36.
339-352. Powell, D. (1966) On the preferred crystallographic
Fisher, G.W. (1970) The application of ionic equilibria orientation of garnet in some metamorphic rocks.
to metamorphic differentiation: an example. Mineralogical Magazine, 35, 1094-1109.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 29, Pryer, L.L. & Robin, P.-Y.F. (1995) Retrograde meta-
91-103. morphic reactions in deforming granites and the
Fisher, G.W. (1977) Non-equilibrium thermodynamics in origin of flame perthite. Journal of Metamorphic
metamorphism, in Thermodynamics in Geology red. Geology, 13, 645-658.
D.G. Fraser). D. Reidel, Boston, Ch. 19,381-403. Rice, A.H.N. & Mitchell, J.I. (1991) Porphyroblast
Frondel, C (1934) Selective incrustation of crystal textural sector-zoning and matrix displacement.
forms. American Mineralogist, 19,316. Mineralogical Magazine, 55, 379-396.
Harvey, P.K., Lloyd, G.E. & Shaw, K.G. (1977). Rosenfeld, J.L. (1969) Stress effects around quartz
Arcuate cleavage zones adjacent to garnet porphy- inclusions in almandine and the piezothermometry
roblasts in a hornfelsed metagreywacke. of coexisting aluminium silicates. American Journal
Tectonophysics, 39,473-476. of Science, 267,317-351.
Hubbard, F.H. (1965) Antiperthite and mantled Rubie, D.C (1990) Role of kinetics in the formation
feldspar textures in charnockite (enderbite) from and preservation of eclogites, in Eclogite Facies
S.W. Nigeria. American Mineralogist, 50, Rocks red. D.A. Carswell). Blackie, Glasgow,
2040-2051. 111-140.
Johnson, CD. & Carlson, W.D. (1990) The origin of Russell, R.V. (1969) Porphyroblastic differentiation in
olivine-plagioclase coronas in metagabbros from fleck gneiss from Vastervik, Sweden. Geologiska
the Adirondack Mountains, New York. Journal of Foreningen Stockholm Forhandlingar, 91,217-282.
Metamorphic Geology, 8, 697-717. Shelley, D. (1993) Igneous and metamorphic rocks
Kerrick, D.M. (1990) The AlzSiO s polymorphs. under the microscope. Chapman & Hall, London,
Reviews in Mineralogy No. 22, Mineralogical 445 pp.
Society of America, Washington, DC, 406 pp. Simpson, C & Wintsch, R.P. (1989) Evidence for
Kerrick, D.M. & Woodsworth, G.]. (1989) Aluminium deformation-induced K-feldspar replacement by
silicates in the Mount Raleigh pendant, British myrmekite. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7,
Columbia. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7, 261-275.
547-563. Smith, J.V. (1974) Feldspar minerals: Volume 2,
Kretz, R. (1988) SEM study of dolomite microcrystals Chemical and textural properties. Springer-Verlag,
in Grenville marble. American Mineralogist, 73, Berlin, 690 pp.
619-631. Vernon, R.H. (1976) Metamorphic processes. George
Kretz, R., Jones, P. & Hartree, R. (1989) Grenville Allen & Unwin, London, 247 pp.
metagabbro complexes of the Otter Lake area, Vernon, R.H. (1987) Oriented growth of sillimanite in
Quebec. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 26, andalusite, Placitas - Juan Tabo area, New Mexico,
215-230. USA. Canadian Journal of Earth Science, 24,
Loberg, B. (1963) The formation of a flecky gneiss and 580-590.
similar phenomena in relation to the migmatite and Yardley, B.W.D., MacKenzie, W.S. & Guildford, C
vein gneiss problem. Geologiska Foreningens (1990) Atlas of metamorphic rocks and their
Stockholm Forhandlingar, 85,3-109. textures. Longman Science & Technology, and John
Nesbitt, B.E. (1979) Regional metamorphism of the Wiley, New York.
100
Chapter seven
Replacement and
overgrowth
101
Replacement and overgrowth
TABLE 7.1 Common retrograde reactions in the main compositional groups of metamorphic rocks.
Ultramafic rocks
Olivine ~ serpentine H 2 0-rich fluids
~ magnesite CO 2-rich fluids
Enstatite ~ anthophyllite
Opx and/or olivine ~ talc ± serpentine
Metabasites
Ca -plagioclase ~ Na-plagioclase + Ep/Zo/Czo Very common amphibolite facies ~ greenschist
facies retrogression (H 20-rich fluids).
~ zeolites Common in very low grade burial
metamorphism and ocean-floor metamorphism
~ sericite/muscovite In metabasites this usually requires significant K+
introduction.
~ calcite CO -rich fluids.
~ scapolite Hydrothermal metamorphism CO 2 -rich fluids.
Clinopyroxene ~ hornblende/actinolite
Hypersthene ~ hornblende/actinolite
Hornblende ~ actinolite
~ chlorite
~ biotite Usually associated with significant
K+ introduction
Blue (Na-) amphibole ~ green (Ca-) amphibole (actinolite)
(glaucophane/crossite)
Garnet ~ chlorite
Ilmenite or rutile ~ sphene
Granitoid rocks
K-feldspar ~ sericite/muscovite/pyrophyllite
~ clay minerals (e.g. kaolinite)
Plagioclase ~ sericite (epidote group minerals)
Biotite ~ chlorite
Calc-silicate rocks
Forsterite ~ serpentine
Anorthite ~ epidote minerals (± sericite)
~ carbonate minerals
Diopside ~ tremolite-actinolite
Tremolite ~talc
Metapelites
Garnet ~ chlorite and/or biotite
Staurolite ~ sericite
~ sericite + chlorite
Andalusite, kyanite, ~ sericite/white mica
sillimanite
Cordierite ~ pinite (fine mix of sericite + chlorite)
Chloritoid ~ chlorite (± sericite)
Biotite ~ chlorite
Ilmenite ~ sphene
102
Retrograde metamorphism
necessary for reactions to proceed. Intrusion- recognised around porphyroblasts that are in
related fluids carry various ions in solution, disequilibrium with matrix conditions, either
and by their interaction with interstitial fluids due to shearing at lower-grade conditions or in
and minerals in the surrounding country rocks association with uplift and cooling. Continued
can induce both prograde and retrograde reac- disequilibrium and reaction may give rise to a
tions. The principal factors controlling the type partial or complete pseudomorphing of the
of alteration that occurs are the composition unstable phase (Plates 4(c)-(e)). A PSEUDO-
and mineralogy of the host rock, the composi- MORPH is defined as a crystal that has been
tion of the fluid and the temperature of the completely altered or replaced by another
fluid. The extent of infiltration is controlled by mineral or aggregate of minerals, and yet still
the nature of the host-rock permeability and by retains its original shape. It may be either (a) a
Pf. Upward-moving hydrothermal fluids from a single-phase single-crystal pseudomorph, (b) a
cooling magma (especially granite or granodi- single-phase multicrystal pseudomorph or (c) a
orite) invade the surrounding country rocks to multiphase multicrystal pseudomorph. Single-
cause 'metasomatic' alteration. METASOMA- phase multicrystal pseudomorphs are fre-
TISM is a process of alteration or chemical quently observed, especially cases involving the
modification involving enrichment of the rock replacement of a porphyroblast by an aggre-
in certain ions derived from some external gate of some hydrous phase as part of a rehy-
source. This influx of ions via a fluid phase dration reaction; for example, garnet to
induces various metamorphic reactions in the chlorite (Plate 4(c)) or olivine to serpentine
country rock, although much of the original (Plate 4(d)). Equally common are multiphase
microstructure of the rock may still be multicrystal pseudomorphs, particularly those
preserved. Potassic alteration (e.g. sericitisa- producing bi-mineralic hydrous assemblages;
tion) is a particularly common type of alter- for example, hornblende ~ actinolite + chlo-
ation in such situations, as is propyllitic rite, and staurolite ~ chlorite + sericite and
alteration, involving widespread chloritisation, garnet ~ chlorite + biotite (Plate 4(e)). The
and argillic alteration, giving rise to extensive fact that fine-grained multicrystal aggregates
development of clay minerals. Extensive tour- are common indicates high nucleation rate rela-
malinisation is a common feature of metasoma- tive to growth rate. This causes numerous
tism in the vicinity of granitoid intrusions (e.g. nucleation sites and a tendency towards site
Hercynian granites of south-west England). saturation. The degree of pseudomorphing of a
Later sections of this chapter deal with specific particular phase can vary considerably across
types of retrogression and replacement, but for the domain of a thin section (Plate 4(d)) and on
further details on the various types of the outcrop scale may be localised in certain
hydrothermal alteration, the reader should zones. This reflects the variable degree of fluid
refer to Thompson & Thompson (1996). infiltration and illustrates the important role
that fluids play in promoting reactions. In Plate
4(d), H 2 0 is required for olivine to alter to
7.1.2 Textural features of retrogression
serpentine. Those areas infiltrated by fluid
CORONAS and REACTION RIMS are a clear show complete pseudomorphing of olivine, and
sign of disequilibrium between certain phases yet in adjacent areas in which the fluid has only
in the assemblage. In pelites and metabasites of gained minimal access the olivines are almost
the amphibolite facies and lower grade, coro- entirely unaltered. The preservation of un dis-
nas (or reaction rims) of hydrous mineral torted 'soft assemblage' pseudomorphs in
phases are common (Plate 4(b)). They are best highly sheared rocks (Plate 4(c)) implies that
103
Replacement and overgrowth
OO L-__-----------{
Q,.40
FIG.7.1 A phase diagram for the Si0 2 system, show- FIG. 7.2 A drawing of a coesite inclusion in garnet in
ing the P-T stability fields (based on Zoltai & Stout, the process of transformation to a-quartz (based on
1984) for the various silica polymorphs, and emphasis- Fig. 3d of Chopin, 1984). The positive volume change
ing the polymorphic transformation coesite ~ a-quartz associated with this transformation causes characteris-
(arrowed) associated with decompression during uplift tic radial fracturing in the garnet. The solid line defines
of certain ultra-high-pressure rocks. T, Tridymite; C, the Si02 inclusion, comprising a remnant high-relief
cristobalite; L, liquid. coesite core (inside stippled area), surrounded by a-
quartz (unornamented). Scale bar = 100 ;tm.
pseudomorphing occurred after deformation. graphic structure to the mineral replacing it. In
Polymorphic transformations such as aragonite this case biotite is being replaced by chlorite,
to calcite, and coesite to a-quartz (e.g. Chopin, both of which are phyllosilicates. This type of
1984; Okay, 1995) occur when rocks formed transformation can represent either a prograde
at very high pressure undergo decompression or a retrograde feature. It is retrograde if
during uplift (Figs 7.1 & 7.2). biotite forming part of a high-temperature
Reaction rims (Plate 4(b)) and partial or assemblage is being replaced, but prograde if,
complete pseudomorphs (Plates 4( c )-( e)) are for example, metamorphic chlorite is in the
obvious disequilibrium textures. Other alter- process of replacing detrital biotite (Section
ation features include 'core replacement' and 7.2). Numerous XRD, SEM and TEM studies
'zone replacement'. Zonal alteration is espe- have been undertaken on such interlayered
cially common in igneous plagioclase crystals phyllosilicate phases and the transformation
(Plates 4(f) & (g)). It indicates that certain processes involved (e.g. Veblen & Ferry, 1983;
zones of the plagioclase are out of chemical Jiang & Peacor, 1991). The use of high-resolu-
equilibrium with the matrix fluid, and conse- tion TEM in such research on polysomatic
quently are more prone to alteration. In such intergrowths is reviewed by Allen (1992).
cases the fluid gains access along microfrac- When studying porphyroblasts it may not
tures or cleavage planes of the crystal. always be easy to decide whether fine-grained
Feldspars, amphiboles and micas are particu- mineral enclosures represent alteration products
larly prone to such alteration. Plate 4(h) is a or inclusions incorporated during growth.
good example of TOPOTAXY (or TOPOTAC- However, there are certain points to take into
TIC TRANSFORMATION), in which the account, and features to look for that should
mineral being replaced is of similar crystallo- make the decision-making easier. First, with
104
Retrograde metamorphism
fine-grained alteration products it is often diffi- ophiolite obduction, and in contact metamor-
cult to clearly discern grain boundaries by stan- phic aureoles with extensive aqueous fluid
dard microscopy, whereas inclusions, although infiltration. The addition of H 2 0 is essential
commonly fine-grained, usually have well- for serpentinisation to proceed, and in
defined boundaries. Second, alteration products general it takes place below 500°C, and
will usually be of minerals chemically similar to commonly at less than 350°C. If mass
the mineral they are retrogressing (e.g. sericite remains constant during serpentinisation of a
after K-feldspar), whereas included mineral peridotite a substantial volume increase
phases will often be quite different (e.g. rutile (35-45%) will occur. The basic reactions can
in garnet). be written as
2Mg2Si04 + 3Hp = Mg3Sips(OH)4 + Mg(OH)2 (7.1)
7.1.3 Specific types of retrogression and forsterite serpentine brucite
replacement and
3MgSiOJ + 2Hp = Mg 3Sips(OH) 4 + Si0 2. (7.2)
Serpentinisation enstatite serpentine silica
Serpentine is the most common alteration If the original olivine or pyroxene contains a
product of olivine, and serpentinisation of component of iron, magnetite will be an addi-
ultramafic rocks (Fig. 7.3) and forsterite tional product of the reaction. Experiments by
marbles (Plate 4(d)) has received considerable Wegner & Ernst (1983), which included a
attention in the literature (e.g. Peacock study of the hydration of forsterite to give
(1987). Serpentinisation occurs in environ- serpentine plus brucite (7.1), showed that the
ments such as ocean-floor metamorphism, reaction rate was appreciably faster when
shear zones developed during orogenesis or P(H 2 0) was increased from 1 to 3 kbar.
FIG. 7.3 Serpentinised ultramafic rock, showing a distinctive serpentine 'mesh'. Dawros, Connemara, Ireland.
Scale bar = 125 Jim (XPL).
105
Replacement and overgrowth
FIG. 7.4 Pyroxenes replaced by amphibole (actinolitic hornblende) as part of the process of uralitisation in meta-
igneous rocks within a Precambrian basement window. Troms, Norway. Scale bar = 125 !fm (XPL). The
surrounding minerals are plagioclase and minor quartz.
106
Retrograde metamorphism
FIG. 7.5 Chloritisation of mafic rock in a greenschist facies shear zone, Syama, Mali. Dark areas =chlorite; light
grey to white speckled areas =calcite. Scale = 125 flm (XPL).
107
Replacement and overgrowth
(a)
(b)
FIG. 7.6 (a) The sericitisation of staurolite schist, giving rise to total pseudomorphs after staurolite. [Stt-Grt
schist, Glen Lethnot, Scotland. Scale bar = 0.5 mm (XPL).j (b) The sericitic alteration of andalusite (var. chiasto-
lite), in the contact metamorphic aureole of the Skiddaw Granite, England. Scale bar =0.5 mm (XPL).
108
Overgrowth textures
(a)
(b)
FIG. 7.7 Chlorite-mica stacks developed in Devonian slates near Siouville, in the outermost part of the
Flamanville Granite contact metamorphic aureole, Normandy, France. (a) Standard optical microscopy (XPL),
Scale = 125 pm. The chlorite-mica stack (centre) comprises intergrown chlorite (dark) and muscovite (light) as a
probable replacement for detrital biotite. The matrix of the rock comprises rounded grains of quartz (white/light
grey) in a fine groundmass of phyllosilicates. (b) An SEM (back-scattered electron) image showing enhanced detail
of the chlorite-mica stack (light grey/white = Chi; medium grey = muscovite). The image also shows greater detail
of the matrix, comprising 10-20 pm length chlorite laths (light grey), and 20-100 pm quartz grains (dark grey) in
an ultra-fine (<5 pm) groundmass of white mica and quartz. Scale = 100 pm.
109
Replacement and overgrowth
(c)
FIG. 7.7 (contd) (c) A detail of the central part of the chlorite-mica stack shown in (b), showing individual layers
to vary from 1 pm to 15 pm in thickness. Scale = 10 pm.
changes, depending on the nature of the fluid of detrital biotites by metamorphic chlorite
and the P- T conditions, include conversion of (e.g. Jiang & Peacor, 1994) and the develop-
feldspars to zeolites (ZEOLITISATION), ment of other CHLORITE-MICA STACKS
replacement by scapolite (SCAPOLITISATION) (Fig. 7.7) in late diagenesis to low greenschist
or conversion to epidote (EPIDOTISATION). facies metamorphism (e.g. Warr et at., 1993;
In all cases the origin of the fluid is considered Merriman et at., 1995). Other prograde reac-
to be either magmatic, derived from reactions tion textures include the overprint of blue glau-
in meta-evaporites, of direct sea-water origin, cophanic amphibole rimming green calcic
or of some combination of these sources. amphibole in metabasic rocks, and the
mantling of kyanite by coarse muscovite laths
7.2 Overgrowth textures during prograde (or Mc + Sill in pelites (Fig. 7.8). The latter is
metamorphism related to the prograde breakdown of kyanite
to sillimanite in the upper amphibolite facies.
Although the evidence of retrograde reactions The sillimanite is more commonly observed to
is commonly preserved, the evidence of nucleate at quartz grain boundaries (Fig. 5.3),
prograde reactions is far less frequently or intergrown with biotite, rather than as a
encountered. Even so, there are several notable direct overgrowth on kyanite. Reaction rims of
examples in which prograde reaction rims and coarse muscovite have similarly been observed
intergrowth textures have been recognised. around andalusite as part of the prograde reac-
One such example is the prograde replacement tion to form kyanite. Such reaction rims should
110
Overgrowth textures
FIG. 7.8 The prograde breakdown of kyanite (at extinction) to coarse muscovite relating to the upper amphibo-
lite facies transformation Ky ~ Sil. This example is from a kyanite gneiss from the Caledonides of north Norway.
Scale =0.5 mm (XPL).
FIG. 7.9 The direct overgrowth of one AI,2SiO S polymorph on another. In this case, from an A1 2SiO s-Qtz vein
from Snake Creek (Queensland, Australia), kyanite is overgrowing andalusite. Scale bar =0.5 mm (XPL).
111
Replacement and overgrowth
not be confused with fine-grained sencltlc tions at the atomic scale: transmIssIon electron
rims and pseudomorphs commonly associated microscopy (ed. P.R. Buseck). Mineralogical Society
of America, Reviews in Mineralogy No. 27,
with the retrogression of aluminium-silicate Mineralogical Society of America, Washington, DC,
phases (Fig. 7.6). Direct overgrowth of one Ch. 8, 289-333.
Al 2SiO s polymorph by another (Fig. 7.9) is Beach, A. (1980) Retrogressive metamorphic processes
rarely seen in metamorphic rocks, but more in shear zones with special reference to the Lewisian
Complex. Journal of Structural Geology, 2,
normally two (and sometimes three) poly- 257-263.
morphs can exist meta stably together. The Boulter, C.A., Fotios, M.G. & Phillips, G.N. (1987)
reason for the coexistence of one or more of The Golden Mile, Kalgoorlie; a giant gold deposit
the polymorphs is largely due to the small localized in a ductile shear zone by structurally
induced infiltration of an auriferous metamorphic
differences in Gibbs free energy between each fluid. Economic Geology, 82, 1661-1678.
of them. This commonly leads to the Carten, R.B. (1986) Sodium-calcium metasomatism:
metastable persistence of one of the phases chemical, temporal, and spatial relationships at the
outside its stability field. Yerrington, Nevada, porphyry copper deposit.
Economic Geology, 81, 1495-1519.
The term EPITAXIAL OVERGROWTH (or Chopin, C. (1984) Coesite and pure pyrope in high-
EPITAXY) is used to describe cases of coherent grade blueschists of the Western Alps: a first record
overgrowth, in which a new phase preferen- and some consequences. Contributions to
tially nucleates on a crystallographically similar Mineralogy and Petrology, 86, 107-118.
De Jong, G. & Williams, P.J. (1995) Giant metaso-
pre-existing phase. This occurs because struc- matic system formed during exhumation of mid-
tural similarities between substrate phase and crustal Proterozoic rocks in the vicinity of the
overgrowth phase minimise the surface energy Cloncurry Fault, northwest Queensland. Australian
and allow easier nucleation. The example of Journal of Earth Sciences, 42, 281-290.
Diella, V., Spalla, M.I. & Tunesi, A. (1992)
one type of amphibole preferentially nucleating Contrasting thermochemical evolutions in the
and growing on another (Plate 4(a)), is a good Southalpine metamorphic basement of the Orobic
example of such overgrowth. It can occur as Alps (Central Alps, Italy). Journal of Metamorphic
both a prograde and retrograde feature, Geology, 10,203-219.
Jiang, W.-T. & Peacor, D.R. (1991). Transmission
depending on the amphiboles involved and electron microscopic study of the kaolinization of
their interrelationships. muscovite. Clays and Clay Minerals, 39,1-13.
A final example of a prograde overgrowth or Jiang, W.-T. & Peacor, D.R. (1994). Formation of
replacement feature is the case of sillimanite corrensite, chlorite and chlorite-mica stacks by
replacement of biotite in low-grade pelitic rocks.
(fibrolite) + biotite as a prograde pseudomor- Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 12, 867-884.
phic replacement of garnet (e.g. Yardley, 1977; Merriman, R.J., Roberts, B., Peacor, D.R. & Hirons,
Diella et aI., 1992). Such matted aggregates or S.R. (1995) Strain-related differences in crystal
'knots' of fibrolitic sillimanite are often referred growth of white mica and chlorite: a TEM and
XRD study of the development of meta pelitic
to as FASERKIESEL. This replacement of microfabrics in the Southern Uplands thrust terrane,
garnet by biotite and fibrolitic sillimanite Scotland. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 13,
produces pseudomorphs appreciably enriched 559-576.
in Al and depleted in Fe, indicating extensive Okay, A.I. (1995) Paragonite eclogites from Dabie
Shan, China: re-equilibration during exhumation?
local-scale diffusive mass transfer, in a complex Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 13, 449-460.
'Carmichael-type' ionic reaction (Section 1.3.3). Oliver, N.H.S. (1995) Hydrothermal history of the
Mary Kathleen Fold Belt, Mt. Isa Block,
Queensland. Australian Journal of Earth Sciences,
42,267-279.
References Peacock, S.M. (1987) Serpentinization and infiltration
Allen, C.M. (1992) Mineral definition by HRTEM: metasomatism in the Trinity peridotite, Klamath
problems and opportunities, in Minerals and reac- province, northern California: implications for
112
References
subduction zones. Contributions to Mineralogy and Warr, L.N., Primmer, T.]., & Robinson, D. (1993)
Petrology, 95, 55-70. Variscan very low-grade metamorphism in south-
Seyfried, W.E., Jr., Bernt, M.E. & Seewald, ].S. (1988) west England: a diastathermal and thrust-related
Hydrothermal alteration processes at mid-ocean origin. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 9,
ridges: constraints from diabase alteration experi- 751-764.
ments, hot-spring fluids, and composition of the Wegner, W.W. & Ernst, W.G. (1983) Experimentally
oceanic crust. Canadian Mineralogist, 26, 787-804. determined hydration and dehydration reaction
Thompson, A.].B. & Thompson, ].F.H. (1996) Atlas of rates in the system MgO-SiOz-HzO. American
alteration (a field and petrographic guide to Journal of Science, 283-A, 151-180.
hydrothermal alteration minerals). Geological Yardley, B.W.D. (1977) The nature and significance of
Association of Canada (Mineral Deposits Division), the mechanism of sillimanite growth in the
St. Johns, Newfoundland, Canada, 119 pp. Connemara Schists, Ireland. Contributions to
Veblen, D.R. & Ferry, ].M. (1983) A TEM study of the Mineralogy and Petrology, 65, 53-58.
biotite-chlorite reaction and comparison with Zoltai, T. & Stout, ].H. (1984) Mineralogy: con-
petrologic observations. American Mineralogist, 68, cepts and principles. Burgess, Minneapolis,
1160-1168. Minnesota.
113
Part C
Interrelationships
between
deformation and
metamorphism
Chapter eight
Deformed rocks
and strain-
related
microstructures
Various effects of deformation, recovery and higher temperatures and lower strain rates
recrystallisation can be seen in thin sections of promote ductile deformation. That is not to say
deformed metamorphic rocks. The following that the change in deformation style occurs
sections give an introduction to such features, simultaneously in all minerals. The different
how they form and how they can be recog- crystallographic properties of individual phases
nised. For further details, the texts and edited mean that under a given set of conditions some
volumes by Poirier (1985), Barber & Meredith phases may undergo plastic deformation while
(1990), Knipe & Rutter (1990), Boland & others deform in a brittle manner. Both horn-
FitzGerald (1993), Passchier & Trouw (1996) blende and feldspar deform in a brittle manner
and Snoke et at. (in press), plus the review by at low to moderate temperatures, whereas at
Green (1992) on TEM analysis of deformation high temperatures crystal-plastic processes
in geological materials, are all invaluable operate. However, in the case of quartz, defor-
sources of reference. mation by crystal-plastic processes is charac-
teristic over a much broader range of
8.1 Deformation mechanisms conditions. This means that in granitoid rocks
sheared at low temperatures, quartz will
When a rock undergoes deformation due to exhibit features of ductile deformation, while
some superimposed stress, the mineral feldspars show brittle fragmentation (Fig. 8.3).
constituents of that rock may deform in either
a brittle manner (Fig. 8.1) by fracturing (=
CATACLASTIC FLOW), or in a ductile fashion 8.2 Inter- and intracrystalline deformation
by crystal-plastic processes (Fig. 8.2). The way processes and microstructures
in which a particular mineral deforms is influ-
enced by many factors, but especially by
8.2.1 Defects
temperature and strain rate. As a general rule,
lower temperatures and higher strain rates Plastic deformation of crystals is facilitated by
favour brittle deformation of minerals, while lattice defects, of which there are three main
117
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
FIG. 8.1 The early stages of brecciation in sub-greenschist oolitic ironstone, Gwna Group, Anglesey, Wales.
Scale bar = 1 mm (PPL).
FIG. 8.2 Mylonite (an example of crystal-plastic (ductile) processes). Mylonitised granite, Baltic Shield, Sweden.
The coin is 22 mm in diameter.
classes; namely, POINT DEFECTS, DISLOCA- atoms or molecules in the lattice (lNTERSTI-
TIONS and GRAIN BOUNDARIES. Point TIALS). Point defects may migrate through the
defects (Fig. 8.4) can be subdivided into those crystal lattice by diffusive processes involving
that represent vacant sites in the crystal lattice exchange with neighbouring ions in a manner
(VACANCIES), and those representing extra obeying Fick's laws of diffusion (Section 1.3.5).
118
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
FIG. 8.3 Protomylonite. Low-temperature deformation of this granitoid rock has produced grain-size reduction
of quartz by ductile shearing, while giving rise to brittle fragmentation of feldspars (centre) in the same assem-
blage. Troms, Norway. Scale bar = 1 mm (XPL).
0 -0 -0 -0 -0
DISLOCATIONS are thermodynamically
unstable linear defects along which some slip
- O-
_I O xO- O-
has occurred (see below for details). In chemi-
cally homogeneous material (e.g. pure ice, salt,
and so on), GRAIN BOUNDARIES are effec-
tively two-dimensional defects separating
grains the lattices of which are differently
0 - 0 - 0 - _I0 - 0
oriented. In polycrystalline rock, the grain-
boundary region is somewhat more complex,
- O- O - O - O x
but in essence can be viewed as a complex two-
dimensional defect (see below).
0 - -0 -0 -0
x
8.2.2 Dislocations
-0 -0 -0 -0 -
FIG. 8.4 Point defects in a crystal lattice. x, vacancies;
Dislocations are contained within the crystal i, interstitia Is.
structure, and concentrated at grain bound-
aries. Such defects distort the lattice of the crys-
tal and introduce an internal strain. There are dislocation, but elsewhere the lattice planes line
two main types of dislocations. These are up.
EDGE DISLOCATIONS (Fig. 8.S(a)), where The greater the number of dislocations, the
the crystal has an additional half lattice plane, greater is the internal energy (stored elastic
and SCREW DISLOCATIONS (Fig. 8.S(b)), energy), and consequently if such dislocations
where part of the crystal is displaced by a can be eliminated a certain amount of energy will
lattice unit, giving a twisted lattice at the line of be released. Each dislocation is characterised by
119
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
(a) / / / / / / / / /
/////////y
/////////
/ / / / / / / / / /y /
/ / / / / / / / / v /v /
!<-<-<-1
Vv y/
! Y Vy
! ./ /
t V /y /
. .... .... .... ....
!
t VVy
V/V
Vv
V
Edge dislocation Screw dislocation
FIG. 8.S A schematic illustration of different types of dislocation within the crystal lattice: (a) edge dislocations;
(b) screw dislocations. Thick arrows define the Burgers vector for each dislocation; small arrows define the dislo-
cation loop or Burgers circuit for each example (see the text for further details).
a slip vector or BURGERS VECTOR, defining planes in the crystal lattice, with the slip direc-
the direction and amount of lattice displace- tion defined by the Burgers vector. In quartz, for
ment. In the schematic illustration (Fig. 8.5(b)), example, basal slip is often the dominant mode
a 'square' circuit is shown around the disloca- of deformation. Depending on factors such as
tion, defined by an equal number of atoms on grain orientation, temperature and strain rate, a
each side (small arrows in Fig. 8.5(b)). This given crystal may have more than one slip
loop or 'Burgers circuit' is not closed because system active at any time. If dislocations can
of the step caused by the dislocation. The propagate fairly freely during ductile deforma-
connecting line across this step (solid arrow in tion, then STRAIN SOFTENING processes will
Fig. 8.5(b)) defines the Burgers vector. operate. In mechanical terms strain softening is
Dislocations may split into two or more partial expressed as 'a reduction in stress at constant
dislocations, which show misfit in relation to strain rate, or increase in strain rate at constant
the crystal lattice adjacent to the slip plane. stress' (White et ai., 1980). GEOMETRIC
This surface defining the zone of mismatch SOFTENING is one such softening process, and
between the partial dislocations and the adja- involves grain size reduction via intracrystalline
cent ordered crystal lattice is termed a STACK- slip and grain reorientation. Not only are the
ING FAULT. Such microstructural features are new grains smaller, but they are also strain-free.
especially common in minerals with a large Since quartz largely deforms by basal slip, this
unit cell distance (e.g. orthopyroxene). They leads to pronounced crystallographic alignment
preferentially develop whenever the combined of quartz in strongly deformed quartzofelds-
energy contribution due to misfit of the partials pathic mylonites. The basal slip planes become
plus the energy of the stacking fault is less than reoriented to lie close to parallel with the shear
the strain energy due to the single dislocation plane. This alignment can be recognised in thin
(Green, 1992). section by use of the sensitive tint plate (see
Dislocations playa vital role in ductile defor- Sections 8.2.7 & 10.8 and Plates 7(a) & (b) for
mation of rocks. The various minerals present details).
in a deforming rock each have their own SLIP The intersection of different slip systems will
SYSTEMS, representing preferential slip (glide) lead to entanglement of migrating dislocations.
120
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
Such DISLOCATION TANGLES make further by a tangle, or some other obstruction such as
deformation of the crystal increasingly diffi- an inclusion, the migration of vacancies to the
cult, and greatly contribute to overall STRAIN dislocation plane may allow the dislocation to
(WORK) HARDENING during deformation move at right-angles to the dislocation plane
of rocks at low temperatures or else relatively and thus enable it to by-pass the obstruction
fast strain rates. Although the migration of by a process known as CLIMB. The combina-
dislocations along a slip plane may be impeded tion of dislocation glide and climb is referred
(a)
(b)
FIG. 8.6 (a) Undulose (or undulatory) extinction in quartz. Deformed quartz-rich lens in a shear zone, 'Pyrite
Belt', Spain. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (b) Sub-grain development (some examples arrowed), in a deformed quartz-rich
lens. Pyrite Belt, Spain. Scale =0.1 mm (XPL).
121
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
(c)
(d)
FIG. 8.6 (contd) (c) New grains (some examples arrowed), in quartzitic mylonite. Pyrite Belt, Spain. Scale = 0.5
mm (XPL). (d) Mortar ('core-and-mantle') structure developed in mylonite. Pyrite Belt, Spain. Scale = 0.5 mm
(XPL).
122
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
(e)
FIG. 8.6 (contd) (e) Ribbon quartz in quartz mylonite. Moine Thrust, N.W. Scotland. Scale =0.5 mm (XPL).
syntectonic minerals, especially quartz (Fig. two slip systems must have operated 10 the
8.6(a)), feldspar, olivine, kyanite and mica. In formation of the kink bands.
thin section, UNDULOSE EXTINCTION is
recognised by a zone of extinction sweeping
8.2.3 Creep mechanisms
across the crystal as the stage is rotated. In
quartz, undulose extinction is generally elongate CREEP processes are extremely important
sub-parallel to [0001] (Carter et al., 1964) as a during crystal-plastic deformation of rocks
result of heterogeneous slip on this plane during and many other materials. Creep experiments
distortion of the lattice. Increased bending leads on rocks and ceramics are mostly undertaken
to the development of discrete DEFORMATION at strain rates (e) of 10-9 to 10-4 S- I , but in
BANDS (kink bands) which have sharply defined natural rock, where features of creep are
high-angle boundaries compared to zones of undoubtedly recorded, the strain rates are
undulose extinction. They have significant crys- much slower, and typically in the range 10- 15 to
tallographic mismatch relative to the main crys- 10- 12 S- 1 During deformation experiments it is
tal, and may terminate either at grain boundaries observed that many materials have a period
or inside grains. A detailed study by Mawer & over which strain rate is constant, known as
Fitzgerald (1993) on kink band boundaries in STEADY-STATE CREEP. At constant applied
quartz of a quartz ribbon mylonite showed that load, the material being tested often behaves in
rather than being single high-angle boundaries a manner approximating to constant strain
apparently representing simple rotations of rate. This implies creep with no overall strain
{OOOl} (as seen with light microscope), I-211m hardening, and is achieved by any strain hard-
wide strips existed at kink boundaries (TEM ening that occurs being counterbalanced by
study), with an intermediate orientation relative processes of recovery and recrystallisation
to the two limbs of the kink. From the geometry (Barber, 1990). This type of behaviour,
observed, the conclusion drawn was that at least referred to as POWER-LAW CREEP, where
123
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
4
2
pressure ,.
"--//
SOlut\ion\ 13 /
14 I r-------~~----~~
15 ~ /1 /-~
-,,/ I / Nabarro-Herr1.ng creep
I 15 o
6 \:: I
I
/
-"'/
temperaturerc
FIG. 8.7 A deformation mechanism map for quartz modified by the addition of a pressure solution field. The
region of dashed strain rate contours represents the inhibition of pressure solution through a decrease in pore-
water concentration. Grain size diameter, d = 100 lim; V =22 cm3; O'is the differential stress (O'tCO'.33); contours
of -log strain rate (after Fig. 9 of Rutter, 1976). Note that for a larger grain size (e.g. 1 mm), the coble creep/pres-
sure solution field shows appreciable contraction to lower temperature and lower differential stress (see Fig. 7 of
White, 1976; courtesy of The Royal Society).
124
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
required before they can be negotiated or elimi- 500°C. Grain-boundary diffusion in the pres-
nated (Poirier, 1985). Dislocation creep is an ence of a fluid is termed PRESSURE SOLU-
important process in low- to medium- grade TION, and it is dominant during diagenesis and
(e.g. greenschist facies) shear zones, but also at low-grade metamorphism (Fig 8.7). The process
higher metamorphic grades. At lower-tempera- involves stress-induced solution transfer of
ture, high crustal levels, rock deformation is material down chemical potential gradients
dominated by brittle failure. The change from along grain boundaries. In this case, the super-
brittle failure to crystal-plastic creep processes imposed stress causes material to be taken into
is referred to as the brittle- ductile transition. It solution at high-solubility sites and transported
is not a sharply defined changeover, because to low-solubility sites where it is precipitated.
the changeover from brittle to plastic behav- The distance over which transport occurs can
iour varies from one mineral to the next, and vary considerably, such as very local transport
thus from one rock to the next. For quartz-rich from high- to low-stress boundaries of individ-
rocks the changeover from dominantly brittle ual grains, to transfer over greater distances,
behaviour to dominantly plastic behaviour is depositing material in veins (Chapter 11) or
often approximated to basal greenschist facies even taking material out of the local system.
conditions (e.g. Sibson, 1977, 1990). Solution transfer processes are important in
DIFFUSION CREEP is an important process the development of crenulation cleavages
at various strain rates, over a wide range of (Section 4.4). In Fig. 4.6(b), a discrete crenula-
geological temperatures and shear stresses. tion cleavage is defined by thin dark pressure
Under such conditions it provides the driving solution seams of insoluble carbonaceous mate-
force for grain-boundary sliding. It is especially rial. STYLOLITES (Fig. 8.8) are irregular,
important in rocks of small grain size, whereas serrated or jagged pressure solution surfaces,
in coarse-grained rocks dislocation creep domi- which are particularly common in massive
nates over a wider range of conditions (White, carbonate and quartzite units from diagenetic
1976). Diffusion creep can be subdivided into to greenschist facies conditions. They generally
NABARRO-HERRING CREEP and COBLE develop perpendicular to principal compressive
CREEP. NABARRO-HERRING creep is the stress and are commonly defined by thin (typi-
dominant process at high temperatures and low cally 0.5-3.0 mm) seams of dark insoluble
shear stress (Fig. 8.7). By a combination of material. Stylolites are often considered to
grain-boundary sliding and diffusive trans- develop during compaction in the early stages
port of matter through the crystal lattice of diagenesis (Park & Schot, 1968). However,
and along grain boundaries, metamorphic tectonic stylolites are also recognised. These
rocks deforming at high-temperature condi- cross-cut bedding, and may intersect and offset
tions (e.g. granulite facies) can experience tectonic features such as veins (Ramsay &
major microstructural transformations involv- Huber, 1983).
ing grain shape changes and rearrangement
without intergranular cracks opening up.
COBLE CREEP is fluid-absent grain-boundary
8.2.4 Grain boundaries
diffusion. It typifies lower-temperature condi- Grain boundaries are the regions of contact
tions and a wide range of shear stress condi- between adjacent crystals. To be classed as true
tions. Because of the lower-temperature grain boundaries, the crystallographic misori-
conditions, grain-boundary diffusion predomi- entation of adjacent grains must be greater
nates over lattice diffusion; indeed, lattice than 100. Low-angle (<10 0 boundaries) are
diffusion becomes extremely inefficient below termed sub-grains, and characterise recovery
125
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
FIG. 8.8 Stylolite development in vein quartz. Ashanti, Ghana. Scale bar =5 mm.
processes (see below). Grain-boundary condi- connecting the various voids and tubules (Fig.
tions in polymineralic rocks are considerably 8.9). In addition, mineral inclusions are
more complex than those of chemically homo- commonly observed along grain boundaries.
geneous materials. Even in largely monominer- Work by Watson & Brenan (1987) and others
alic rocks such as quartzites and marbles, there has shown that, depending on the wetting char-
are likely to be some impurities. The role of acteristics of the fluid concerned, the grain-
grain boundaries as sites for nucleation and boundary fluid may form a totally connected
growth of new minerals has already been network or else be isolated at grain triple-junc-
discussed in Section 5.1. tions or as tubes and inclusions along the grain
In metallurgy, the structure of grain bound- boundary. Empty or fluid-filled tubes and 'ellip-
aries is relatively well studied, but the study of soidal' inclusions are commonly recorded along
boundaries between rock-forming minerals has grain boundaries in various minerals (e.g. Spiers
only received detailed attention since the early et at. (1990) for rocksalt; and Craw & Norris
1980s. White & White (1981) described the (1993) for vein quartz), suggesting that fluids
grain-boundary regions of deforming rocks as utilise grain-boundary regions and have a role in
disordered regions comprising tubules at grain grain-boundary processes.
triple-junctions, that can form an interconnected The lattice misorientation introduced by
network through the grain aggregate, isolated grain boundaries can be considered as the
microscopic voids (pm-scale) along grain bound- misorientation introduced by a planar array of
aries, and a thin (nm-scale) film of distorted dislocations. During deformation and meta-
crystal structure (possibly with fluid present) morphism, the configuration of grain bound-
126
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
o - void /Inclusion
t - tubule
f - fluid film
FIG. 8.9 A schematic illustration of the microstructure of grain-boundary regions (modified from Fig. 4 in White
& White, 1981). Fluid may reside as JIm-scale inclusions along grain boundaries (possibly connected by nm-scale
fluid film), and as larger tubules (t) at grain triple-junctions.
aries becomes modified. The two most impor- experiments, Walker et al. (1990) concluded
tant processes in operation are those of that in situations of low shear stress, grain-
GRAIN-BOUNDARY SLIDING and GRAIN- boundary sliding is the dominant deformation
BOUNDARY MIGRATION. mechanism in calcite polycrystal aggregates. It
GRAIN-BOUNDARY SLIDING is move- is achieved largely by dislocation processes, but
ment within the plane of the grain boundary. It with a certain degree of diffusive mass transfer.
is a process that typifies regimes of creep by GRAIN-BOUNDARY MIGRATION, in-
diffusional flow, and is generally accompanied volving movement normal to the plane of the
by grain-boundary diffusion of material via a grain boundary, is stress-induced but aided
fluid film (see above). It occurs under applied greatly by elevated temperatures. The principal
shear stress and is most prevalent in the defor- factors controlling the rate of grain-boundary
mation of fine-grained aggregates at elevated migration are temperature, lattice orientation
temperatures and low stresses. It can be consid- and minor phases or impurities within the
ered in terms of the physical movement of indi- aggregate of grains. Temperature is important
vidual grains past each other, and is largely because at higher temperatures diffusive
achieved by the climb and glide of grain- processes become more important and thus
boundary dislocations, often with an accompa- atomic rearrangement in the grain-boundary
nying degree of boundary migration. Analogue region is easier. Lattice orientation is also
experiments using octachloropropane (e.g. Ree, found to have an important influence on grain-
1994) provide some evidence for the nature of boundary migration, with those grains with the
grain-boundary sliding and void development, same or very similar orientation having the
but perhaps the best evidence for grain-bound- least mobile boundaries. The role of boundary
ary sliding in natural materials comes from migration during grain coarsening, which
experimental work such as that of Walker et al. minimises the total free energy by decreasing
(1990), on deformation of synthetic calcite the surface energy contribution, was discussed
polycrystal aggregates. On the basis of their in Section 5.3, and will not be reiterated here.
127
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
The influence of minor phases in the aggregate been used to estimate the stress responsible for
is clear from Fig. 5 .17(b), where micas have rock deformation in natural examples, since it
'pinned' quartz boundaries and thus inhibited appears that with stress decrease the sub-grain
migration during recrystallisation. size remains stable and is not modified. This
being the case, sub-grain size should be repre-
sentative of maximum stress experienced by the
8.2.5 Recovery
mineral, and thus offers considerable potential
RECOVERY includes an important set of as a palaeopiezometer.
processes that decrease the stored elastic energy Because fluid inclusions represent imperfec-
of the system. A deformed crystal has increased tions within crystals, they increase the internal
internal energy relative to its undeformed state energy of such crystals. TEM studies (e.g.
due to dislocations contained within the lattice. Reeder (1992) for carbonates; and Bakker &
The internal energy increase is directly propor- Jansen (1994) for quartz), have shown that
tional to the dislocation density (= combined fluid inclusions often have a close association
length of dislocations per unit volume) of the with dislocations (Fig. 11.16), and since dislo-
crystal. The lowering of energy by elimination cations may be eliminated by propagation
or ordering of dislocations by propagation into towards grain boundaries, the elimination of
existing grain boundaries and voids coupled fluid inclusions in a similar manner has often
with migration and climb of randomly been suggested as part of the recovery process,
arranged dislocations into stable arrays but especially during recrystallisation. An
('walls') at a high angle to active glide planes is important aspect of the experimental study of
an important part of the recovery process. Such Bakker & Jansen (1994) was the recognition
ordering leads to the development of strain free that during recovery minute quantities of fluid
SUB-GRAINS in larger crystals (Fig. 8.6(b)). leaked from the micron-scale fluid inclusions,
SUB-GRAINS are defined as areas with without rupturing the original inclusion. TEM
misorientations of a few degrees relative to the studies showed that the leakage was facili-
parent grain, and separated from the parent tated by dislocations, which display numerous
grain by dislocation walls. Because of the small nm-scale 'bubbles' of leaked fluid along their
difference in optical orientation between sub- length. Such features are of course far too
grain and parent grain, such boundaries are not small to be recognised with standard optical
sharply defined. Whole grains can be converted microscopy. Bakker & Jansen (1994) argue
to a mosaic of sub-grains, but especially that bubble nucleation on dislocations makes
common is the concentration of sub-grains at an important contribution to recovery,
grain margins. Their size varies from those sub- because each bubble eliminates part of the
grains clearly visible by standard microscopy dislocation, and thus the elastically strained
(Fig. 8.6(b)) to those minute sub-grains only atoms around that part of the dislocation. In
visible by SEMITEM studies. They develop so doing, the internal energy of the crystal is
during primary creep after relatively little diminished. The experimental work of
strain, and are a clear sign that RECOVERY Gerretsen et al. (1993) also demonstrated that
processes have operated. Experimental studies dislocation generation accompanying re-equi-
by Pontikis & Poirier (1975) and Ross et al. libration of fluid inclusions plays an impor-
(1980) have demonstrated an empirical rela- tant role in the deformation of 'wet' synthetic
tionship between sub-grain size and superim- quartz.
posed stress, the sub-grain size decreasing as DEFORMATION LAMELLAE (Fig. 8.10)
the applied stress increases. This in turn has are narrow crystallographic ally oriented
128
Inter- and intracrystalline processes
FIG. 8.10 Deformation lamellae in quartz from deformed metaconglomerate. Cherbourg region, Normandy,
France. Scale bar = 125/Jm (XPL).
planar features of dO /lm width that are which slip systems may have operated, but
commonly seen in deformed quartz (e.g. that the presence of sub-basal deformation
Carter et at., 1964; Drury, 1993). They are lamellae in quartz can be interpreted in terms
visible with the light microscope, and until the of dynamic recovery of dislocations initially
mid-1970s, were considered to represent dislo- present in slip bands.
cation slip bands. On this basis, they were
used to evaluate the dominant slip systems
8.2.6 Recrystallisation
operating at particular strain rate and P-T
conditions. TEM studies by McLaren et al. RECRYSTALLISATION is the natural progres-
(1967) and others revealed that many of the sion from recovery processes, and minimises
observed defect substructures could be directly the energy of the system still further, by stress-
equated with the fine lamellae seen with induced grain-boundary migration. This amal-
an ordinary petrological microscope. gamates smaller grains into larger ones, so
Experimentally deformed quartz lamellae are reducing the surface energy of the system, and
typically defined by dislocation slip bands, eliminates dislocations within crystals to reduce
Brazil twins and zones of glass. However, the the internal energy. These changes create a
review by Drury (1993) points out that TEM more stable arrangement of grains and grain
studies of naturally produced lamellae usually boundaries, and thus decreases the energy of
show them to be defined by elongated sub- the system as a whole. Elevated temperatures
grains, sub-grain walls, and zones with vari- and the presence of a grain boundary fluid
able densities of dislocations and sub-micron greatly aid such transformations.
fluid inclusions ('bubbles'). In view of this, DYNAMIC RECRYSTALLISATION is the
Drury (1993) concluded that natural deforma- term used for recrystallisation synchronous with
tion lamellae cannot be used to determine deformation. An important component of
129
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
FIG. 8.11 Bulging of grain boundaries in recrystallised vein quartz from Snake Creek, Queensland, Australia.
Scale bar = 0.5 mm (XPL).
130
.... Plate la .. Plate Ie .... Plate Ib .. Plate Id
<III Plate 2a ... Plate 2b
.. Plate 2c
Plate 2d ~
T Plate 3c
Plate 3d ~
~ Plate 4e
Plate 4f~
~ Plate 4g ~ Plate 4h
.... Plate 5a • Plate 5b
T Plate 5c
Plate 5d ~
T Plate 6c
Plate 6d ~
T Plate 8c
Plate 8d ~
rise to new grains, especially if the bulge devel- In the case of granular aggregates of more or
ops a narrow neck (Fig. 8.11). The neck less equant grains (e.g. quartz, calcite and
becomes the likely site for sub-grain wall devel- olivine), dislocation creep (Section 8.2.3) is an
opment, and if rotation occurs a new grain important process in changing crystal shape, as
with a high-angle boundary forms. For further well as orientation relative to neighbouring
details on dynamic crystallisation, the reader is grains. Deformation twinning will also playa
referred to the paper by Drury & Urai (1990). role in the development of both grain-shape
STATIC RECRYSTALLISATION occurs fabrics and CPOs. If an aggregate of grains
post-deformation and takes place in response with random crystallographic orientation exists
to elevated temperature conditions promoting prior to deformation, when subjected to a
further re-equilibration and energy reduction. certain amount of deformation (whether coax-
The principal way in which this is achieved is ial or non-coaxial), there will be a gradual
by lowering the surface energy of the system by change to some form of CPO. Different miner-
reducing total grain-boundary area. This als have different slip and deformation-twin
involves grain-boundary migration to smooth systems. For some minerals relatively few slip
out irregular grain boundaries within the systems operate, whereas for others numerous
aggregate, and to eliminate small grains by slip systems may operate, and thus the resul-
amalgamation. Elimination of dislocations and tant CPO after deformation will be less
other lattice defects is an integral part of the straightforward to interpret. It can be appreci-
process, and if the aggregate is completely ated that the nature of CPOs in polyphase
recrystallised, crystals showing evidence of aggregates is more complex because of the
strain (e.g. undulose extinction) should be interaction of crystals with different slip
absent. A polygonal-equigranular aggregate systems. The precise conditions at the time of
(e.g. Fig. 5.14(b)) is a prime example of the deformation will influence which slip systems
microstructural arrangement characteristic of are active, and as a general rule increasing
static recrystallisation. differential stress will increase the number of
active slip systems. The more intense and
8.2.7 Crystallog raphic-preferred prolonged the deformation is, the greater the
orientations tendency is for a more pronounced CPO.
However, this may not be entirely true, because
Crystallographic (lattice )-preferred orientations the degree of dynamic recrystallisation may
(CPOs) are a common feature of highly serve either to weaken or improve the CPO.
deformed rocks, and in many cases the CPO Jessell & Lister (1990) examined the influence
has a close relationship with the grain shape of temperature on quartz fabrics.
orientation. For example, biotite grains in It is outside the scope of this text to discuss
schists show a strong alignment of their {OOl} the full range of CPOs that have been identified
planes to define the schistosity, and since the in relation to different mineral aggregates and
{OOl) planes contain the long axes, the grain in different deformation regimes. However, for
shape orientation is often aligned, especially in further insight, useful overviews are given by
L-S tectonites (Section 4.3; Fig. 4.4). However, Law (1990) and Pas schier & Trouw (1996).
in other cases, most notably highly recrys- Passchier & Trouw (1996) also provide a
tallised mylonitic rocks, the original grain- useful description of the procedure for use of
shape fabric may have been largely lost during the universal stage (U-stage) in order to
recrystallisation processes, but a residual CPO measure quartz or calcite c-axes, the two
may still remain. minerals for which CPOs have been most
131
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
extensively studied. Although CPOs have a related foliated rocks. As discussed in an earlier
number of potential uses for interpreting the section, the so-called "brittle-ductile' transition
structural evolution of a particular rock, the occurs at approximately 300°C (10-15 km
complexity of deformation often makes it diffi- depth) for quartz-rich rocks, which corre-
cult to unravel the story, especially if late-stage sponds broadly with the lower-temperature
recrystallisation has been strong. One of the boundary of greenschist facies conditions. In
most useful applications (especially quartz c- broad terms, this approximates to the base of
axes) has been in the interpretation of amount the shallow seismogenic zone of the crust (seis-
and sense of shear during non-coaxial deforma- mic-aseismic transition). It should be empha-
tion (Section 10.8 and Plates 7(a) & (b)). sised that the depth of transition will not be the
same for all rocks, but will vary according to
their rheological properties. Rutter (1986)
8.3 Fault and shear zone rocks and their
makes the important point that broad use of
microstructures
the term 'brittle-ductile' transition can be
Rocks of fault zones and shear zones can be potentially misleading, since 'ductility' is not
subdivided into foliated types (i.e. mechanism dependent, but simply reflects
MYLONITES and PHYLLONITES) and non- substantial non-localised strain. He advocates
foliated types (termed CATACLASITES), in- expressions such as 'brittle-plastic' or 'cataclas-
cluding such rocks as FAULT BRECCIAS. tic-plastic' in order to give a precise indication
At high crustal levels localisation of high of the change in deformation mechanism asso-
strain rates gives rise to brittle faulting. With ciated with mode of failure transition in rocks.
the exception of fault gouge, which is often Wise et al. (1984) introduced a classification
well foliated, faulting at high crustal levels of deformed rocks in terms of strain rate versus
generates non-foliated fault rocks consisting of recovery rate. The rocks thus far described are
variable-size rock fragments in a finer grained all placed in the field of high strain rate and
matrix. Sibson (1977) draws the distinction low recovery rate. Rather than use the term
between cohesive and incohesive fault rocks. 'crush breccia' to describe coherent non-foli-
On the basis of the proportion of matrix, he ated fault rocks with dO% matrix, terms such
subdivides incohesive non-foliated fault rocks as 'silicified fault breccia' and 'carbonate-
into FAULT BRECCIAS (>30% visible frag- cemented fault breccia' (depending on the
ments) and FAULT GOUGE (dO% visible nature of the cement) are preferred. This is due
fragments). Cohesive non-foliated fault rocks to the fact that fault breccia is already widely
are also subdivided on the basis of matrix used in the literature for both coherent and
proportion and range from 'CRUSH BREC- incoherent rocks of this type.
CIAS' (0-10% matrix) through PROTOCATA- A special type of cataclasite formed by rapid
CLASITE (10-50% matrix), CATACLASITE fault movement at high crustal levels (e.g.
(50-90% matrix) to ULTRACATACLASITE earthquake-related) is known as PSEUDO-
(90-100% matrix). CATACLASIS is a process TACHYLITE (Fig. 8.12). This localised and
involving brittle fragmentation and rotation of relatively rare rock type generally occurs in
mineral grains. During the development of a narrow zones (mm-cm scale) and commonly
cataclasite this is accompanied by grain-bound- displays irregular mm-scale injection vein lets
ary sliding and diffusive mass transfer mecha- off the main surface. It comprises fine frag-
nisms (e.g. Lloyd & Knipe, 1992). At deeper ments in a dark glassy groundmass (black in
levels crystal-plastic processes operate in transmitted light). Sibson (1977) describes it as
ductile shear zones to generate mylonites and forming due to rapid movement inducing ther-
132
Fault and shear zone rocks
mal fragmentation and frictional melting (T nition by Lapworth in 1885 have been the focus
probably > 1000°C) under dry conditions at of attention for many structural and metamor-
depths greater than 1 km but less than about phic geologists. The rock 'mylonite' is best
10 km. For further details on pseudotachylite defined as a cohesive, foliated and usually
microstructures, see Maddock et ai. (1987) and linea ted rock produced by tectonic grain-size
Lin (1994) . reduction via crystal-plastic processes in narrow
MYLONITES are rocks of considerable zones of intense deformation. It contains abun-
tectonic significance, and ever since their recog- dant relict crystals, 'porphyroclasts', (10-50%
(a)
(b)
FIG. 8.12 (a) Pseudotachylite. Hetai mine, Guangdong, China. Scale bar = 0.5 mm (PPL) . (b) Pseudotachylite
cutting Qtz-Pl-Bt gneiss. Butt of Lewis, Scotland. Scale bar = 1 mm (PPL).
133
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
(a)
(b)
FIG. 8.13 (a) Protomylonite: single and polycrystalline quartz porphyroclasts surrounded by a fine-grained
matrix of quartz and sericite. Arran, Scotland. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). Note the serrated grain boundaries in the
centre of the photograph, the undulatory extinction exhibited by several porphyroclasts, and the deformation
bands displayed by the crystal in the top right of the photograph. (b) Mylonite: porphyroclasts of quartz and
feldspar in an ultra-fine-grained matrix of quartz and sericite. Ghana. Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
134
Fault and shear zone rocks
(c)
FIG. 8.13 (contd) (c) Ultramylonite. Abisko, Sweden. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). This quartzitic ultramylonite shows a
characteristic lack of porphyroclasts and ultra-fine grain size common to many ultramylonites. The quartz shows
very good crystallographic alignment (see Plates 7(a) & (b)).
synchronous with shearing. The intersection of fine-grained matrix. As a general rule, the
these fabrics produces a characteristic 'button recrystallised grain size decreases as differen-
schist' or 'oyster-shell' texture (see Section 10.3 tial stress increases. MYLONITE (sensu
for further details). stricto) (Fig. 8.13(b)) lies between these two
Mylonites are associated with thrusts and end-members and has 10-50% clasts. Those
shear zones, generally operating at deeper mylonites involving extensive recrystallisation
crustal levels than those responsible for the and mineral growth synchronous with shear-
development of cataclasites. At such depths ing are often referred to as BLASTO-
deformation is more ductile, and crystal-plastic MYLONITES.
processes predominate. Mylonites are generally In strongly deformed rocks such as
associated with relatively high strain rates mylonites, cataclasites and gneisses, it is
coupled with appreciable recovery rate. common to observe large relict crystals in a
Estimates of the rates of microstructural finer-grained matrix. This IS known as
changes in mylonites have been made by Prior PORPHYROCLASTIC MICROSTRUCTURE
et al. (1990), with particular reference to the (Figs 8.13(a) & (b)), and the relict crystals as
Alpine Fault Zone, New Zealand. PORPHYROCLASTS. It is important to appre-
Like cataclasites, MYLONITES (sensu lata) ciate the difference between porphyroclastic
can be classified in terms of matrix: porphyro- structure, which consists of large relict crystals,
clast ratios. PROTOMYLONITE (Fig. 8.13(a)) from porphyroblastic structure (Fig. 5.4) which
consists of abundant (50-90%) clasts, while at consists of large newly grown crystals.
the other end of the spectrum highly sheared Porphyroclasts are generally of the same
ULTRAMYLONITE (Fig. 8.13(c)) has dO% minerals as those present in the matrix.
clasts, and these are usually small, in a very However, the proportions of different phases
135
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
136
Fault and shear zone rocks
experimental work. In the early deformation of of P-T conditions, strains and strain rates (e.g.
quartzofeldspathic mylonites, intracrystalline Brodie & Rutter, 1985; Skrotzki, 1990; Rutter
slip occurs and quartz develops undulose & Brodie, 1992; Lafrance & Vernon, 1993;
extinction. Increased ductile deformation leads Stiinitz, 1993). The next few paragraphs
to the development of sub-grains, deformation summarise the main observations and conclu-
bands and deformation lamellae in quartz, sions from these studies.
while large feldspar grains show brittle frag- The dominant minerals of mafic rocks vary
mentation and may show deformation twins according to P-T conditions, and consequently
(Section 5.6.3). Continued recovery and the nature of rock deformation and resultant
dynamic recrystallisation reduces internal dislo- microstructures varies according ro the specific
cation density by development of sub-grains assemblage and the conditions under which
and the formation of new grains. Serration and deformation occurs. Plagioclase is a major
new grain development at porphyroclast constituent of mafic rocks under all conditions
margins are widespread. If the temperature, or except the eclogite facies (Cpx + Grt assem-
the amount of strain, is high during deforma- blages), while hornblende is a key phase at
tion, elongation of grains will occur to give mid- to lower crustal conditions. Pyroxenes
ribbon quartz texture. assume dominance in the lower crust (granulite
facies), whereas towards the upper crust, green-
schist facies assemblages such as
8.3.2 Deformation of mafic rocks
Chl-Act-Ep-Ab-Qtz are widespread. In mafic
Over the past two decades there have been a and ultramafic rocks of the upper mantle,
number of important studies concerning the olivine-pyroxene assemblages dominate,
deformation processes and microstructures of whereas primary igneous rocks such as gabbro
deformed mafic rocks (Fig. 8.14) over a range have PI-Cpx assemblages.
FIG. 8.14 Mafic mylonite: white porphyroclasts are of plagioclase, while other porphyroclasts are of hornblende.
Lewis, Scotland. Scale bar = 0.5 mm (XPL).
137
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
While an understanding of deformation from the Sesia Zone, western Alps, found that
processes prevalent under peak conditions is as deformation intensifies there is quite
important, it is also essential to recognise the contrasting behaviour between the mafic
microstructures and processes involved in the minerals and plagioclase. Irrespective of the
deformation of high P-T mafic assemblages at intensity of deformation, the mafic minerals
different conditions of P, T, stress and strain. deform by fracturing. Synchronous with the
At low-temperature conditions, minerals such deformation, the pyroxene and hornblende
as pyroxene, hornblende, plagioclase and crystals break down to actinolite, but also
garnet deform by cataclastic processes, involv- exhibit microfracturing. Fractured plagioclase
ing micro fracturing of individual grains. porphyroclasts are also observed, but the fine-
However, at elevated temperatures and/or grained products of plagioclase recrystallisation
strain rates, empirical observation and experi- and retrogression (albite and zoisite) are not
mental work has demonstrated that plagioclase fractured. These fine-grained aggregates are
is considerably more deformable (softer) than interpreted as playing a crucial role in initiating
hornblende, pyroxene or garnet. This means a change from deformation, largely by fractur-
that in highly sheared bi-mineralic or polymin- ing to bulk deformation predominantly by
eralic mafic assemblages, plagioclase often viscous flow. Stiinitz (1993) noted this change
shows evidence of considerable intracrystalline in mechanism in the moderately deformed
plastic deformation (facilitated by dislocation metagabbros with S-C fabrics, but recorded it
glide), whereas amphiboles and pyroxenes in as most pronounced in the more intensely
the same assemblage display much less mylonitic rocks. The shift to viscous flow
evidence for intracrystalline plasticity (e.g. deformation in the fine-grained albite-zoisite
Brodie, 1981; Rutter & Brodie, 1992). In terms aggregates also led to focusing of subsequent
of the rock microstructure, this means that deformation into zones enriched in such miner-
while the matrix and porphyroclast phases will als (i.e. formerly plagioclase-rich zones), and
be more or less identical, there will be a suggests that plagioclase retrogression, coupled
tendency for a dominance of resistant phases with development of chlorite-rich assemblages,
such as hornblende, pyroxene, and/or garnet as is a crucial part of the 'softening' process in the
porphyroclasts, while softer phases such as deformation of mafic rocks at greenschist facies
plagioclase will be more significantly repre- conditions.
sented in the flowing matrix (e.g. Rutter & Lafrance & Vernon (1993) examined gab-
Brodie, 1992). broic mylonites and ultramylonites deformed
In addition to mechanical processes, a under low- to mid-amphibolite facies condi-
number of mineralogical (chemical) changes tions. They recorded extensive recrystallisation
also take place as high-temperature mafic of plagioclase by grain-boundary migration,
minerals and Ca-plagioclase react to form more but noted that plagioclase-rich layers have a
stable lower-temperature phases. These retro- strong crystallographic preferred orientation.
grade reactions generally take place at green- Polygonal pyroxenes at the margins of larger
schist facies conditions in the presence of an pyroxene porphyroclasts, and the general
aqueous fluid. Indeed, the fluid presence is lack of sub-grains also indicates pronounced
essential for the formation of hydrous phases. high-temperature recrystallisation involving
The interrelationships between deformation crystal-plastic processes, but amphiboles
and metamorphism are discussed more fully in within the gabbroic mylonites show brittle
Sections 8.4 & 8.5. fragmentation, with a preference for intragran-
The study by Stiinitz (1993) of metagabbros ular fracturing along the {110} cleavage. Many
138
Fault and shear zone rocks
of the amphibolite facies metabasic mylonites Solnhofen limestone, or else on synthetic pure
studied by Lafrance & Vernon (1993) show calcite rock (e.g. Schmid et al., 1987; Walker et
pronounced (mm-scale) differentiation into al., 1990; Rutter et al., 1994; Rutter, 1995), in
layers rich in plagioclase and layers rich in order to establish the behaviour of carbonate
mafic minerals. Although dislocation creep is rocks and the dominant deformation mecha-
dominant in amphibolite facies mylonites, nism(s) over a broad range of conditions rele-
fracturing of amphiboles and solution-transfer vant to geological situations. As well as
processes also play an important role. Brodie showing variations according to different
& Rutter (1985) and Skrotzki (1990) have conditions of P, T, superimposed stress and
studied high-temperature (T > 650°C) amphi- strain rates, the behaviour of carbonate rocks is
bolitic mylonites in shear zones from the Ivrea shown to be strongly influenced by grain size.
Zone, north-west Italy. The TEM work of In fine- and ultrafine-grained carbonate
Skrotzki (1990) shows that hornblendes of the mylonites, the temperature increase from
shear zone comprise recrystallised grains, sub- 300°C to 700°C under experimental conditions
grains, free dislocations and abundant stacking marks a progressive change from grain-size
faults. These microstuctures indicate both insensitive crystal-plastic flow processes to
recovery and recrystallisation and are consis- grain-size sensitive superplastic flow (e.g.
tent with dislocation creep being the dominant Rutter et al., 1994). The experiments of Rutter
deformation process. The lack of any signifi- et al. (1994) found that although strong low-
cant difference in microstructures between temperature fabrics in fine-grained aggregates
porphyroclasts and matrix suggests wide- become weakened during high-temperature
spread dynamic recrystallisation. recrystallisation and crystal-plastic or super-
plastic flow, they do survive to some extent. In
8.3.3 Deformation of carbonate rocks their simple shear experiments on Solnhofen
limestone (grain size "" 4 pm) and Carrara
The study of deformed carbonate rocks (both marble (grain size "" 200 pm), Schmid et al.
natural and experimental) has been a subject of (1987) identified four distinct microfabric
interest for many decades, but has been the regimes. The first of these, the twinning regime,
focus of considerable research in recent years was observed from room temperature to 400°C
(e.g. Dietrich & Song, 1984; Schmid et at., in Solnhofen limestone, and at temperatures ~
1987; Wenk et al., 1987; Burkhard, 1990; 600°C in Carrara marble at shear stresses> 80
Walker et al., 1990; van der Pluijm, 1991; MPa. In these simple shear experiments, most
Rutter et aI., 1994; Rutter, 1995; Busch & van grains displayed a single set of e-twins, whereas
der Pluijm, 1995). With so much literature on in coaxial testing conjugate sets are often devel-
the subject, it is difficult to give an adequate oped (Schmid et aI., 1987). At higher tempera-
review of all the research findings that have been tures and/or lower strain rates, Schmid et al.
made, but it is hoped that the description below (1987) found that twinning was absent and
provides a useful summary of some of the obser- that a regime of intracrystalline slip prevailed,
vations regarding deformation mechanisms and and that original serrate grain boundaries
microstructures over a range of conditions. remain as such, with no evidence of grain-
boundary migration. Carrara marble
Experimental data commonly displayed core-and-mantle struc-
ture, with sub-grains in grain-boundary
A considerable amount of experimental work regions. The marked difference in temperature
has been undertaken on Carrara marble and defining the transition from twinning to
139
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
intracrystalline slip (:::: 400°C in Solnhofen lime- modifying grain size. Where stresses are too
stone and:::: 700°C in Carrara marble, at labo- low for twinning to develop, grain-boundary
ratory strain rates) is directly related to the migration recrystallisation occurs, and leads to
grain size of the starting material. Thus, overall grain coarsening throughout the rock
coarser-grained calcite rocks display twinning (Rutter, 1995). This recrystallisation involves
to higher temperatures. In the ultra fine-grained the development of nuclei at grain-boundary
Solnhofen limestone, Schmid et al. (1987) bulges, and subsequent sub-grain rotation.
observed a gradual transition into a grain- Such behaviour typified experiments at
boundary sliding regime at high temperatures temperatures in the range 700-900°C, and
(700-900°C), but did not record this in the thus compares well with the findings of
Carrara marble. In this regime, the observed Schmid et al. (1987).
microstructural features include (a) straight With regard to coarser grain sizes, Walker et
grain boundaries in place of originally serrate al. (1990) suggest that at high temperatures,
boundaries, and (b) weak or completely absent grain-size sensitive flow may extend to coarse
grain-shape fabric. Both of these grain-bound- calcite aggregates (grain size > 1 mm), such
ary equilibration features will have involved that equigranular calcite aggregates of amphi-
grain-boundary migration, and there is bolite facies marbles may be no different from
evidence of grain growth (Schmid et al., 1987). calcite aggregates formed by static grain
Direct microstructural evidence for grain- growth.
boundary sliding was not recorded by Schmid
et al. (1987). However, it was inferred as the Natural examples
dominant mechanism in Solnhofen limestone at The work of Burkhard (1990) on deformed
high temperatures during simple shear, because micritic limestones from the Helvetic nappes,
of microstructural features virtually identical to Switzerland, provides a good example of the
those seen in the coaxial experiments of types of deformation mechanisms that operate
Schmid et al. (1977), where rheological and in carbonate rocks over the range 150-350°C.
microstructural considerations led the authors Despite large bulk strain and low temperature
to conclude that under the specific high- « 300°C), micritic limestones (grain size 3-6
temperature conditions grain-boundary sliding pm) generally lack any crystallographic
would be the dominant deformation mecha- preferred orientation (CPO), and show no signs
nism. During experiments on Carrara marble of recrystallisation. The principal deformation
at 800-900°C, significant grain growth process inferred to be operating at these condi-
occurred as a result of dynamic recrystallisa- tions is grain-boundary sliding, assisted by
tion. This was facilitated by grain-boundary diffusive-transfer processes. A single low-
migration, and represents the fourth regime temperature (d80°C) mylonitic fault rock
identified by Schmid et al. (1987). proved an exception to the rule and displayed
Rutter (1995) undertook a series of experi- substantial grain-size reduction (grain size 1-3
ments on Carrara marble, with a mean grain pm): this was interpreted as recrystallised sub-
size of 130:1:29 pm, a confining pressure of grains and thus indicative of substantial
200 MPa, a strain rate of 10-4 s-1 and temper- intracrystalline slip or creep. In the low green-
atures in the range 500-1000°C. At tempera- schist facies ('epizone') samples (T > 300°C),
tures of ::::600°C, deformation twinning was Burkhard (1990) noted increase in grain size
well developed in calcite, and twin boundary (6-10 pm) as the most notable feature. Together
migration has been identified as a key process with the weak grain-shape fabric and the vari-
involved during recrystallisation, without ably developed CPO, this suggests a significant
140
Fault and shear zone rocks
141
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
it must be demonstrated that there has been 8.4 The influence of deformation on
grain-size reduction. In the field, mylonitic metamorphic processes
fabrics may usually be distinguished from
schistose fabrics by virtue of their porphyro- During metamorphic reactions, the rate at
clastic texture, and by the fact that mylonites which heat is produced or consumed varies
grade laterally into undeformed or less according to the reaction kinetics and the
deformed rocks of similar composition. In enthalpy of the reaction (that energy evolved
narrow shear zones a recognisable change in when substances react). Prograde reactions are
orientation of the principle fabric may be visi- endothermic or, in other words, they absorb
ble in outcrop, but in other cases this may not heat from the surroundings. In the contact
be clear. Although mylonites develop in both aureole around intrusions it is fluids, and
narrow zones and broad crustal shears, schists energy in the form of heat, that drive metamor-
and schistose fabrics are always regionally phic reactions. However, in regional meta-
extensive. morphic environments where deformation
In thin section, mylonites typically contain accompanies metamorphism, and more partic-
angular or rounded porphyroclasts (e.g. quartz ularly in fault and shear zones where high
and feldspar) in a fine-grained or variable- strains and strain rates are concentrated into
sized matrix. Porphyroclasts show features of narrow zones, the influence of active deforma-
strain, recovery and recrystallisation, and may tion and mechanical energy on metamorphic
be polycrystalline. By contrast, schists processes can be significant. The role of defor-
normally contain rounded or euhedral mation during metamorphic transformations
unstrained porphyroblasts in a medium- to can be particularly significant in relation to
coarse-grained matrix. To distinguish fine- reaction kinetics (e.g. nucleation rate, growth
grained schists without porphyroblasts from rate and overall transformation rate). Rutter &
quartz-rich ultramylonites, it is necessary to Brodie (1995) identify three main ways in
examine the degree of crystallographic align- which deformation may enhance the rate of
ment of quartz. Initial microscopic examina- metamorphic transformations, namely: (1)
tion of the rock in Fig. 8.13(c) may suggest a grain-size reduction leading to increased
fine-grained psammite or semi-pelitic schist. surface area and thus more surface free energy
However, by insertion of a sensitive tint plate, to promote reaction; (2) production of strained
a pronounced crystallographic alignment of grains with high dislocation densities, which
quartz is seen, demonstrating that it is in fact have enhanced solubility relative to unstrained
an ultramylonite, albeit slightly recrystallised grains of the same phase; and (3) increased
(see Plates 7(a) & (b), which show the same temperature due to shear heating, where energy
sample). Use of the sensitive tint plate as a in the form of heat is produced by the release
quick check on the degree of crystallographic of strain energy, and as a result enhances meta-
alignment of quartz is highly recommended as morphic reactions.
a first approach to evaluating strain and defor- Grain-size reduction may also have the effect
mation processes, even if detailed Universal- of enhancing permeability, and fluid movement
stage work is not going to be undertaken. For through areas such as shear zones, but where
further details on the various applications of the dihedral angle between grains is >60 0 (e.g.
crystallographic fabric data in the study of carbonates), porosity will not be connected, so
strain paths and deformation processes in grain-size reduction alone is no guarantee of
rocks, the review by Law (1990) provides a increased permeability (Rutter & Brodie,
useful introduction. 1995). Shear zones are often documented as
142
The influence of deformation
areas of increased fluid flow, so a transient strain energies (elastic strain energy, defect
enhancement of permeability synchronous with energy and surface energy) and heat generated
shearing seems likely in many cases. There are during active deformation become sources of
a number of ways in which this could occur, energy for chemical work. This transformation
including grain-boundary sliding, which gener- of mechanical energy into chemical energy
ates grain-scale dilatancy, or cataclastic defor- occurs by the reaction of deformed crystals
mation, which gives dilation on a range of with the grain-boundary fluid. This fluid forms
scales. a vital link between deformational and chemi-
There are many ways in which deformation cal processes operating in a rock. It is crucial
may influence the sites of reactions. First, it for the operation of deformation processes
will influence the spatial distribution of those such as pressure solution, as well as having an
sites at which dissolution is most favoured. essential role in most metamorphic reactions.
Second, it will establish chemical potential When considering the controls on porphyrob-
gradients on a variety of scales and, third, it last nucleation in Chapter 5, the heterogeneous
will often increase bulk permeability and thus nature of rock materials was discussed. Because
aid diffusive mass transfer within the rock. rocks and rock sequences exhibit such strong
It is now well established that grain-bound- heterogeneity, it means that their deformation in
ary processes playa crucial role in both defor- response to applied stress will similarly be
mation and metamorphism. The concentration heterogeneous. This gives rise to strain partition-
of loose bonds and dislocations provides ideal ing, with some areas experiencing only low strain
sites for fluid-mineral interaction, leading to while others become highly strained. This parti-
reaction and nucleation of new phases. The tioning occurs from the macro scale right down
migrating grain boundary interfaces (which are to the micro scale, with significant strain varia-
highly disordered regions) are particularly tions developing around fold hinges, boudins,
favourable sites for reactions. The interconnec- porphyrohlasts and porphyroclasts. The develop-
tion of grain boundaries provides the necessary ment of strain and strain rate gradients produces
pathways for diffusive mass transfer of mater- dislocation density and thus chemical potential
ial via the fluid phase. Driven by chemical gradients. Fluctuations in chemical potential
potential gradients, this results in the redistrib- gradients will influence all reactions, and it is
ution of chemical components and promotes unlikely that chemical equilibrium will he
phase transformations within the rock. achieved in actively deforming rocks, especially
The deformation of rocks produces strained where stresses and strains are large.
crystals, giving rise to an increased defect Through its effect on the local activities of
density and thus enhancing intracrystalline particular aqueous species, deformation
diffusion. The increase in dislocation density at contributes to determining which minerals will
grain margins raises the surface energy and be dissolved and replaced. Sites of dissolution
provides more available free bonds. This preferentially develop in local areas of stress or
increase in surface energy causes a lowering of strain concentration. Where there is high differ-
the activation energy for nucleation, and means ential stress (e.g. crenulation limbs), solubility
that strained crystals will offer more favourable increases and leads to pressure solution.
sites for nucleation. Experimental work (Davis Because of this, authors such as Bell &
& Adams, 1965) has shown that strain result- Hayward (1991) have suggested that porphy-
ing from high shear stresses increases disloca- rohlasts (e.g. garnet) will not nucleate on
tion densities, and can increase reaction rates actively shearing crenulation limbs or other
by several orders of magnitude. The various situations of active shear.
143
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
There are a number of ways in which defor- permeability, and thus enable greater fluid
mation can increase solubility. The first is by access. This in turn promotes reactions by way
increasing the concentration of dislocations in of the ions carried in solution and the catalytic
deformed minerals, and thus increasing the affect of the fluid.
lattice energy. Densities of dislocations in A portion of the work of deformation will
'tangles' and sub-grain walls can be large also be dissipated as heat. This too will
enough to increase solubilities by >10%. This contribute to increasing silicate solubility in
means that strained crystals of a mineral such the aqueous fluid, and if stress and strain
as K-feldspar are more soluble than unstrained rates are high enough, frictional heating can
crystals, and will thus more readily retrogress locally raise temperatures by as much as
(Wintsch, 1985). Pas schier (1985) documents a 1000°C. This induces frictional melting and
case in which the origin of flame perthites is pseudotachylite (Fig. 8.12) formation, and
attributed to the degree of deformation of K- has been related to cases of rapid brittle
feldspar grains, and Simpson & Wintsch faulting at high crustal levels (e.g. earth-
(1989) have demonstrated a link between quakes). The contribution of shear-heating in
myrmekite (in metamorphic rocks) and stress- ductile regimes is less well established.
induced K-feldspar replacement. Theoretical calculations suggest that a
While dissolution occurs in areas of high temperature increase of up to 150°C may be
stress and strain, the precipitation of dissolved possible. However, these are likely to be over-
material occurs in low-strain regions and areas estimates, since the calculations assume that
of extension. Pressure shadows around rigid all mechanical work is converted to heat, and
objects such as porphyroblasts (Fig. 5.4) and generally overlook the fact that synchronous
precipitation in extension fractures to give veins prograde reactions are endothermic, and thus
provide the most obvious sites, but crenulation consume most of the heat generated, and that
hinges are also important 'sinks' for material circulating fluids will be effective at transfer-
being actively dissolved from strongly sheared ring heat.
limbs (Fig. 4.6). Fibrolite is often observed to
be concentrated in zones of high shear strain, 8.5 The influence of metamorphism on
both on the micro- and the macroscale. This deformation processes
has led various authors (e.g. Vernon, 1987;
Wintsch & Andrews, 1988; Kerrick, 199m to The foregoing discussion has concentrated on
conclude that the development of fibrolite the influence that deformation has on meta-
aggregates is deformation-induced. The expla- morphic processes, but there are also various
nations developed by each author differ, but metamorphic processes that influence the rate
the basic link between fibrolite development and type of deformation. Brodie & Rutter
and zones of high shear has now been recog- (1985) produced a five-fold classification of
nised in many high-grade schists and gneisses. mechanistic interactions between metamorphic
A second way in which deformation trans-formations and deformability, recently re-
enhances solubility and general transformation evaluated (Rutter & Brodie, 1995) with refer-
kinetics is by the general process of grain-size ence to experimental and natural examples.
reduction. This is characteristic of mylonitisa- The effects of metamorphism on deformability
tion, and enhances solubility by increasing the are categorised as follows: (1) facilitation of
surface area of grain boundaries available for cataclasis due to elevated pore-fluid pressure in
reaction. This gives an overall increase in dehydration reactions or in response to melt-
surface energy, and may also increase bulk ing; (2) enhanced plasticity resulting from
144
References
transformation-induced volume changes; (3) propagate until such a time as P f subsides, but
development of fine-grained reaction products, may develop further if P f rises once more to
facilitating grain size sensitive flow processes; exceed rock strength. Therefore, it is apparent
(4) changes in plastic deformability of silicate that increasing P f due to devolatilisation reac-
minerals due to recrystallization and increased tions may aid cataclastic flow and increase
activity of pore fluid; and (5) promotion of deformability. As with grain-size reduction, this
diffusion creep via by the enhanced potential will significantly modify the rheological behav-
gradient of a reaction along the diffusion path iour. The release of fluid during dehydration
(Rutter & Brodie, 1995). reactions can also enhance grain-boundary
'Reaction enhanced ductility (plasticity), diffusion and may promote diffusion-accom-
(White & Knipe, 1978; Rubie, 1990) is a modated grain-boundary sliding (Rubie, 1990).
particularly important process that operates in Certain phase transformations, especially in
actively deforming rocks where metamorphic carbonate rocks, involve significant negative
reactions are simultaneously in progress. volume changes (up to 30%). These may have a
Metamorphic reactions give rise to increased significant, although probably short-lived, effect
ductility in a number of ways. First, they will on bulk rock porosity and permeability, which
produce small grains, and allow grain size in turn influences rock deformation. For exam-
sensitive flow processes such as grain-boundary ple, stress concentrations and additional void
sliding to operate (i.e. a change in deformation formation resulting from volume changes may
mechanism is induced). Second, reactions will induce rock failure by brittle fracturing. Other
aid 'strain softening' by producing soft, strain- effects may also occur, but our present knowl-
free grains. Third, retrograde reactions often edge of the contribution of volume changes
convert 'hard' phases such as feldspar to 'soft' during phase transformations is rather limited,
phases such as quartz, sericite and calcite, a and certainly requires further investigation.
process known as 'reaction softening' (White et
al., 1980). These reaction-related processes References
often make an important contribution to the
Bakker, R.]. & Jansen, ].B. (1994) A mechanism for
overall softening and enhanced ductility in preferential H 2 0 leakage from fluid inclusions in
mylonites (e.g. White et ai. (1980) and quartz, based on TEM observations. Contributions
Williams & Dixon (1982) for granitoid to Mineralogy and Petrology, 116, 7-20.
mylonites; and Brodie & Rutter (1985) and Barber, D.]. (1990) Regimes of plastic deformation -
processes and microstructures: an overview, in
Stiinitz (1993) for mafic mylonites), but if Deformation processes in minerals, ceramics and
prograde reactions take place this typically rocks (eds D.]. Barber & P.G. Meredith).
gives rise to overall hardening. Dynamic recrys- Mineralogical Society of Great Britain and Ireland,
tallisation during metamorphism aids deforma- Monograph Series No.1, Ch. 6, 138-178.
Barber, D.]. & Meredith, P.G. (1990) Deformation
tion processes by continually providing new processes In minerals, ceramics and rocks.
strain-free grains. Mineralogical Society of Great Britain and Ireland,
By liberating or consuming fluid, metamor- Monograph Series No.1, 423 pp.
phic reactions have a major influence on fluid Bell, T.H. & Hayward, N. (1991) Episodic metamor-
phic reactions during orogenesis: the control of
pressure (P f ) at the time of deformation. Where deformation partitioning on reaction sites and dura-
fluid production is fast with respect to diffusiv- tion. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 9,
ity/permeability, the rapid fluid release may 619-640.
induce a local increase in P f (Chapter 11). If Boland, ].N. & FitzGerald, ].D. (eds) (1993) Defects
and processes in the solid state: geoscience applica-
the production of fluid is sufficiently rapid, tions. Developments in Petrology No. 14 ('The
hydraulic fracturing may occur. Fractures will McLaren Volume'). Elsevier, Amsterdam, 470 pp.
145
Deformed rocks and strain-related micrastructures
Brodie, K.H. (1981) Variation in amphibole and Hirth, G. & Tullis, J. (1992) Dislocation creep regimes
plagioclase composItIOn with deformation. in quartz aggregates. Journal of Structural Geology,
Tectonophysics, 78, 385-402. 14,145-159.
Brodie, K.H. & Rutter, E.H. (1985) On the relation- Jessell, M.W. & Lister, G.S. (1990) A simulation of the
ship between deformation and metamorphism, with temperature dependence of quartz fabrics, in
special reference to the behaviour of basic rocks, in Deformation mechanisms, rheology and tectonics
Metamorphic reactions (eds A.B. Thompson & D.C. (eds R.J. Knipe & E.H. Rutter). Geological Society
Rubie). Advances in Physical Geochemistry, 4, Special Publication No. 54, 353-362.
138-179. Kerrick, D.M. (1990) The AlzSiO s polymorphs.
Burkhard, M. (1990) Ductile deformation mechanisms Mineralogical Society of America, Reviews in
in micritic limestones naturally deformed at low Mineralogy No. 22, 406 pp.
temperatures (150-350°C), in Deformation mecha- Knipe, R.J. (1990) Microstructural analysis and
nisms, rheology and tectonics (eds R.J. Knipe & tectonic evolution in thrust systems: examples from
E.H. Rutter). Geological Society Special Publication the Assynt region of the Moine Thrust Zone,
No. 54,241-257. Scotland, in Deformation processes in minerals
Busch, J.P. & van der Pluijm, B.A. (1995) Calcite ceramics and rocks. (eds D.J. Barber & P.G.
textures, microstructures and rheological properties Meredith). Mineralogical Society of Great Britain
of marble mylonites in the Bancroft shear zone, and Ireland, Monograph Series No.1, 228-261.
Ontario, Canada. Journal of Structural Geology, Knipe, R.J. & Rutter, E.H. (1990) Deformation mech-
17,677-688. anisms, rheology and tectonics. Geological Society
Carter, N.L., Christie, J.M. & Griggs, D.T. (1964) Special Publication No. 54, The Geological Society,
Experimental deformation and recrystallization of London, 535 pp.
quartz. Journal of Geology, 72, 687-733. Lafrance, B. & Vernon, R.H. (1993) Mass transfer and
Craw, D. & Norris, R.J. (1993) Grain boundary microfracturing in gabbroic mylonites of the
migration of water and carbon dioxide during uplift Guadalupe Igneous Complex, California, in Defects
of the garnet-zone Alpine Schist, New Zealand. and processes in the solid state: geoscience applica-
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 11,371-378. tions (eds J.N. Boland & J.D. FitzGerald).
Davis, B.L. & Adams, L.H. (1965) Kinetics of the Developments in Petrology No. 14 ('The McLaren
calcite-aragonite transformation. Journal of Volume'). Elsevier, Amsterdam, 151-167.
Geophysical Research, 70, 433-441. Law, R.D. (1990) Crystallographic fabrics: a selective
Dietrich, D. & Song, H. (1984) Calcite fabrics in a review of their applications to research in structural
natural shear zone environment, the Helvetic nappes geology, in Deformation mechanisms, rheology and
of western Switzerland. Journal of Structural tectonics (eds R.]. Knipe & E.H. Rutter). Geological
Geology, 6, 19-32. Society Special Publication No. 54, The Geological
Drury, M.R. (1993) Deformation lamellae in metals Society, London, 335-352.
and minerals, in Defects and processes in the solid Lin, A. (1994) Glassy pseudotachylite veins from the
state: geoscience applications (eds J.N. Boland & Fuyun fault zone, northwest China. Journal of
J.D. FitzGerald). Developments in Petrology No. 14 Structural Geology, 16, 71-84.
('The McLaren Volume'). Elsevier, Amsterdam, Lloyd, G.E. & Knipe, R.J. (1992) Deformation mecha-
195-212. nisms accommodating faulting of quartzite under
Drury, M.R. & Urai, J.L. (1990) Deformation-related upper crustal conditions. Journal of Structural
recrystallisation processes. Tectonophysics, 172, Geology, 14, 127-143.
235-253. McLaren, A.C., Retchford, J.A., Griggs, D.T. &
Gerretsen, J., McLaren, A.C. & Paterson, M.S. (1993) Christie, J.M. (1967) Transmission electron micro-
Evolution of inclusions in wet synthetic quartz as a scope study of Brazil twins and dislocations experi-
function of temperature and pressure; implications mentally produced in natural quartz. Physica Status
for water weakening, in Defects and processes in Solidi, 19,631-644.
the solid state: geoscience applications (eds J.N. Maddock, R.H., Grocott, J. & van Nes, M. (1987)
Boland & J.D. FitzGerald). Developments in Vesicles, amygdales and similar structures in
Petrology No. 14 ('The McLaren Volume'). Elsevier, fault-generated pseudotachylites. Lithos, 20,
Amsterdam, 27-47. 419-432.
Green, H.W. (1992) Analysis of deformation in geolog- Mawer, C.K. & FitzGerald, J.D. (1993) Microstructure
ical materials, in Minerals and reactions at the of kink band boundaries in naturally deformed
atomic scale: transmission electron microscopy (ed. Chewings Range Quartzite, in Defects and processes
P.R. Buseck). Mineralogical Society of America, in the solid state: geoscience applications (eds J.N.
Reviews in Mineralogy, No. 27, Ch. 11,425-454. Boland & J.D. FitzGerald). Developments in
146
References
Petrology No. 14 ('The McLaren Volume'). Elsevier, dynamic recrystallization of Carrara marble.
Amsterdam, 49-67. Journal of Geophysical Research, 100(B12),
Park, W.e. & Schot, E.H. (1968) Stylolites: their 24651-24663.
nature and ongm. Journal of Sedimentary Rutter, E.H. & Brodie, K.H. (1992) Rheology of the
Petrology, 38,175-191. lower crust, in Geology of the lower continental
Passchier, e.W. (1985) Water-deficient mylonite zones crust (eds D. Fountain, R. Arculus, R. & R. Kay).
- an example from the Pyrenees. Lithos, 18, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 201- 268.
115-127. Rutter, E.H. & Brodie, K.H. (1995) Mechanistic inter-
Pas schier, e.w. & Trouw, R.A.J. (1996) actions between deformation and metamorphism.
Microtectonics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 289 pp. Geological Journal, 30, 227-240.
Poirier, J.-P. (1985) Creep of crystals. Cambridge Rutter, E.H., Casey, M. & Burlini, L. (1994) Preferred
University Press, Cambridge, 260 pp. crystallographic orientation development during
Pontikis, V. & Poirier, J.-P. (1975) Phenomenological plastic and superplastic flow of calcite rocks.
and structural analysis of recovery-controlled creep, Journal of Structural Geology, 16, 1431-1446.
with special reference to the creep of single-crystal Schmid, S.M., Boland, J.N. & Paterson, M.S. (1977)
silver chloride. Philosophical Magazine, 32, Superplastic flow in fine grained limestone.
577-592. Tectonophysics, 43, 257-291.
Prior, D.J., Knipe, R.J. & Handy, M.R. (1990) Schmid, S.M., Panozzo, R. & Bauer, S. (1987) Simple
Estimates of the rates of microstructural changes in shear experiments on calcite rocks: rheology and
mylonites, in Deformation mechanisms, rheology microfabric. Journal of Structural Geology, 9,
and tectonics (eds R.J. Knipe & E.H. Rutter). 747-778.
Geological Society Special Publication No. 54, The Sibson, R.H. (1977) Fault rocks and fault mecha-
Geological Society, London, 309-319. nisms. Journal of the Geological Society, 133,
Ramsay, J.G. & Huber, M.1. (1983) The techniques of 191-213.
modern structural geology: Volume 1: Strain analy- Sibson, R.H. (1990) Faulting and fluid flow, in
sis. Academic Press, London. Fluids in tectonically active regimes of the conti-
Ranalli, G. (1982) Deformation maps in grain size- nental crust (ed. B.E. Nesbitt). Mineralogical
stress space as a tool to investigate mantle rheol- Association of Canada, Short Course No. 18, Ch.
ogy. Physics of the Earth and Planetary Interiors, 4,93-132.
29,42-50. Simpson, e. & Wintsch, R.P. (1989) Evidence for
Ree, J.-H. (1994) Grain boundary sliding and develop- deformation-induced K-feldspar replacement by
ment of grain boundary openings in experimentally myrmekite. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7,
deformed octachloropropane. Journal of Structural 261-275.
Geology, 16,403-418. Skrotzki, W. (1990) Microstructure in hornblende of
Reeder, R.J. (1992) Carbonates: growth and alteration mylonitic amphibolite, in Deformation mechanisms,
microstructures, in Minerals and reactions at the rheology and tectonics (eds R.J. Knipe & E.H.
atomic scale: transmission electron microscopy. (ed. Rutter). Geological Society Special Publication No.
P.R. Buseck). Mineralogical Society of America, 54,321-325.
Reviews in Mineralogy No. 27, Ch. 10,381-424. Snoke, A.W., Tullis, J. & Todd, V.R. (eds) (in press)
Ross, J.V., Ave Lallement, H.G. & Carter, N.L. (1980) Fault-related rocks: a photographic atlas. Princeton
Stress dependence of recrystallized grain and University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
subgrain size in olivine. Tectonophysics, 70, 39-61. Spiers, e.J., Schutjens, P.M.T.M., Brzesowsky, R.H.,
Rubie, D.e. (1990) Mechanisms of reaction-enhanced Peach, e.]., Liezenberg, J.L. & Zwart, H.J. (1990)
deformability in minerals and rocks, in Deformation Experimental determination of constitutive parame-
processes in minerals, ceramics and rocks (eds D.J. ters governing creep of rocksalt by pressure solu-
Barber & P.G. Meredith). Mineralogical Society of tion, in Deformation mechanisms, rheology and
Great Britain and Ireland, Monograph Series No.1, tectonics. (eds R.J. Knipe & E.H. Rutter).
Ch. 10,262-295. Geological Society Special Publication No. 54,
Rutter, E.H. (1976) The kinetics of rock deformation 215-227.
by pressure solution. Philosophical Transactions of Stiinitz, H. (1993) Transition from fracturing to
the Royal Society of London, 283A, 203-219. viscous flow in a naturally deformed metagabbro,
Rutter, E.H. (1986) On the nomenclature of mode of in Defects and processes in the solid state:
failure transitions in rocks. Tectonophysics, 122, geoscience applications (eds J.N. Boland & J.D.
381-387. fitzGerald). Developments in Petrology No. 14
Rutter, E.H. (1995) Experimental study of the influ- ('The McLaren Volume'). Elsevier, Amsterdam,
ence of stress, temperature, and strain on the 121-150.
147
Deformed rocks and strain-related microstructures
Tullis, ].A. (1990) Experimental studies of deforma- Wenk, H.-R., Takeshita, T., Bechler, E., Erskine, B.G.
tion mechanisms and microstructures in quartzo- & Matthies, S. (1987) Pure shear and simple shear
feldspathic rocks, in Deformation processes in calcite textures: comparison of experimental, theo-
minerals, ceramics and rocks. (eds D.]. Barber & retical and natural data. Journal of Structural
P.G. Meredith). Mineralogical Society of Great Geology, 9, 731-745.
Britain and Ireland Monograph Series No.1, White, ].c. & White, S.H. (1981) On the structure of
190-227. grain boundaries in tectonites. Tectonophysics, 78,
Tullis, ].A., Christie, ].M. & Griggs, D.T. (1973) 613-628.
Microstructures and preferred orientations of White, S. (1976) The effects of strain on the
deformed quartzites. Bulletin of the Geological microstructures, fabrics, and deformation mecha-
Society of America, 84,297-314. nisms of quartzites. Philosophical Transactions of
van der Pluijm, B.A. (1991) Marble mylonite in the the Royal Society of London, 283A, 69-86.
Bancroft shear zone, Ontario, Canada: microstruc- White, S.H. & Knipe, R.]. (1978) Transformation- and
tures and deformation mechanisms. Journal of reaction-enhanced ductility in rocks. Journal of the
Structural Geology, 13, 1125- 1135. Geological Society of London, 135,513-516.
Vernon, R.H. (1976) Metamorphic processes. George White, S.H., Burrows, S.E., Carreras, J., Shaw, N.D. &
Allen & Unwin, London, 247 pp. Humphreys, F.]. (1980) On mylonites in ductile shear
Vernon, R.H. (1987) Growth and concentration of zones. Journal of Structural Geology, 2, 175-187.
fibrous sillimanite related to heterogeneous defor- Williams, G.D. & Dixon, ]. (1982) Reaction and
mation of K-feldspar-sillimanite metapelites. geometric softening in granitoid mylonites. Textures
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 5, 51-68. and Microstructures, 4, 223-239.
Walker, A.N., Rutter, E.H. & Brodie, K.H. (1990) Wintsch, R.P. (1985) The possible effects of deforma-
Experimental study of grain-size sensitive flow of tion on chemical processes in metamorphic fault
synthetic, hot-pressed calcite rocks, in Deformation zones, in Metamorphic reactions (eds A.B.
mechanisms, rheology and tectonics (eds R.]. Knipe Thompson & D. C. Rubie). Advances in Physical
& E.H. Rutter). Geological Society Special Geochemistry, 4, 251-268.
Publication No. 54,259-284. Wintsch, R.P. & Andrews, M.S. (1988) Deformation
Watson, E.B. & Brenan, ].M. (1987) Fluids in the induced growth of sillimanite: 'stress' minerals revis-
lithosphere, 1. Experimentally-determined wetting ited.Journal of Geology, 96,143-161.
characteristics of CO 2-H 2 0 fluids and their impli- Wise, D.U., Dunn, D.E., Engelder, ].T., Geiser, P.A.,
cations for fluid transport, host-rock physical Hatcher, R.D., Kish, S.A., Odom, A.L. & Schamel,
properties, and fluid inclusion formation. Earth S. (1984) Fault-related rocks: suggestions for termi-
and Planetary Science Letters, 85, 497-515. nology. Geology, 12, 391-394.
148
Chapter nine
Porphyroblast-
foliation
relationships
When studying a suite of metamorphic rocks, growth were considered, and in Section 6.1
especially those formed during orogenic meta- general aspects concerning mineral inclusions
morphism, the common occurrence of porphy- were discussed. This chapter concentrates on
roblasts and one or more tectonic fabrics the various aspects of porphyroblast-foliation
provides valuable information concerning relationships, providing an introduction to the
deformation-metamorphism interrelationships. characteristic microstructural features observed,
When integrated with pressure and tempera- and providing an overview of the various
ture estimates based on mineral assemblages points to take into consideration when making
and geothermobarometry, coupled with any interpretations. The chapter highlights particu-
age dates that may exist to date particular lar problem areas, where opinion is divided
events in the region studied, such microstruc- concerning the interpretation.
tural features can enable the construction of a
pressure-tern perature-time (P-T -t) path for
individual rocks. This in turn can give impor-
9.1 Thin-section 'cut effects'
tant insights into aspects of crustal evolution, Many metamorphic rocks exhibit planar
or metamorphic evolution in the vicinity of and/or linear structures defined by the
major igneous intrusions. Although the inter- preferred alignment of minerals, as a result of
pretations from porphyroblast-foliation rela- one or more deformation events. Since porphy-
tionships have excellent potential, the roblasts commonly overgrow these structures,
interpretation of porphyroblast inclusion trails the thin-section cut relative to these planar or
and their relationships with external matrix linear elements has a major influence on the
fabrics in the rock have always been types of inclusion patterns observed in porphy-
contentious topics. Different interpretations of roblasts. In order to interpret these inclusion
the same textural and microstructural features trails correctly, the main cut effects must be
have led to fundamental differences of opinion fully appreciated. Let us consider these with
concerning the processes responsible for partic- reference to the classical case of S-shaped inclu-
ular features observed and consequently the sion trails commonly seen in garnets.
overall interpretations can vary greatly between Traditionally interpreted as syntectonic rota-
different researchers. In Sections 5.1, 5.2 & tion of the porphyroblast with respect to the
5.3, aspects of porphyroblast nucleation and matrix foliation (e.g. Zwart, 1962; Spry, 1963),
149
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
150
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
(a) Single phase of syn-tectonic growth the principal foliation should also be made (S-
pCD0 CD ~
section).
cut Centre·
cut
cut 9.2 Porphyroblast growth in relation to
foliation development
(b) Multiple growth phases
-@) /if\"-
.... ~/
'-- ,/
- -Q-
Rim·
9.2.1 Recognition and interpretation of
pre-foliation (pre-tectonic) crystals
Centre-cut
cut Pre-foliation crystals are those that existed in
the rock prior to the onset of deformation, and
FIG. 9.2 Schematic illustrations of centre-rim cut the development of a continuous foliation (e.g.
effects in porphyroblasts: (a) single period of growth; cleavage or schistosity). This includes detrital
(b) multiphase growth. grains, relict igneous crystals and any meta-
morphic crystal that existed in the rock prior to
deformation (e.g. 'chlorite-mica stacks';
smallest radius (cross-sectional area) represent Section 7.2, Fig. 7.7). With the exception of
cuts closest to the edge of the crystaL However, cases in which there has been extensive matrix
in doing this, a certain amount of caution must recrystallisation, which makes relationships
be exercised, because not all porphyroblasts between crystal and matrix difficult to deter-
nucleate simultaneously, and those nucleated mine, 'pre-foliation' crystals are usually
late will often be smaller. In consequence, they enveloped by the main foliation of the rock.
will naturally have an included fabric that is Since pre-foliation crystals precede most if not
only representative of the later parts of the all deformation, they will commonly exhibit
tectonometamorphic history. Therefore, the signs of strain. Pre-foliation porphyroblast
simpler fabrics of smaller porphyroblasts need growth seems to be a relatively uncommon
not always be put down to a cut effect. In order phenomenon, or at least is rarely identified.
to obtain a full three-dimensional picture of However, Vernon et al. (1993) have described
porphyroblast-inclusion trails, many researchers examples of pre-foliation porphyroblast devel-
consider it necessary routinely to cut a set of opment in various cases of low-P/high- T
serial sections through a single porphyroblast, orogenic metamorphism.
and to make a range of thin-section cuts in One or more of the following features may
different orientations (e.g. Johnson, 1993a; be seen in pre-foliation crystals, but should in
Johnson & Moore, 1996). It has been common- no way be considered exclusive to pre-foliation
place to cut thin sections perpendicular to the crystals:
main fabric (schistosity/cleavage) and parallel to
the principal mineral elongation direction (P- (i) Undulose extinction. This occurs due to
sections), but for a better 3-D understanding of distortion of the crystal lattice (Section 8.2.2).
the inclusion geometry it is advisable to cut at It is especially common in quartz, but is also
least one section perpendicular to both the prin- seen in various other minerals (e.g. feldspar,
cipal fabric and mineral elongation lineation biotite and kyanite). Undulose extinction in
(N-section). Bell & Johnson (1989) further quartz porphyroclasts within a protomylonite
advocate that for complete 3-D understanding is shown in Fig. 9.3(a).
of the inclusion fabric, a section cut parallel to (ii) Fractured crystals and boudinage. Minerals
151
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
such as feldspar and hornblende behave in a originated as a granite, is shown in Fig. 9.3(b).
brittle manner at low temperatures and/or high (iii) Strain (pressure) shadows. Although also a
strain rates (for details, see Sections 8.1, 8.3.1 feature of crystals formed synchronous with
& 8.3.2). A highly fractured microcline crystal foliation development, many pre-foliation crys-
in what is now a protomylonite, but which tals exhibit strain shadows. These are low-
(a)
(b)
FIG. 9.3 Some characteristic features associated with pre-tectonic crystals (these may also be seen for syntec-
tonic crystals). (a) Undulose extinction (in quartz) . Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (b) Fragmented crystals (microcline
in sheared granite). Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
152
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
strain areas in which new minerals crystallise later generation of euhedral pyrite crystals in
preferentially. They result from strain partition- the centre of the photograph has developed
ing around rigid porphyroblasts or clasts (see after final deformation and shows no strain
also Section 10.7). The example in Fig. 9.3(c) shadows.
shows quartz strain shadows developed around (iv) Kinking. This is a common feature of
early framboidal pyrite. Note the fact that a detrital and early-formed minerals, especially
(c)
(d)
FIG. 9.3 (contd) (c) Pressure shadows (around framboidal pyrite). Scale = 0.5 mm. (d) Kinking (in early biotite
porphyroblast). Scale = 0.1 mm (PPL).
153
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
phyllosilicate phases (see also Section 8.2.2). crystals. The porphyroblast-forming reaction
An early porphyroblast of biotite in a mica will involve one or more of the matrix miner-
schist, which is strongly kinked due to subse- als, and in general the reactant phases are not
quent deformation, is shown in Fig. 9.3(d). significantly represented in the included assem-
blage. The minerals most commonly present as
inclusion trails are quartz, opaque minerals
9.2.2 Recognition and interpretation of (e.g. ilmenite and graphite), epidote group
syntectonic crystals minerals and, to a lesser extent, amphibole,
During orogenic metamorphism, most porphy- mica, chloritoid and feldspar. The inclusion
roblasts are syntectonic, and although the trails are widely interpreted as representing the
majority of matrix minerals in deformed meta- matrix grain size at the time of inclusion, and
morphic rocks recrystallised or grew synchro- because matrix grain size shows a general
nous with deformation, it is often difficult to increase during prograde metamorphism it is
say unequivocally whether a given crystal is usual for the enclosed fabric to be of similar or
'pre-tectonic' or 'syntectonic'. This is because finer grain size than the external fabric (Plates
many crystals developing synchronous with 5&6).
deformation may also be strained to some For those porphyroblasts in which inclusion
degree, and may show one or more of the same trails are clearly defined, various types are
strain features listed above for pre-tectonic crys- commonly encountered. These range from
tals. However, there is one commonly observed straight inclusion trails that are sharply discor-
textural feature of syntectonic porphyroblasts dant with the external fabric (Plates 5(a) &
which is absent from pre-tectonic crystals. The (b)), to inclusion fabrics with a shallow or
feature in question is that of aligned inclusion pronounced'S' form (Plates 5(c) & (d)), and in
fabrics. The preservation of such fabrics, and some cases spirals of much greater complexity
the minerals defining the fabrics, are crucial to (Fig. 9.4).
the understanding of the early deformation and Discordance between porphyroblast inclusion
metamorphic history of a particular rock. trails and the external (matrix) fabric
Cases of straight porphyroblast inclusion trails
'Straight' and 'S-shaped' inclusion trails
(SJ sharply discordant (Plate 5(a)) with the
Not every syntectonic porphyroblast phase external fabric (S,) have traditionally been inter-
exhibits aligned inclusion trails, but they are preted in terms of static overgrowth of some
widely reported in minerals such as garnet, pre-existing foliation followed by a later defor-
albite, hornblende, staurolite and andalusite. mation event intensifying the matrix fabric and
Even in these minerals it is more common to causing the discordant relationships. With such
observe poikiloblastic crystals without any an interpretation the internal fabric would often
distinct alignment of inclusions. Particularly be considered as SI and the external fabric as S2.
common are examples in which the porphyrob- This interpretation has been advanced largely
last cores are heavily included, whereas the because of the assumption that porphyroblast
rims are largely devoid of inclusions (Fig. growth rates are slow relative to deformation
5.22(b)). Although this may represent more rates. Depending on the nature of the deforma-
than one growth stage, an alternative explana- tion partitioning in the early stages of fabric
tion is in terms of rapid initial growth causing development, it can prove difficult to reconcile
numerous inclusions, followed by a slowing of straight inclusion fabrics with porphyroblastesis
growth rate and consequently fewer included synchronous with foliation development. The
154
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
FIG. 9.4 Garnet with an exceptionally spiralled inclusion fabric: Dikanas Schist, Vasterbotten, Sweden. This
figure is redrawn from a photograph by N.O. 01esen, and figured by Schoneveld (1977).
reason for this is that the attitude of the matrix earlier schistosity or cleavage, as has often been
fabric relative to the porphyroblast should proposed. With this in mind, 'straight' and
progressively change and thus generate a 'slightly curved' inclusion trails are equally as
curved or sigmoidal inclusion trail. However, it likely to represent porphyroblastesis synchro-
has now been demonstrated that most porphy- nous with foliation development as they are to
roblasts probably grow extremely rapidly in represent growth between fabric-forming
geological terms (i.e. in < 1 Ma, and possibly in events. Because of the difficulty in using S;-Se
< 0.1 Ma; Section 5.4). This means that at typi- relationships to determine with certainty
cal regional orogenic strain rates (e.g. 10-14 S-I) whether the porphyroblast has rotated with
there would often be no appreciable rotation of respect to the external fabric or vice versa,
porphyroblast or matrix fabric during growth, Pas schier et al. (1992) suggest that it is safest to
and thus 'straight' inclusion trails would be discuss Si-Se angular relationships in terms of
preserved. However, at faster strain rates (e.g. relative rotation between S; and So'
10-12 S-I) of shear zones, significant relative
rotation between porphyroblast and fabric The influence of crystallographic structure
could occur, and S-shaped inclusion trails When interpreting straight inclusion fabrics in
should be more widely developed (Barker, minerals with a strong cleavage or cleavages
1994). Considering periods of porphyroblaste- (e.g. micas, amphiboles and kyanite), always be
sis as rapid events punctuating protracted peri- aware of the fact that crystallographically
ods of foliation development, the continuation controlled inclusion trails can develop which
of shearing after cessation of porphyroblastesis have nothing to do with any pre-existing or
would explain the discordant S,-S, relationships developing tectonic fabric. These crystallo-
that are commonly observed in porphyroblastic graphically controlled 'straight' inclusion trails
schists. With this interpretation, it means that develop because, within minerals possessing a
the included fabric will commonly represent an cleavage, inclusions are often preferentially
early stage in the development of the external incorporated and aligned within the cleavage of
fabric, and need not be some entirely separate the crystal in order to minimise the increase in
155
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
--
inclusion patterns develop in certain minerals, a b c
but because of their distinctive appearance
(Plate 1) these are unlikely to be confused with
tectonic fabrics.
156
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
157
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
S-shaped form would represent porphyroblast well as from evidence provided in natural
growth at a time when the rock possessed a examples such as porphyroclasts (Fig. 10.16) in
strong crenulation fabric. Because a prominent rocks that have experienced moderate and high
crenulation cleavage can form with as little as shear strains (e.g. Mawer, 1987; Prior, 1987;
40-50% shortening, this might equally well Passchier, 1987; van den Driessche & Brun,
indicate nucleation early in the deformation 1987; Passchier & Sokoutis, 1993).
history or late-stage porphyroblastesis. Observations confirm that at suitably high
Although perfect decoupling between shear strains rigid inequidimensional objects
porphyroblast and matrix, and deformation can rotate through values at least up to
partitioning about equidimensional porphyrob- approximately 120°. However, if porphyroblast
lasts such as garnet, may theoretically suggest growth is geologically very rapid, most rotation
that they do not rotate during bulk simple should not occur during growth, and thus
shear, there is little evidence to suggest that rigid spiralled inclusion fabrics should not develop
elongate porphyroblasts (e.g. hornblende) (Fig.9.9, see also Barker, 1994). Many
would not be rotated. Many lines of evidence researchers would also argue that because there
suggest that during non-coaxial bulk shear is probably imperfect decoupling between
inequidimensional crystals experience a couple porphyroblast and matrix, then equidimen-
and consequently become rotated into the shear sional porphyroblasts such as garnet would
direction, without necessarily experiencing any also rotate.
internal deformation. Evidence for this has The non-rotation model of Bell and co-
been gained from shear-box modelling and workers has been the focus of considerable
from theoretical and computer modelling, as debate in recent years, with many aspects of
FIG. 9.9 Syntectonic hornblende porphyroblasts that have grown rapidly and in different orientations to over-
print an earlier stage of fabric development, and preserve straight inclusion fabrics. Continued shearing after the
short-lived phase of porphyroblastesis has rotated the two crystals into parallelism within the schistosity plane.
The larger crystal, which grew with its long axis at a high angle to the initial fabric, shows sharply discordant
Si-Se relationships. Hornblende mica-schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm
158
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
the model and interpretations called into ques- interpretation as a possibility, it is clearly diffi-
tion. The following paragraphs examine some cult to evaluate the validity of the non-rotation
of the main points of criticism, but for an model. Another point that makes the consis-
insight and full discussion of the main points tency of orientation of S, over a large geograph-
against the model see Pas schier et al. (1992), ical area all the more remarkable is that any
with a response by Bell et at. (1992), giving post-porphyroblastesis rigid block rotation
further comment in favour of the model and (e.g. by faulting) would cause rotation relative
answering the criticisms raised by Passchier to a fixed geographical reference frame. This
and co-workers. would cause rotation of Si from porphyroblasts
Fyson (1975, 1980), Bell (1985), Steinhardt of one block relative to Si in porphyroblasts of
(1989) and Bell et at. (1992) have argued that a neighbouring block.
the internal inclusion trails of porphyroblasts The porphyroblast non-rotation model
may maintain a remarkable consistency of developed by Bell and co-workers since the
orientation, both on the scale of a thin section mid-1980s has certainly renewed interest and
and over large regions within an orogenic belt. stimulated considerable discussion concerning
Consistency of Si-S, relationships on the scale the interpretation of porphyroblast-foliation
of a thin section are commonly reported, but relationships. The interpretation of 'shallow-S'
depending on your preferred model they can and certain other common porphyroblast inclu-
either be interpreted in terms of rotation of the sion trails in terms of porphyroblast over-
porphyroblasts by a similar amount relative to growth of specific stages of crenulation
Sc (e.g. Oleson, 1982), or by rotation of S, ret~ development (after Bell & Rubenach, 1983)
tive to 'stationary' porphyroblasts that record has received popular support. However, the
consistent Si relating to some previously over- more radical interpretation that porphyroblasts
grown fabric (e.g. Fyson, 1980; Bell, 1985). do not rotate relative to fixed external co-ordi-
Steinhardt (1989), Johnson (1992) and Bell et nates during polyphase deformation, as
at. (1992) described examples in which S, of advanced by Bell (1985) and others, has not
porphyroblasts document near-constant orien- received the same level of support. On the basis
tation over large geographical areas despite of currently available data, the majority of
intense later deformation. This sort of informa- metamorphic geologists still favour the tradi-
tion has been used by the authors cited to indi- tional view that porphyroblasts do rotate rela-
cate non-rotation of porphyroblasts relative to tive to fixed external co-ordinates.
each other. Indeed, Bell (1985) went as far as to
suggest that constantly oriented S, indicates Millipede microstructures
that the porphyroblasts have not rotated rela- The term 'millipede microstructure' was intro-
tive to fixed geographical co-ordinates and that duced by Bell & Rubenach (1980) for certain
the preserved Si indicates the original orienta- syntectonic porphyroblasts which, at a given
tion of an earlier fabric. Passchier et at. (1992) margin at which Si passes into Sr, show S,
emphasised that in cases in which S, shows deflected in opposite directions (Plate 5 (e)).
constancy of orientation over a large area, Bell Millipede microstructures were interpreted by
and others would use this as evidence to advo- Bell & Rubenach (1980) as evidence for bulk
cate non-rotation of porphyroblasts. However, heterogeneous shortening that, at least locally,
when S, shows variable orientation across an is near coaxial. Critical discussions by
area, Bell and others have argued in terms of Passchier et al. (1992) and Johnson (1993b)
variable foliation orientation (due to folding) indicate that such microstructures can develop
prior to porphyroblastesis. With this sort of in various deformation regimes. Recent papers
159
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
by Johnson & Bell (1996) and Johnson & morphism associated with uplift. Pseudo-
Moore (1996) discuss the usefulness of 'milli- morphing of one mineral by an aggregate of
pedes' and other types of oppositely concave another mineral (e.g. garnet pseudomorphed
microfolds (OCMs) seen adjacent to some by chlorite; see Plate 4(c) and Chapter 7)
porphyroblasts. The type 1 OCMs of Johnson is typically a late-tectonic or post-tectonic
& Bell (1996) are the cut-effect aD-type feature associated with retrogression during
(closed loop) inclusion trails (Section 9.1, Fig. uplift and waning P-T conditions. Since post-
9.1) described by Powell & Treagus (1970) and tectonic crystals have nucleated and grown
MacQueen & Powell (1977). They are seen in after the main phases of deformation, they will
thin sections cut parallel to the spiral axis of not show any strain effects. This means that
porphyroblasts with S-shaped inclusion trails. they will not exhibit features such as undulose
Porphyroblasts displaying such inclusion extinction or kinking, and will lack pressure
patterns are classically interpreted as forming shadows (Plate 6(a)).
during a single phase of growth in a regime of Elongate post-tectonic minerals usually
strongly non-coaxial deformation. Johnson show a lack of preferred orientation (Plate
(1993b) reports that such microstructures are 6(b)), in stark contrast to the pronounced
equally well explained by the porphyroblast alignment of comparable pre-foliation and
non-rotation model as they are by the porphy- syntectonic crystals. Post-tectonic overgrowth
roblast rotation model. The Type 2 OCMs of of crenulations commonly gives rise to gently
Johnson & Bell (1996) are the classic 'milli- curved to S-shaped internal fabrics in porphy-
pede' microstructures of Bell & Rubenach roblasts (Plates 6(c) & (f)). Superficially, these
(1980). As stated above, these are commonly may appear similar to the syntectonic
considered indicative of bulk coaxial shorten- 'spiralled' inclusion fabrics described earlier.
ing, but Johnson & Bell (1996) and Johnson & However, careful examination will reveal that
Moore (1996) have demostrated that they may the matrix does not deflect around post-
form by heterogeneous extension, and cannot tectonic porphyroblasts (whereas it does
be used to indicate specific deformation histo- around syntectonic crystals), and that the
ries (i.e. degree of non-coaxiality of the defor- crenulations being overgrown are present
mation). throughout the thin section. Where post-
tectonic crenulation overgrowth has occurred,
a range of different inclusion fabrics usually
9.2.3 Recognition and interpretation of
exists, as a function of different parts of the
post-tectonic crystals
crenulation being overgrown. It is not uncom-
Post-tectonic crystals are most easily distin- mon to see several crenulations overgrown by a
guished by their complete overgrowth of the single porphyroblast (e.g. Plate 6(f)).
main fabric (cleavage or schistosity) of the
rock. That is to say, the fabric does not
9.2.4 Complex porphyroblast inclusion trails
envelop the porphyroblasts, but abuts against
and multiple growth stages
the crystal, and in cases in which an inclusion
fabric is seen the fabric passes right through Late-stage metamorphism does not always
the porphyroblast (Plate 6(a)). Post-tectonic produce entirely new porphyroblasts, but in
crystals are characteristically associated with many examples post-tectonic rim growth on
contact metamorphism adjacent to igneous previously formed syntectonic porphyroblasts
intrusions, late thermal overprints during is recognised (Plates 6(d) & (e)). Where rocks
regional metamorphism and retrograde meta- (especially those of orogenic metamorphism)
160
Porphyroblast growth in relation to foliation
have experienced a late thermal overprint, it is (1989) are really deflection planes. According
common to find rim growth on pre-existing to Passchier et al. (1992), such deflection
porphyroblasts. In such cases a sharp break in planes can be explained in terms of a single
textural zonation is often seen. The core will phase of progressive deformation, and conse-
often show syntectonic relationships, while the quently the porphyroblasts illustrated by Bell
rim exhibits post-tectonic features and over- & Johnson (1989) could be interpreted in
grows the matrix foliation (e.g. Plate 6(d)). terms of far fewer deformation events and
Rim overgrowths can be complete (Plate 6(e)) overgrowth stages than they suggest.
or partial (Plate 6(d)). The post-tectonic rims From the above discussion, it is apparent
generally form at the margin in contact with that despite much research over many
mica-rich matrix, whereas at margins in decades, there remains considerable debate
contact with quartz-rich layers or pressure and controversy concerning the interpretation
shadows the rim is absent or poorly developed. of even the simplest types of inter-tectonic and
The most probable explanations for this are syntectonic porphyroblast inclusion trails. For
either in terms of locally unfavourable chem- porphyroblasts with multiple growth stages
istry of the quartz-rich areas, or easier nucle- and more complex inclusion trails, the prob-
ation and growth in the more highly strained lem is magnified, and it not surprising that the
areas out of the pressure shadows. interpretations vary greatly from one author
More complex porphyroblast inclusion to the next. There are clearly many secrets
patterns are also encountered, especially in locked away in inclusion trails of complex
rocks that have experienced a polyphase defor- syntectonic porphyroblasts, and despite their
mation and metamorphic history during great potential for unravelling deformation-
regional orogenesis (e.g. MacQueen & Powell, metamorphism interrelationships during oro-
1977; Bell & Johnson, 1989; Hayward, 1992). genesis, they remain some of the most difficult
These more complex inclusion patterns microstructures to interpret in a reliable and
commonly show distinct inflexions or breaks in objective manner.
inclusion trails, and are generally interpreted in
terms of multistage porphyroblast growth, and
References
overgrowth of more than one deformation
event (see also Chapter 12). Bell & Johnson Barker, A.j. (1994) Interpretation of porphyroblast
inclusion trails: limitations imposed by growth
(1989) illustrated porphyroblasts that they kinetics and strain rates. Journal of Metamorphic
interpret to have overgrown up to eight succes- Geology, 12, 681-694.
sive foliations relating to different deformation Bell, T.H. (1985) Deformation partitioning and
events. They suggested that given the right porphyroblast rotation in metamorphic rocks: a
radical reinterpretation. Journal of Metamorphic
garnet and a favourable situation, the full Geology, 3, 109-118.
history of orogenesis can be preserved in a Bell, T.H. & Johnson, S.E. (1989) Porphyroblast inclu-
single porphyroblast. They interpreted the sion trails: the key to orogenesis. Journal of
complex inclusion trails that they describe from Metamorphic Geology, 7,279-310.
Bell, I.H. & Rubenach, M.]. (1980) Crenulation cleav-
Vermont (USA), Pakistan and Nepal in terms age development - evidence for progressive, bulk
of non-rotation of porphyroblasts, and as indi- inhomogeneous shortening from 'millipede'
cating repeated cycles of uplift and collapse microstructures in the Robertson River Meta-
during orogenesis. Many researchers have seri- morphics. Tectonophysics, 68, T9-T15.
Bell, T.H. & Rubenach, M.]. (1983) Sequential
ous reservations about this, and Passchier et al. porphyroblast growth and crenulation cleavage
(1992) suggested that many of the so-called development during progressive deformation.
truncation planes reported by Bell & Johnson Tectonophysics, 92, 171-194.
161
Porphyroblast-foliation relationships
Bell, T.H., Johnson, S.E., Davis, B., Forde, A., Mawer, CK. (1987) Shear criteria in the Grenville
Hayward, N. & Wilkins, C (1992) Porphyroblast Province, Ontario, Canada. Journal of Structural
inclusion trail orientation data: eppure non son Geology, 9, 531-539.
girate! Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 10, Oleson, N.0. (1982) Heterogeneous strain of a phyllite
295-307. as revealed by porphyroblast-matrix relationships.
Fyson, W.K. (1975) Fabrics and deformation of Journal of Structural Geology, 4, 481-490.
Archaean metasedimentary rocks, Ross Lake - Pas schier, CW. (1987) Stable positions of rigid objects
Gordon Lake area, Slave Province, Northwest in non-coaxial flow: a study of vorticity analysis.
Territories. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 12, Journal of Structural Geology, 9, 679-690.
765-776. Passchier, CW. & Sokoutis, D. (1993) Experimental
Fyson, W.K. (1980) Fold fabrics and emplacement of modelling of mantled porphyroclasts. Journal of
an Archaean granitoid pluton, Cleft Lake, Structural Geology, 15, 895-910.
Northwest Territories. Canadian Journal of Earth Passchier, CW., Trouw, R.A.J., Zwart, H.J. & Vissers,
Sciences, 17, 325-332. R.L.M. (1992) Porphyroblast rotation: eppur si
Hayward, N. (1992) Microstructural analysis of the muove? Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 10,
classical spiral garnet porphyroblasts of south-east 283-294.
Vermont: evidence for non-rotation. Journal of Powell, D. & Treagus, J.E. (1970) Rotational fabrics in
Metamorphic Geology, 10, 567-587. metamorphic minerals. Mineralogical Magazine, 37,
Johnson, S.E. (1992) Sequential porphyroblast growth 801-813.
during progressive deformation and low-P Prior, D. (1987) Syntectonic porphyroblast growth in
high-T (LPHT) metamorphism, Cooma Complex, phyllites: textures and processes. Journal of
Australia: the use of microstructural analysis in Metamorphic Geology,S, 27-39.
better understanding deformation and metamorphic Rosenfeld, J.L. (1970) Rotated garnets in metamorphic
histories. Tectonophysics, 214, 311-339. rocks. Geological Society of America Special Paper
Johnson, S.E. (1993a) Unravelling the spirals: a serial 129, 105 pp.
thin section study and three-dimensional computer- Schoneveld, Chr. (1977) A study of some typical inclu-
aided reconstruction of spiral-shaped inclusion trails sion patterns in strongly paracrystalline garnets.
in garnet porphyroblasts. Journal of Metamorphic Tectonophysics, 39, 453-47l.
Geology, 11,621-634. Spry, A. (1963) The origin and significance of snowball
Johnson, S.E. (1993b) Testing models for the develop- structure in garnet. Journal of Petrology, 4,
ment of spiral-shaped inclusion trails in garnet 211-222.
porphyroblasts: to rotate or not to rotate, that is Steinhardt, CK. (1989) Lack of porphyroblast rotation
the question. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 11, in non-coaxially deformed schists from Petrel
635-659. Cove, South Australia, and its implications.
Johnson, S.E. & Bell, T.H. (1996) How useful are Tectonophysics, 158, 127-140.
'millipede' and other similar porphyroblast van den Driessche, J. & Brun, J.P. (1987) Rolling struc-
microstructures for determining synmetamorphic tures at large shear strain. Journal of Structural
deformation histories? Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 9, 691-704.
Geology, 14, 15-28. Vernon, R.H., Collins, W.J. & Paterson, S.R. (1993)
Johnson, S.E. & Moore, R.R. (1996) De-bugging the Pre-foliation metamorphism in low-pressure/high-
'millipede' porphyroblast microstructure: a serial temperature terrains. Tectonophysics, 219,
thin-section study and 3-D computer animation. 241-256.
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 14,3-14. Wilson, M.R. (1971) On syntectonic porphyroblast
Macqueen, J.A. & Powell, D. (1977) Relationships growth. Tectonophysics, 11,239-260.
between deformation and garnet growth in Moine Zwart, H.J. (1962) On the determination of polymeta-
(Precambrian) rocks of western Scotland. Bulletin morphic associations and its application to the
of the Geological Society of America, 88, Bosost area (central Pyrenees). Geologische
235-240. Rundschau, 52, 38-65.
162
Chapter ten
Shear-sense
indicators
163
Shear-sense indicators
studies often prove helpful in determining the establish that simple shear is primarily respon-
precise relationships between veining and sible for vein folding, remembering that folded
deformation. veins are also produced by pure shear flatten-
The history of vein development in a rock is ing of early veins oriented at a high angle to the
often complex, with some veins being present principal axis of compression.
pre-shearing, others forming during shearing In the case of veins formed during simple
and some forming post-shearing. By careful shear, they will tend to form as en echelon sets
study of cross-cutting relationships between in fractures developed perpendicular to the
different vein sets, and studies of relationships direction of maximum extension (Fig. 10.2(a)).
between veins and other structures of the rock These become rotated as shear progresses, and
(e.g. folds and foliations), it should be possible during rotation the vein develops a sigmoidal
to determine the full history of vein develop- trace (Figs 10.2(b) & 11.2) from which sense
ment. of shear can be determined ('S' -shape = sinis-
The superposition of a period of simple tral; 'Z'-shape = dextral). The sense of fold
shear on variably oriented early veins will lead overturning or vergence can also be used to
to folding or crenulation of some veins, while give a general indication of shear sense.
others become thinned and boudinaged. How a Initially gentle, slightly overturned fold struc-
particular vein behaves depends on its initial tures become increasingly overturned and
attitude relative to the superposed strain ellip- asymmetrical as shear progresses (Fig. 10.3).
soid (Fig. 10.1). Veins that lie in the shortening Such asymmetrical folds can range from
field of the strain ellipsoid (e.g. A) will become regional-scale structures down to mm-scale
folded, while those in the maximum elongation crenulations observable in thin section.
(extension) direction (e.g. B) will become Although commonly recorded, the use of fold
thinned and boudinaged. In the example illus- asymmetry as the sole line of evidence for shear
trated, increasing shear will rotate the veins in sense is not recommended. This is because
a clockwise sense, so that vein A may ulti- similar features can be produced by pure shear
mately move into the extensional field and flattening of features oblique to the principal
undergo unfolding and boudinage. compressional axes (Fig. 10.4), and in such
The foregoing discussion demonstrates that situations any shear-sense interpretation would
with careful observation early veins can give be entirely false.
important information relating to the sense of In brittle, sub-greenschist facies regimes,
any superimposed shear. In using this Sibson (1990) illustrates how vein and fracture
approach, care should always be taken to arrays and networks developed to accommo-
--
164
S-C fabrics, shear bands and mica-fish
FIG. 10.3 A schematic illustration of the development of asymmetrical folds during simple shear.
FIG. 10.5 A schematic illustration of the various vein/fracture networks that are commonly observed at dila-
tional fault jog sites, and which can be used to evaluate shear sense. Such features are not scale-dependent, and
can be observed from map-scale down to thin-section scale: (a) ladder vein; (b) cymoid loop; (c) horsetail; (d, e)
alternate shear/extensional mesh models for dilational jogs (based on Fig. 4.16 of Sibson, 1990; courtesy of the
Mineralogical Society of Canada).
165
Shear-sense indicators
simultaneously in association with this shear- 10.7). At initiation the S fabric develops at an
ing. These are S-C fabrics (Fig. 10.6), the C angle (a) of about 45° to C, but as shearing
surfaces being parallel with the shear zone progresses the angle a diminishes as S rotates
margin while the S-surfaces are oblique to this towards C. Most typically a is between 15°and
(e.g. Berthe et aI., 1979; Lister & Snoke, 1984; 45°, but in extreme cases the two surfaces may
Passchier, 1991; Blenkinsop & Treloar, 1995). become sub-parallel. In general, as the angle a
The field appearance of such rocks is usually decreases, so the density of C surfaces
very distinctive, with the intersection of the Increases.
two cleavages giving rise to a texture which has With knowledge of the attitude of S fabrics,
commonly been described as 'fish-scale', and the shear-zone boundary orientation (which
'button schist' or 'oyster shell' texture (Fig. is parallel to C fabrics), it is thus possible to
ascertain the sense of shear of the zone in ques-
tion (Fig. 10.6). The detail of such fabrics is
often well exhibited in thin section, and when
present should corroborate evidence from D-type
porphyroclasts (Section 10.6). Unfortunately,
this simple picture of S-C fabrics is complicated
by secondary planar fabrics commonly devel-
oped at a later stage in such rocks. These are
usually antithetic to the orientation of S
s s s surfaces, and are often more pronounced and
more easily recognised than such surfaces. They
FIG. 10.6 A schematic illustration of SoC fabrics, and are termed C' fabrics (e.g. Ponce de Leon &
their relationship to the direction of shear. Choukroune, 1980) or extensional crenulation
FIG. 10.7 S-C and C' fabrics developed in phyllonite of the Abisko Nappe, Swedish Caledonides. The compass-
clinometer (lower left), for scale, is 8 em long.
166
S-C fabrics, shear bands and mica-fish
-- -
,,.~
~ :.---
well developed in phyllonites (Figs 10.7 &
10.8). In the brittle regime, synthetic Reidel - ---~---~-- --~:.:: ~
shears (e.g. RI of Logan et al., 1979; Chester et FIG. 10.10 A schematic illustration of mica-fish as
al., 1985; Arboleya & Engelder, 1995) have the shear indicators.
equivalent orientation to C' surfaces of ductile
shear zones.
In ductile thrust zones and 'slides', C'
surfaces characteristically dip towards the fore-
land, and may thus be used to indicate bulk
transport direction. They usually form an angle
of approximately 15-35° to C surfaces and the FIG. 10.11 Trails and stair-stepping between mica-
fish.
(b) ~
FIG. 10.8 A schematic illustration of C' fabrics in FIG. 10.12 Multiplication of mica-fish by break-up
relation to Sand C fabrics. and dispersion.
. -
FlG.10.9 Mica-(biotite-)fish in schist of the Hogtind nappe, Norwegian Caledonides. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
167
Shear·sense indicators
J J
are recognised in several orientations, and
while normally related to C' surfaces as
described above, C surfaces have also been
recognised as 'shear bands'. Since the term
'shear band' does not imply a specific orienta- FIG. 10.13 Crenulation cleavage asymmetry as a basis
for evaluation of local shear sense (based on Fig. 11 of
tion, it is recommended (in order to avoid Bell & Johnson, 1992).
confusion) that it only be used to describe the
nature of C or C' surfaces, and not to have any
general orientational implications.
Mica-fish, termed as such because of their
generally 'fish-like' lozenge-shaped appearance,
are useful kinematic indicators in many
mylonites, phyllonites and schists. The mica
crystals are large pre-existing grains (effectively
'porphyroclasts') or early porphyroblasts which
are deformed by a combination of brittle and
crystal-plastic processes. The asymmetry of the
mica 'fish' shape (Fig. 10.9), with 001 cleavage
typically either tilted sub-parallel to Sore
surfaces can be used to determine sense of FIG.10.14 Determination of the shear sense around a
shear (Fig. 10.10). Lister & Snoke (1984) fold on the basis of minor structure asymmetry (based
describe how mica-fish are usually linked by on Fig. 13 of Bell & Johnson, 1992).
thin trails of mica fragments, and when exten-
sively developed show a stair-stepping from
one mica-fish to the next (Fig. 10.11). Mica- try due to deflection when passing from
fish may multiply and disperse by a process domains of low strain to domains of high
typically involving slip on the basal plane, strain (Fig. 10.13). Deflection of old foliations
causing the break-up of early large micas: this in the manner illustrated in Fig. 10.13 is a
is illustrated in Fig. 10.12. common feature of many metamorphic rocks
of the greenschist facies, amphibolite facies and
in shear zones. They are especially pronounced
10.4 Differentiated crenulation cleavages where a strongly differentiated crenulation
Bell & Johnson (1992) describe how shear cleavage is developed, and since this a common
sense can be obtained from crenulation asym- feature, are potentially one of the most useful
metry against differentiated crenulation cleav- indicators of local shear sense. Bell & Johnson
ages. Indeed, they describe how any old (1992) illustrate how local shear sense on each
foliation being rotated during the development limb of a fold can be usefully determined using
of a new foliation can be used to determine differentiated crenulation cleavage as a shear-
local shear sense, as long as it shows asymme- sense indicator, and how this local sense of
168
Mantled porphyroclasts and 'rolling structures'
shear is comparable to the bulk sense of shear previously been considered (i.e. commonly < 1
in limbs between antiform and synform. It will Ma, and even < 0.1 Ma; Barker (1994) and
be noticed (Fig 10.14) that this shearing is Section 5.4 ). This means that under most
directed sub-parallel to the fold axial surface, circumstances porphyroblasts develop very
even though the area as a whole is experiencing rapidly with respect to ongoing deformation,
inhomogeneous bulk shortening perpendicular and that many S-shaped inclusion trails proba-
to the axial surface. In view of this, the impor- bly represent syntectonic crenulation over-
tance of gaining a complete understanding of growth. Clearly, this sheds still further doubt
structures on all scales should be apparent in on the use of S-shaped inclusion trails as kine-
order to evaluate local and regional shear sense matic indicators, and consequently their use is
and tectonometamorphic evolution of a given not recommended. More reliable are 'rolling
terrain. structures' and related features characteristic of
porphyroclast systems.
10.5 Spiralled inclusion trails
10.6 Mantled porphyroclasts and 'rolling
In Chapter 9 the traditional, and now contro-
structures'
versial interpretation of S-shaped inclusion
trails in syntectonic porphyroblasts as evidence Pas schier & Simpson (1986) review porphyro-
for porphyroblast rotation is discussed. The clast systems as kinematic indicators, with more
development of such fabrics in this manner, recent work undertaken by Passchier et al.
and their use as shear-sense indicators is illus- (1993) and Pas schier (1994). On geometric
trated in Fig. 9.5. More recently, it has been grounds, Passchier & Simpson (1986) subdivide
argued that porphyroblasts, and especially porphyroclasts into 0'- and 8-types (Fig. 10.15).
equidimensional porphyroblasts such as garnet, O'-type porphyroclasts have wedge-shaped tails
do not rotate (e.g. Bell, 1985). Instead, the and a 'stair-stepping' symmetry (Fig. 10.15(a)).
external fabric changes orientation with respect The median lines of the recrystallised tails (of
to the porphyroblast by way of progressive the same mineral as the porphyroclast) lie on
foliation transposition or shearing. When this each side of a central reference plane. The side
occurs synchronous with porphyroblast growth nearest the reference plane characteristically has
it too will give rise to an S-shaped inclusion a concave curvature, while that farthest away is
trail (Fig. 9.6), but with a completely opposite planar. O'-type porphyroclasts are themselves
sense of rotation to that deduced by assuming subdivided into 0'.- and O'b-types. The former
that the porphyroblast rotated (d. Fig. 9.5). represent isolated porphyroclasts (e.g. feldspar
Johnson (1993) reviews spiral-shaped inclusion or hornblende) in a homogeneous foliation of
trails of porphyroblasts in some depth, and uniform orientation, though locally deflected
concludes that most geometries are consistent around the porphyroclast (Fig. 10.16). In some
with both the rotation and the non-rotation cases porphyroclasts remain rigid, and pressure
models. Because of this, and in view of this shadows ('beards') of a different mineral phase
major difference in shear sense being a function (e.g. quartz) develop with geometry similar to
of the interpretation of the mechanism by O'.-type tails. O'b-type porphyroclasts are gener-
which the S fabric formed, any interpretation ally feldspars associated with S-C quartz
based on such fabrics should be made with feldspar mylonites (e.g. Berthe et aI., 1979).
extreme caution. Adding still further to the They have flat surfaces along the C planes, and
problem, it is now generally realised that tend to occur in clusters. Like 0'. -type clasts, the
porphyroblast growth is much faster than had recrystallised tails of O'b-type clasts can be of
169
Shear-sense indicators
different or mixed composition in comparison the tails crosses the central reference plane
to the clast itself. (Fig. 10.lS{b)). In B-type porphyroclasts the tails
&--type porphyroclast systems (also termed are thin, and tight embayments exist between
'rolling structures'), differ from a-type systems the tail and porphyroclast. Such tails only occur
by virtue of the fact that the median-line of around equidimensional or very slightly elongate
porphyroclasts, and usually extend for a consid-
erable distance from the porphyroclast (Figs
10.lS{b) & 10.17). On the basis of studies of
(e) ~
(8) granitoid mylonites from the Grenville Province,
CJ Mawer (1987) gave a clear illustration of how B-
type porphyroclasts can develop from a-type
porphyroclasts during progressive shearing (Fig.
(b) 10.lS{c)). In cases of prolonged or episodic
shearing, more complex examples are likely,
including folding of thin B-type tails (Fig. 10.18),
and complex a-B type porphyroclast relation-
ships (Fig. 10.19). It is important to note that Z-
shaped strain shadow and a-type porphyroclast
FIG. 10.15 Porphyroclast systems as kinematic indica- asymmetry indicates the same sense of shear as
tors. (a) A (J-type porphyroclast (modified after Fig. 2a S-shaped B-type porphyroclast ('rolling struc-
of Passchier & Simpson, 1986). (b) A c)-type porphyro-
clast (modified after Fig. 2e of Passchier & Simpson, ture') asymmetry (compare Figs 10.lS{a) & (b)).
1986). (c) The development of c)-type porphyroclasts Without this awareness and the ability to distin-
from (J-type porphyroclasts (modified from Mawer, guish B-type porphyroclasts, the sense of shear
1987). can easily be misinterpreted.
FIG. 10.16 A (Ja-type feldspar porphyroclast. Granitoid mylonite, South Armorican Shear Zone, France. Scale =
0.5 mm (PPL).
170
Strain shadows
FIG. 10.17 A O-type feldspar porphyroclast (after Fig. Sa (polished rock slab) of Mawer, 1987; courtesy of
Elsevier Science). Scale = 2 cm .
....
·overturned" systems
s,
.......
FIG. 10.18 A folded tail of I)-type porphyroclast (after
Fig. 3 of van den Driessche & Brun, 1987). complex (J • I'l systems
hgenetdon
-/
10.7 Strain shadows 'eeocncI~
171
Shear-sense indicators
common in deformed greenschist facies and the interface between the core (usually porphy-
lower-grade metamorphic rocks. The develop- roblast or porphyroclast) and the inner surface
ment of such fibrous shadows (or 'fringes') of its strain shadow. In some instances compos-
involves incremental fibre growth (of mineral ite pressure shadows develop involving fibres
species different from the rigid object 'core') at of several mineral species (Figs lO.20(a) & (b)).
(a)
(b)
Fig. 10.20 X-Z sections of three natural examples of pressure shadows. In all cases the scale is 1 mill. (a), (e)
XPL; (b) PPL. (a) Fine-grained cordierite schist/phyllite with complex deformable pressure shadows of calcite (a),
quartz (b) and Qtz + Ms (c) adjacent to the cordierite porphyroblasts. The cordierite appears very dark because it
contains extremely abundant and fine-grained inclusions of quartz and opaques. (b) Pyritic tuff with pressure
shadows of quartz (a) and chlorite (b) adjacent to euhedral pyrite crystals.
172
Strain shadows
Depending on the way in which they grow, along the displacement path, between pressure
fibres of 'pyrite-type' shadows can be subdi- shadow wall and towards the resistant object
vided into two categories. The first of these, (Fig. 10.21). The second type, 'face-controlled
'displacement-controlled fibres', show consis- fibres', exhibit fibre growth normal to the
tent geometry of progressive growth of fibres face(s) of the rigid object, irrespective of the
(c)
(c) A framboidal pyrite crystal in slate, with deformable pressure shadows of fibrous quartz (a) and calcite (b).
FIG. 10.21 Displacement-controlled fibres around pyrite (after Etchecopar & Malavieille, 1987). Scale = 1 mm
(XPL). (Reproduced with permission of Elsevier Science).
173
Shear-sense indicators
FIG. 10.22 Face-controlled quartz fibres developed In a pressure shadow adjacent to pyrite. Slate, south
Cornwall, England. Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
r tf:
(a)
(b)
FIG. 10.23 Geometric differences between rigid fibre (r) and deformable fibre (d) pressure shadows in situations
of coaxial (a) and non-coaxial (b) deformation (after Ramsay & Huber, 1983, Figs 14.15-14.16; courtesy of
Academic Press).
174
Strain shadows
displacement directions (Fig. 10.22). of the best criteria for determining sense of
Depending on the P-T conditions, the shearing in rocks. Such analysis clearly has
fibres/pressure shadows may be deformable or wide application in the study of metamorphic
rigid. At high temperatures and in more ductile terrains. Most obviously, pressure shadows
conditions, pressure shadows are generally around pyrite porphyroblasts from low-grade
deformable with strong recrystallisation while 'slate belts' can be studied, but pressure shad-
under lower-temperature conditions they are ows around porphyroblasts, such as garnet in
usually rigid and fibrous. The geometric higher-grade schists, can also be assessed in
contrasts between 'rigid fibre' (r) and order to determine the sense and amount of
'deformable fibre' (d) pressure shadows in the shear.
situation of (a) coaxial and (b) non-coaxial The types of pressure shadow fibres
deformation are visually summarised in Fig. predicted for successive amounts of shear (r =
10.23. 0-4; all other variables constant), for a model
Studies by Etchecopar & Malavieille (1987) based on 'deformable and face-controlled'
compare various computer-generated 'pyrite- fibres, are shown in Fig. 10.24. In contrast, the
type' pressure shadows with examples taken nature of pressure shadow fibres predicted for
from natural rocks. From this they are able to 'rigid and displacement controlled' fibres over
estimate the bulk strain and shear sense in the the same range of incremental shear strain is
deformed rocks. They consider pressure illustrated in Fig. 10.25. In Fig. 10.26, the
shadow asymmetry in X-Z sections to be one predicted developments in situations of pure
-y=
-y=
FIG. 10.24 A computer simulation of deformable, face controlled pressure shadow fibres developed after various
increments of shear strain (i.e. Y= 0-4) (modified after Fig. 5 of Etchecopar & Malaveille, 1987).
FIG. 10.25 A computer simulation of rigid, displacement-controlled pressure shadow fibres after various incre-
ments of shear strain (i.e. Y= 0-4) (modified after Fig. 6 of Etchecopar & Malavieille, 1987).
175
Shear·sense indicators
FIG. 10.26 A computer simulation of pressure shadow fibres expected in cases of pure shear flattening, assuming
the fibres to be rigid and displacement-controlled (after Fig. 7 of Etchecopar & Malavieille, 1987). (Reproduced
with permission of Elsevier Science) .
shear flattening are illustrated. By comparison Lister & Snoke, 1984; Schmid et ai., 1987;
with Fig. 10.24, it is apparent that the natural De Bresser, 1989; Shelley, 1995). Such fabrics
example of pressure shadow fibres illustrated are especially common in monomineralic
in Fig. 10.22 is face-controlled, and indicative greenschist facies mylonites, and usually show
of bulk shear of the order of r = 1. x-z an obliquity of 25-40' to the shear-zone
sections for some more natural examples of margin. Oblique shape fabrics are defined by
pressure shadows are shown in Fig. 10.20. By alignment of the long axes of dynamically
comparison with Figs 10.24-10.26, a rough recrystallised grains, especially of quartz or
visual estimate of the dominant fibre type and calcite, depending on the lithology. Since the
amount and sense of shear can be made for rock, and grains, may recrystallise more than
each (see the figure caption for details). once during the deformation and metamor-
phic history, the particular shape fabric will
10.8 Grain-shape fabrics and probably relate to the latest stages of defor-
crystallographic preferred orientations mation only. Nevertheless, this may be a
useful kinematic indicator, since the flattening
It is common, especially in quartzofeldspathic plane of the new grains will lie approximately
mylonites and highly sheared carbonates, to perpendicular to the direction of maximum
observe distinct grain-shape fabrics (Fig. compression during the final increment of
10.27) oblique to the shear-zone margins and deformation (Fig. 10.27). Lister & Snoke
C surfaces (e.g. Simpson & Schmid, 1983; (1984) illustrate how in mylonites, the atti-
176
References
177
Shear-sense indicators
Blenkinsop, T.G. & Treloar, P.]. (1995) Geometry, development of shear bands in rocks. Geologie en
classification and kinematics of S-C fabrics. journal Mijnbouw, 70,203-211.
of Structural Geology, 17, 397-408. Passchier, CW. (1994) Mixing in flow perturbations: a
Chester, F.M., Friedman, M. & Logan, J.M. (1985) model for development of mantled porphyroclasts
Foliated cataclasites. Tectonophysics, 111, in mylonites. journal of Structural Geology, 16,
139-146. 733-736.
De Bresser, J.H.P. (1989) Calcite c-axis textures along Passchier, CW. & Simpson, C (1986) Porphyroclast
the Gavarnie thrust zone, central Pyrenees. Geologie systems as kinematic indicators. journal of Structural
en Mijnbouw, 68, 367-376. Geology, 8, 831-844.
Dennis, A.J. & Secor, D.T. (1987) A model for the Passchier, CW., ten Brink, CE., Bons, P.D. &
development of crenulations in shear zones with Sokoutis, D. (1993) Delta-objects as a gauge
applications from the Southern Appalachians for stress sensitivity of strain rate in mylo-
Piemont. journal of Structural Geology, 9, nites. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, 120,
809-817. 239-245.
Etchecopar, A. & Malavieille, J. (1987) Computer Platt, J.P. (1984) Secondary cleavages in ductile shear
models of pressure shadows: a method for strain zones. journal of Structural Geology, 6, 439-442.
measurement and shear-sense determination. Platt, J.P. & Vissers, R.L.M. (1980) Extensional struc-
journal of Structural Geology, 9, 667-677. tures in anisotropic rocks. journal of Structural
Etchecopar, A. & Vasseur, G. (1987) A 3-D kinematic Geology, 2,387-410.
model of fabric development in polycrystalline Ponce de Leon, M.1. & Choukroune, P. (1980) Shear
aggregates: comparisons with experimental and zones in the Iberian Arc. journal of Structural
natural examples. journal of Structural Geology, 9, Geology, 2, 63-68.
705-717. Ramsay, ].G. & Huber, M.1. (1983) The techniques of
Johnson, S.E. (1993) Testing models for the develop- modern structural geology; Volume 1: Strain analy-
ment of spiral-shaped inclusion trails in garnet sis. Academic Press, London.
porphyroblasts: to rotate or not to rotate, that is the Schmid, S.M., Panozzo, R. & Bauer, S. (1987) Simple
question. journal of Metamorphic Geology, 11, shear experiments on calcite rocks: rheology and
635-659. microfabric. journal of Structural Geology, 9,
Lister, G.S. & Snoke, A.W. (1984) S-C mylonites. 747-778.
journal of Structural Geology, 6, 617-638. Shelley, D. (1995) Asymmetric shape preferred orienta-
Lister, G.S. & Williams, P.F. (1979) Fabric develop- tions as shear-sense indicators. journal of Structural
ment in shear zones: theoretical controls and Geology, 17, 509-517.
observed phenomena. journal of Structural Sibson, R.H. (1990) Faulting and fluid flow, in Fluids
Geology, 1, 283-297. in tectonically active regimes (ed. B.E. Nesbitt).
Logan, J.M., Friedman, M., Higgs, N., Dengo, C & Mineralogical Association of Canada, Short Course
Shimanto, T. (1979) Experimental studies of simu- No. 18,93-132.
lated gouge and their application to studies of Simpson, C & Schmid, S.M. (1983) An evaluation of
natural fault zones, in Analysis of actual fault zones criteria to deduce the sense of movement in sheared
in bedrock. u.S. Geological Survey, Open-file rocks. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America,
Report, 79- 1239, 305-343. 94, 1281-1288.
Mawer, CK. (1987) Shear criteria in the Grenville van den Driessche, J. & Brun, J.P. (1987) Rolling struc-
Province, Ontario, Canada. journal of Structural tures at large shear strain. journal of Structural
Geology, 9, 531-539. Geology, 9, 691-704.
Nicholas, A., Bouchez, ].L., Boudier, F. & Mercier, Wenk, H.-R., Takeshita, T., Bechler, E., Erskine, B.G.
J.C (1971) Textures, structures and fabrics due to & Matthies, S. (1987) Pure shear and simple shear
solid state flow in some European lherzolites. calcite textures. Comparison of experimental, theo-
Tectonophysics, 12,55-85. retical and natural data. journal of Structural
Passchier, CW. (1991) Geometric constraints on the Geology, 9, 731-745.
178
Chapter eleven
11.1 Controls on fluid migration and most veined rocks representing highest fluid
veining flux), or in terms of permeability differences. In
cases with little veining the permeability of the
Most prograde metamorphic reactions involve
rocks may have been sufficient to permit fluid
devolatilisation. The main volatile components
flow through the rock in a pervasive fashion,
produced are H 2 0 and CO 2 , although the rela-
maintaining P f below the value for fracturing.
tive proportions of these varies considerably
However, in intensely veined examples it is
from one rock to the next. Once produced,
likely that the permeability of the unfractured
volatiles tend to migrate upwards through the
rock was insufficient to allow fluid escape at
crust, the mechanism and rate of flow being
the rate at which it was being produced by
largely a function of temperature, fluid pres-
devolatilisation reactions. This would give rise
sure (Pf) gradients, and bulk rock permeability
to an increase in Pf until ultimately the rock
(e.g. Fyfe et al., 1978; Ferry, 1980; Etheridge et
strength would be exceeded and a series of
al., 1983; Wood & Walther, 1986; Yardley,
discrete fractures would develop to increase the
1986; Thompson, 1987).
rock's bulk permeability. Healing of fractures
Fluids become focused into zones of high
by precipitation of minerals out of solution
permeability and lower Pf' Penetratively foli-
competes with hydraulic fracturing, but
ated schists, fault zones and thrust zones are
progressive upward migration of fluids main-
particularly favoured, whereas massive
tains high P f and favours further micro crack
quartzites and marble (unless highly fractured)
propagation. Because Si02 solubility in aque-
have low permeabilities and experience much
ous solutions diminishes with decreasing P and
lower fluid flux. For a given rock, the degree of
T, Si0 2 saturated fluids will precipitate quartz
permeability relates to the effectiveness of fluid
as they ascend through the crust.
migration via grain boundaries, and discrete
fractures or cleavage. On the local scale,
segregations of new mineral growth are 11.2 Initial description and interpretation
commonly observed in strain shadows of of veins
porphyroblasts (e.g. Figs 10.20-10.22) and in
boudin necks on both the meso- and the When considering the characteristics of veins
micro scale (Fig. 11.1). and the nature of their formation, field studies
While veining is extensive in many metamor- provide key information concerning the
phic rocks and terrains, in other cases it is mineral assemblage, orientation and timing of
extremely scarce. This can be interpreted either each vein-set, both in relation to other veins
in terms of differences in bulk fluid flow (the and to specific deformation and metamorphic
179
Veins and fluid inclusions
(a)
(b)
FIG. 11.1 (a) Mesoscale vein quartz segregation in a boudin neck: a boudinaged psammite layer in an interbed-
ded psammite-pelite sequence. Snake Creek, Queensland, Australia. The lens cap is 50 mm in diameter. (b) A
microscale quartz segregation in a neck of fractured hornblende porphyroblast: Hbl-mica schist
('Garbenschiefer') from Troms, Norway. Scale bar = 1 mm (XPL).
events. The use of veins for shear-sense deter- identified on all scales. At moderate and high-
minations has already been covered in Section temperature metamorphism, most veins are
10.2. strongly recrystallised polygonal aggregates,
Since the majority of veins and segregations but at sub-greenschist facies, fibrous veins
have sharply defined margins, and are of differ- of quartz and calcite are common. In rela-
ent colour to the host rock, they are easily tion to certain high-temperature metamorphic
180
Initial description and interpretation of veins
processes such as charnockitic alteration of ation of one or more mineral phases at the vein
granulites (e.g. Newton, 1992) and develop- margin, whereas the central portion of the vein
ment of 'patch' and 'diktyonitic' migmatites often consists of one phase only (e.g. quartz).
(e.g. McLellan, 1988), diffuse veins and segre- In Fig. 11.3 actinolite is developed at the
gations may be encountered, with less well margin of a quartz vein passing through a
defined boundaries. metabasite. Although best observed in thin
Monomineralic veins such as quartz, calcite section, such features may be observable in the
and epidote are especially common, but veins field in coarse-grained veins.
that are bi-mineralic (e.g. qtz-cal and qtz-chl Although many features can be identified in
veins) or polymineralic (e.g. mineralised veins) the field, for a more complete understanding of
are also seen in metamorphic rocks. Some basic veins and mineral segregations, thin-section
observations about the degree of interaction studies are required. Depending on the mineral
with the wall-rock are important. For example, assemblage, it may be possible to gain a general
many quartz veins draw silica from the adja- understanding of the P-T conditions at the
cent wall-rock to leave darkened, quartz- time of vein formation. Clearly, quartz and
depleted margins. In slates and schists this is calcite are of little use here, since they are
often quite obvious in the field (Fig. 11.2). In stable over almost the full range of metamor-
other cases fluids infiltrating the wall-rock phic conditions. However, veins containing
adjacent to veins may cause metasomatic alter- minerals with more restricted stability fields
ation and new mineral growth in the wall-rock. (e.g. jadeite, andalusite and prehnite) can
The interaction of wall-rock and fluid passing provide important information. In recent
through a fracture commonly leads to nucle- decades, the use of cathodoluminescence
FIG. 11.2 Multiple quartz veins intruding slate. Bude, England. Scale = 5 cm. Note the darkened area of silica
depletion immediately adjacent to the main vein. Also note the fact that this 3 cm wide vein initiated as a zone of
weakness defined by an en echelon array of thin tension gashes. These have subsequently experienced a compo-
nent of right-lateral (dextral) shear, to give the sigmoidal traces now observed.
181
Veins and fluid inclusions
FIG. 11.3 Actinolite (arrowed) developed at the margin of a quartz vein (right) passing through a greenschist
facies metabasite (left). Pyrite Belt, Spain. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL).
(Marshall, 1988) has proved highly revealing in the precipitating phase, and minerals growing
the study of vein mineralogy and genesis (Plates from the walls commonly develop large crystals
7(~) & (d)). In addition, it has been usefully with perfect form. In situations in which
employed for the recogmtlon of sealed increased fluid pressure (often due to local
microfractures through crystals, which are reaction) exceeds rock strength, hydraulic frac-
either unrecognisable or else poorly defined by turing will occur. Once such fracturing has
standard microscopy. Since the common initiated, fractures will propagate until such a
carbonate minerals luminesce very differently, time as fluid pressure falls below rock strength.
it has proved particularly useful for their study The propagating tip is characteristically
(Plates 7(c) & (d)), as well as for the study of tapered or splayed. At deeper levels in the crust
overgrowth textures on quartz. it is a widely held view that P f approximates to
With regard to the mechanism of vein devel- PI and open fractures only develop transiently,
opment, it is necessary to consider (a) whether and do not usually exist for any significant
a fracture already existed and fluid passed length of time. However, Ague (1995) presents
through and precipitated out of solution, or (b) convincing evidence for Ky + Grt + Qtz veins,
whether increased fluid pressure induced where the well-formed nature of the minerals
mechanical failure of the rock and promoted suggests growth into large aperture fractures at
fracture propagation, into which vein material P-T conditions corresponding to c. 30 km
precipitated. Open fissures can be maintained depth within continental crust. Analogue
in the upper 5-10 km of crust, since fluids modelling of single-stage fracture opening
passing through these fractures are generally at events and subsequent crystallisation and vein
pressures close to hydrostatic pressure and infill have been undertaken by Wilson (1994)
considerably less than lithostatic pressure. Such using ice and an aqueous solution. The
fractures are not always completely sealed by microstructures recorded have been used to
182
'crack-seal' mechanism of vein formation
183
Veins and fluid inclusions
FIG. 11.5 A recrystallised quartz vein let cutting amphibolite. Troms, Norway. Scale =0.5 mm (XPL).
184
Interpretation of fibrous veins
~,
lm.l.
I 1
185
Veins and fluid inclusions
11.4.3 Composite fibre veins wall-rock (on to which they root) . In examples
from the Helvetic Alps, Ramsay & Huber
Such veins comprise a central zone (with median (1983) observe that the central portion of
line) of one mineral phase, bounded on each side composite veins has geometric characteristics
by marginal zones consisting of another crystal identical to that of an antitaxial vein, while the
species. The crystal species of the marginal zones marginal zones have characteristics of syntaxial
have compositional similarity to crystals of the veins (Fig. 11.8(c)).
FIG. 11.9 A stretched quartz fibre vein. Croyde Bay, Devon, England. Scale =2 cm.
FIG. 11.10 Detail of the serrated contacts between individual fibres of a stretched crystal fibre vein. Vein quartz,
Croyde Bay, Devon, England. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL).
186
Fluid inclusions
11.4.4 'Stretched' (or 'ataxial') crystal fibre and Fe from the vein area (e.g. Kretz, 1994). If
veins the vein is forming by local differentiation, this
process will lead to depletion of biotite in the
This fourth category of fibrous veins involves vein and a build-up of biotite in a selvage
crystal fibres of the same or similar composi- around the vein or segregation. Similar diffu-
tion to those minerals found in the wall-rock. sive processes in amphibolite may produce
The fibres are typically perpendicular or at a irregular veins or segregations of PI + Qtz and
high angle to the vein margins (Fig. 11.9), and an area of surrounding host rock enriched in
always show crystallographic continuity from hornblende due to this localised subsolidus
one wall to the other (Fig. 11. 8 (d) ). In the case metamorphic differentiation, perhaps induced
of quartz, thin-section studies usually reveal by a localised pressure gradient (Kretz, 1994).
that contacts between adjacent fibres are During the development of stromatic
serrated (Fig. 11.10). In detail, the serrations migmatites by partial melting of specific layers
show some regularity suggestive of a crack-seal in a metasedimentary sequence, the biotite of
mechanism for vein formation. the protolith may do one of several things. It
The orientation of fibres in 'stretched' crys- may break down to form minerals such as K-
tal fibre veins is commonly used as an indica- feldspar, it may react out with plagioclase to
tion of the vein opening direction, but this is produce hornblende, or it may crystallise from
not strictly true, because fibrous crystals have a the partial melt into coarse biotite segregations
tendency to grow normal to the fracture within the leucosome, but more commonly as
surface (i.e. face-controlled growth rather than concentrated melanosome at the margins of the
displacement-controlled growth). Urai et at. leucosome (Johannes, 1983). Such biotite
(1991) suggest that displacement-controlled selvages a few millimetres thick, separating
fibres only develop under conditions with irreg- leucosome from mesosome (Fig. 4.12), are a
ular growth surfaces, small growth increments characteristic feature of stromatic migmatites
and isotropic crystal growth. (e.g. Mehnert, 1968; Johannes, 1983, 1988).
Unlike the subsolidus metamorphic differentia-
tion discussed above in relation to certain veins
11.5 Veins and melt segregations at high
and segregations of gneisses, the biotite
metamorphic grades
selvages at the margins of leucosome are
In migmatites, and upper amphibolite facies commonly interpreted to form by anatectic
schists and gneisses, quartzofeldspathic and differentiation (segregation from a melt) in the
granitoid veins are common. Some represent presence of H 2 0 (e.g. Johannes, 1988).
melt segregations, whereas others are veins and However, an alternative explanation presented
segregations that have precipitated from an by Maal0e (1992) is that contraction of melt-
aqueous fluid. In many cases, the veins and ing mesosome causes concentration of refrac-
segregations are demonstrably of local origin tory minerals such as biotite and hornblende in
(e.g. Vidale, 1974), and have developed due to a selvage at the margins of the leucosome.
metamorphic differentiation, involving diffu-
sion of elements in different directions along
concentration gradients. Commonly, it is found
11.6 Fluid inclusions
that veins are richer in K-feldspar and poorer Minute fluid inclusions are trapped in various
in biotite relative to surrounding gneisses, minerals from a range of metamorphic environ-
suggesting an exchange process involving trans- ments. The inclusions represent small quanti-
fer of K into the vein area, and removal of Mg ties of liquid or vapour trapped inside
187
Veins and fluid inclusions
188
Fluid inclusions
FIG. 11.11 (a) A typical example of a linear array of secondary fluid inclusions along healed microcracks in vein
quartz from Troms, Norway. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (b) Detail of the inclusions shown in (a) . Scale = 100 ftm
(PPL).
. . .
encmg mcreasmg pressure accompanymg encountered. It IS fluid inclusions formed
cooling. synchronous with, or after, peak metamorphic
Because of the problems of recrystallisation temperatures that are most frequently preserved
and decrepitation associated with prograde meta- in veins and sealed microcracks. In consequence,
morphism, genuine primary inclusions related to fluid inclusion studies are most useful for assess-
the early history of the rock are infrequently ing conditions during the uplift trajectory of a
189
Veins and fluid inclusions
190
Fluid inclusions
FIG. 11.13 Schematic and natural examples of the five main types of fluid inclusions: (a, f) monophase; (b, g)
two-phase, liquid-rich; (c, h) two-phase, vapour-rich; (d, i) CO 2-bearing; (e, i) solid phase bearing. The natural
example shown in (i) is an aqueous fluid with 'daughter minerals' of halite (cubes). Scale bars are 20 "m.
Variable phase ratios in fluid inclusions can be physical flow characteristics of two-phase fluids
used as evidence for immiscible (phase-separated) are quite different from those of single fluids.
fluids at the time of trapping. Immiscible CO 2- When one fluid is significantly in the minority, it
H 2 0 and CH 4-H 2 0 fluids have been reported will either occur as isolated globules ('non-
from many metamorphic terrains (e.g. Yardley & wetting phase') suspended in the majority phase
Bottrell, 1988), and are significant in that the or, alternatively, will adhere to grain surfaces
191
Veins and fluid inclusions
'.
, "
.' •
•
"
,
••
,
FIG. 11.15 Micro-inclusions ('bubbles') along grain boundaries (vein quartz, Trams, Norway): (a) scale bar = 50
flm, partial XPL; (b) scale bar = 125 flm, partial XPL.
('wetting phase'). The separation into two Having decided whether an inclusion or set
distinct phases generally leads to one phase flow- of inclusions is primary or secondary, and
ing more rapidly than the other and may also having classified in terms of the relative
lead to a reduction in effective permeability. proportions of solid, liquid and vapour, it is
These effects can have a profound influence on also necessary to determine whether or not the
reaction pathways and the progress of metamor- inclusion has leaked. The tell-tale signs of neck-
phism, especially in the case of carbonate rocks. ing-down and leakage are variable phase ratios
192
Fluid inclusions
193
Veins and fluid inclusions
fluids associated with retrogression of minerals: methods and applications. Short Course
metapelites and metavolcanics have a highly of the Working Group (IMA) 'Inclusions in
Minerals' (Pontignano - Siena, 1-4 September
saline aqueous character, with one or more 1994) (eds B. De Vivo & M.L. Frezzotti). Virginia
daughter minerals (e.g. Bennett & Barker, Tech, USA, 25-44.
1992). Under granulite facies conditions, one Crawford, M.L. & Hollister, L.S. (1986) Metamorphic
of the most characteristic features is to find fluids: the evidence from fluid inclusions, in
Fluid-rock interactions during metamorphism (eds
CO2-rich fluid inclusions (e.g. Touret, 1971, J.V. Walther & B.]. Wood). Advances in Physical
1977). This agrees well with the theoretical Geochemistry, 5, 1-35. Springer-Verlag, New York.
considerations that suggests granulite facies De Vivo, B. & Frezzotti, M.L. (eds) (1994) Fluid inclu-
assemblages require low aH20to exist. sions in minerals: methods and applications. Short
Course of the working group (IMA) 'Inclusions in
More recently, the use of laser Raman spec- Minerals' (Pontignano - Siena, 1-4 September
troscopy (Burke, 1994) has enabled micro- 1994). Virginia Tech, USA, 376 pp.
analysis of daughter minerals and certain Etheridge, M.A., Wall, V.]. & Vernon, R.H. (1983)
species within individual fluid inclusions. This The role of the fluid phase during regional meta-
morphism and deformation. Journal of
technique involves laser beam excitation of Metamorphic Geology, 1, 205-226.
the various molecules and induces stretching Ferry, ].M. (1980) A case study of the amount and
and vibration of bonds between atoms, to distribution of heat and fluid during metamorphism.
produce Raman radiation. The Raman spectra Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 71,
373-385.
detected have enabled identification and Fyfe, W.S., Price, N.J. & Thompson, A.B. (1978)
quantification of various poly atomic species Fluids in the Earth's crust. Elsevier, Amsterdam,
(e.g. S04,CH4,C02'N2 ,NaCI, H 2 0, and so on) 383 pp.
present in the inclusions (either as solid, Johannes, W. (1983) On the origin of layered
migmatites, in Migmatites, melting and metamor-
vapour or fluid). phism (eds M.P. Atherton & C.D. Gribble). Shiva,
Nantwich, 234-248.
References Johannes, W. (1988) What controls partial melting in
migmatites? Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 6,
Ague, ].J. (1995) Deep crustal growth of quartz, kyan- 451-465.
ite and garnet into large-aperture, fluid-filled frac- Kerrich, R. (1976) Some effects of tectonic crystallisa-
tures, north-eastern Connecticut, USA. Journal of tion on fluid inclusions in vein quartz.
Metamorphic Geology, 13,299-314. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 59,
Bakker, R.]. & Jansen, J.B.H. (1991) Experimental 195-202.
post-entrapment water loss from synthetic Kretz, R. (1994) Metamorphic crystallization. John
CO 2-H2 0 inclusions in natural quartz. Geochimica Wiley, Chichester, 507 pp.
et Cosmochimica Acta, 55,2215-2230. McLellan, E.L. (1988) Migmatite structures in the
Bakker, R.]. & Jansen, J.B. (1994) A mechanism for Central Gneiss Complex, Boca de Quadra, Alaska.
preferential H 2 0 leakage from fluid inclusions in Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 6, 517-542.
quartz, based on TEM observations. Contributions Maal0e, S. (1992) Melting and diffusion processes in
to Mineralogy and Petrology, 116, 7-20. closed-system migmatization. Journal of
Bennett, D.G. & Barker, A.J. (1992) High salinity Metamorphic Geology, 10,503-516.
fluids: the result of retrograde metamorphism in Marshall, D.J. (1988) Cathodoluminescence of geologi-
thrust zones. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, cal materials. Unwin Hyman, London, 172 pp.
56,81-95. Mehnert, K.R. (1968) Migmatites and the origin of
Bodnar, R.J., Binns, P.R. & Hall, D.L. (1989) granitic rocks. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Synthetic fluid inclusions - VI. Quantitative evalua- Newton, R.C. (1992) Charnockitic alteration: evidence
tion of the decrepitation behaviour of fluid inclu- for CO 2 infiltration in granulite facies metamor-
sions in quartz at one atmosphere confining phism. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 10,
pressure. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7, 383-400.
229-242. O'Hara, K. & Haak, A. (1992) A fluid inclusion study
Burke, E.A.J. (1994) Raman microspectrometry of fluid of fluid pressure and salinity variations in the
inclusions: the daily practice, in Fluid inclusions in footwall of the Rector Branch thrust, North
194
References
Carolina, USA. Journal of Structural Geology, 14, Urai, ].L., Williams, P.F. & van Roermund, H.L.M.
579-589. (1991) Kinematics of crystal growth in syntectonic
Ramsay, ].G. (1980) The crack seal mechanism of rock fibrous veins. Journal of Structural Geology, 13,
deformation. Nature, 284, 135-139. 823-836.
Ramsay, ].G. & Huber, M.l. (1983) The techniques of Vidale, R.]. (1974) Vein assemblages and metamor-
modern structural geology; Volume 1: Strain analy- phism in Dutchess County, New York. Bulletin of
sis. Academic Press, London, 307 pp. the Geological Society of America, 85,303-306.
Reeder, R.]. (1992) Carbonates: growth and alteration Wang, ].N., Boland, ].N., Ord, A. & Hobbs, B.E.
microstructures, in Minerals and reactions at the (1993) Microstructural and defect development in
atomic scale: Transmission electron microscopy (ed. heat treated Heavitree Quartzite, in Defects and
P.R. Buseck). Mineralogical Society of America, processes in the solid state: geoscience applications
Reviews in Mineralogy, No. 27, Ch. 10,381-424. (eds ].N. Boland & ].D. FitzGerald). Developments
Roedder, E. (1984) Fluid inclusions. Reviews in in Petrology No. 14 ('The McLaren Volume').
Mineralogy 12, Mineralogical Society of America. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 359-381.
Shepherd, T.]., Rankin, A.H. & Alderton, D.H.M. Wilkins, R.W.T. & Barkas, ].P. (1978) Fluid inclu-
(1985) A practical guide to fluid inclusion studies. sions, deformation and recrystallization in granite
Blackie, Glasgow, 239 pp. tectonites. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Sorby, H.C. (1858) On the microscopical structure of Petrology, 65,293-299.
crystals indicating the origin of rocks and minerals. Wilson, c.].L. (1994) Crystal growth during a single-
Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, 14, stage opening event and its implications for syntec-
453-500. tonic veins. Journal of Structural Geology, 16,
Sterner, S.M. & Bodnar, R.J. (1989) Synthetic fluid 1283-1296.
inclusions - VII. Re-equilibration of fluid inclu- Wood, B.]. & Walther, ].V. (1986) Fluid flow during
sions in quartz during laboratory simulated metamorphism and its implications for fluid-rock
metamorphic burial and uplift. Journal of ratios, in Fluid-rock interactions during metamor-
Metamorphic Geology, 7, 243-260. phism (eds ].V. Walther & B.]. Wood). Advances in
Thompson, A.B. (1987) Some aspects of fluid motion Physical Geochemistry, 5, 89-108. Springer-Verlag,
during metamorphism. Journal of the Geological New York.
Society, 144, 309-312. Yardley, B.W.D. (1986) Fluid migration and veining in
Touret, ]. (1971) Les facies granulite en Norvege the Connemara Schists, Ireland, in Fluid-rock inter-
meridionale II: les inclusions fluides. Lithos, 4, actions during metamorphism (eds ].V. Walther &
423-436. B.]. Wood). Advances in Physical Geochemistry,S,
Touret,]. (1977) The significance of fluid inclusions in 109-131. Springer-Verlag, New York.
metamorphic rocks, in Thermodynamics in Yardley, B.W.D. & Bottrell, S.H. (1988) Immiscible
Geology (ed. D.G. Fraser). D. Reidel, Dordrecht, fluids in metamorphism: implications of two-phase
203-227. flow for reaction history. Geology, 16, 199-202.
195
Chapter twelve
Deciphering
polydeformed
and polymeta-
morphosed rocks
197
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
..
83
last-foliation relationships, it is important to
S1 S2
realise that local variations in bulk rock chem-
Muscovite
Biotite
Gamet
::;;;;;;;;;;;;.
-- - istry can have a profound effect on the
sequence of metamorphic reactions and precise
Kyanite
Andaluslte
timing of porphyroblastesis. This means that
~ the observed relationships and textural features
-~-- -@>- may show significant variation between differ-
ent lithologies. For example, garnets will prob-
FIG. 12.2 An example of a mineral growth-deforma- ably nucleate more readily in pelites than in
tion sequence diagram, where the bars represent the
timing of the mineral growth. The acme of the growth semi-pelitic or psammitic rocks. Thus, even at
is shown by bulges in the bars. the same exposure, garnets from different
198
P-T-tpaths
199
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
200
P-T-tpaths
Essene (1982, 1989) and Spear (1993, Chapter phases of the system, it is important to estab-
15) examine the various geothermometers and lish the nature of any chemical variations (e.g.
geobarometers used by metamorphic petrolo- zonation) within minerals, and to assess
gists. In these reviews, the positive points of whether this reflects prograde or retrograde
different approaches are identified, but the reactions. Chemical (X-ray) mapping and back-
assumptions and limitations of the different scattered electron imaging (Fig. 5.22) are often
systems and techniques are also critically evalu- employed to evaluate detailed mineralogical
ated. In addition to the use of petrogenetic relationships prior to microprobe analysis of
grids, the main approaches to geothermometry specific points for thermo barometry.
and geobarometry that have developed over the Having evaluated peak metamorphic condi-
past two decades fall under one of five main tions based on observed mineral assemblages
headings, namely: and, where possible, utilising one or more of
the available geothermometers and geobarome-
(a) exchange thermometry (e.g. Grt-Bt pairs or
ters, the position of this event on the P- T
Grt-Hbl pairs);
trajectory can be accurately defined. Spear et
(b) solvus thermometry (e.g. Cal-Dol pairs and
al. (1984) give a schematic summary diagram,
two-feldspar thermometry);
reproduced here as Fig. 12.4, showing the types
(c) solution models for multiple systems, or 'net-
of information that can be used to construct
transfer equilibria' (e.g. Grt-Rt-AlzSiO s
different parts of the P- T loop for individual
-Ilm-Qtz);
samples. Although temperatures can often be
(d) internally consistent thermodynamic data
evaluated quite well, accurate pressure esti-
set approach; and
mates are usually more difficult to obtain. A
(e) fluid inclusions.
study of porphyroblast-foliation relationships
In addition to these, illite crystallinity, vitrinite allows assessment of the timing of metamor-
reflectance and conodont colour index have all phic events with respect to given deformation
been used in low-grade rocks. It is outside the events. Combining all of the above information
scope of this book to give an in-depth analysis will give a P- T-t path, but without the
of the pros and cons of the various approaches absolute quantification of time.
to thermo barometry in metamorphic rocks, but
instead the reader is referred to the excellent Radiometric dating
reviews cited above. Essene (1989) gives a Dating of specific metamorphic phases associ-
particularly useful evaluation of optimal ther- ated with a given metamorphic event will
mobarometers for each metamorphic facies, provide a date for a specific part of the P-T-t
and gives an extensive list of references. Where loop. Similarly, radiometric dating of an intru-
possible, it is always advisable to base any eval- sion responsible for a certain metamorphic
uation of P- T conditions on more than one event, or constrained in the tectonometamor-
approach. If this is done with care, thermo- phic evolution by cross-cutting relationships
barometry in many metamorphic terrains may will place a specific time on part of the trajec-
be accurate to ± 50°C and ± 1 kbar (Essene, tory. Depending on the amount of information
1989). Of vital importance is the careful char- accrued, it may in some instances be possible to
acterisation of equilibrium mineral assemblages obtain an indication of uplift rates.
(including accessory phases), and a detailed There are various techniques that can be
evaluation of the microstructural interrelation- employed to obtain a whole-rock age, or a
ships of all phases in the rock. When undertak- metamorphic age based on specific mineral
ing chemical micro-analysis of individual separates. The various techniques, and the
201
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
theory behind them, are dealt with in consider- TABLE 12.1 Estimated closure temperatures for vari-
able detail by Faure (1986), and will not be ous geochronological systems that are useful for
constraining metamorphic cooling histories (based on
dealt with here. The age equation, Spear, 1993; Zeitler, 1989).
)
1:1 1n (DOC
N" + 1 = t (12.2) Mineral Isotope system Tete}
Garnet U-Pb > 800
gives the basic relationship from which the age Zircon U-Pb > 700
of a sample can be determined. In this equa- Allanite U-Pb 600-750
Monazite U-Pb > 700
tion, D~- is the number of radiogenic daughter Sphene (titanite) U-Pb 500-600
atoms produced from the parent, N is the Garnet Sm-Nd '" 600
number of remaining parent atoms, and A is Hornblende 4oArj39Ar 470-550
the decay constant. Knowing A, and by measur- Muscovite 4oArl 39 Ar 350-425
Biotite 4oArl39 Ar 260-350
ing D'; and N, the age of the sample can be K-feldspar 4oAr/39 Ar 125-350
determined. Zircon Fission tracks '" 175-260
At high temperatures, a mineral will lose Sphene (titanite) Fission tracks '" 250
radiogenic daughter product, at medium Apatite Fission tracks '" 100-150
temperatures daughter product will start to
accumulate, and then at low temperatures
daughter product accumulation will take place minerals with different values of T" it is possi-
without loss. Eventually, the rate of increase of ble to obtain a series of dates corresponding to
daughter product with time becomes more or specific temperatures during the cooling history
less constant. The temperature at which this of the rock. This enables the cooling histories
rate of increase of daughter to parent becomes of individual rocks to be defined on an
constant is the closure temperature (TJ absolute rather than just a relative timescale. In
Closure temperatures of individual minerals Table 12.1 it is shown that U-Pb dating is most
provide one of the most useful approaches to useful for rocks that have attained high-
understanding the T -t evolution of a given temperature granulite facies conditions, and
rock, especially those that have cooled slowly. 40Ar/39Ar step-heating dates from micas and
By mathematical analysis, Dodson (1973) hornblende are most useful for rocks that have
devised an expression for Tc incorporating the experienced moderate- and high-temperature
various factors that have a direct influence; Barrovian-style orogenic metamorphism, while
namely, the cooling rate (dTldt), the chemical fission track dates are of greatest use at the
diffusivity (a function of activation energy for lowest temperatures in the final stages of meta-
chemical diffusion and temperature) and the morphic cooling, and in studies of basin evolu-
size of the diffusion domain of the crystal tion. Having established the detailed P- T-t
(which influences the length scale for diffu- evolution of a given rock, this can in turn be
sion). related to crustal-scale processes such as uplift.
Although T, is mostly dependent on the acti- This has proved increasingly useful towards
vation energy of diffusion for specific minerals, our understanding of crustal processes and the
it is also a function of cooling rate, and thus it tectono metamorphic evolution of individual
is not possible to define a unique closure rocks (e.g. Parrish et at., 1988; Mezger et aI.,
temperature for individual minerals. 1991; Anderson et aI., 1992). As with geother-
Nevertheless, closure temperature estimates mobarometry, it is crucial when undertaking
have now been established for various meta- thermochronology to be able to integrate it
morphic minerals (Table 12.1), and by using with petrological observations, and to be sure
202
P-T-tpaths
of the precise mineralogical and microstruc- to rigid-block uplift and erosion, but can also
tural features of the rock being dated, and the result from extensional deformation along low-
particular metamorphic event to which the angle normal faults, and ductile thinning of the
dated material relates. crust (Hames et al., 1989; Haugerud & Zen,
In the following sections, examples are 1989). The high-grade rocks of the Tauern
discussed that represent the variety and Window, Eastern Alps provide a good example
complexity of P- T trajectories from rocks of of a situation in which the two differing inter-
different metamorphic environments. In partic- pretations of the decompression path have been
ular, those P- T-t paths that are most diagnos- presented. Until the work of Selverstone and
tic of a particular style of metamorphism are colleagues (e.g. Selverstone et al., 1984;
highlighted. In all cases, the emphasis is on the Selverstone & Spear, 1985; Selverstone, 1988),
mineralogical, microstructural and ther- the Tauern Window rocks had largely been
mochronological evidence used to establish a considered as a classic example of high-grade
particular P-T-t path. metamorphism as a result of overthrusting and
subsequent erosion-controlled exhumation.
However, Selverstone (1988) presented
12.3.2 Orogenic metamorphism
evidence to suggest that the western margin of
Orogenesis related to continental collision is the Tauern Window is a low-angle normal
associated with extensive crustal thickening. fault, and that a prolonged period of
Large areas of crust become deeply buried, and Oligocene-Miocene extension (after the main
the rocks involved experience an accompanying phase of nappe emplacement) involved ductile
pressure increase (England & Thompson, stretching and low-angle normal faulting to
1984). This buried crust then experiences a exhume the high-grade Tauern Window rocks.
period of heating as the perturbed crustal geot- Although the peak metamorphic and retro-
herm evolves towards a new equilibrium grade (exhumation) stage of a typical 'clock-
geotherm. Thrusting on various scales can give wise' P-T trajectory is usually well defined, the
rise to complex 'saw-toothed' geotherms (e.g.
Oxburgh & Turcotte, 1974; England &
Richardson, 1977), but with time the conduc- kbar GPa
tion of heat causes heating of the footwall and 16 1.6
~
n. 8 0.8
buried and metamorphosed core of the orogen.
During this stage, the rocks in question experi-
ence both pressure and temperature decrease, 4 0.4
203
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
evidence for the early P- T evolution is usually morphism have been described for many
fairly limited. Inclusions of mineral phases in orogenic belts by numerous workers. For an
porphyroblasts provide some of the most useful area in the north Scandinavian Caledonides,
evidence for constraining early stages of the Barker (1989), Barker & Anderson (1989) and
evolution (Plate 5(a)), but in most cases there Anderson et al. (1992) used a combination of
are few diagnostic minerals. Alternatively (e.g. 4oAr/39Ar closure ages for hornblende and
Spear, 1986; Burton et ai., 1989), sections of muscovite, coupled with estimates of peak
the P- T trajectory can be modelled by use of metamorphism based on geothermobarometry,
chemical variations in zoned garnet porphyrob- to constrain the P- T-t evolution of individual
lasts and inclusions of biotite and plagioclase nappes. Included mineral phases were used as
contained within the individual porphyroblasts evidence for some of the prograde reactions,
(Fig. 12.6). Numerical modelling by England & and closure temperatures for muscovite,
Thompson (1984), Thompson & England coupled with fluid inclusion studies of retro-
(1984) and Ridley (1989) has also shown gression-related veins (Bennett & Barker,
that crustal thickening during orogenesis 1992), allowed the retrograde stage of the
produces Ky (± Sil) grade orogenic metamor- P- T-t evolution to be constrained to some
phism and characteristic 'clockwise' P-T-t degree. Two photographs of a garnet-mica
trajectories. schist from the Troms region of north Norway
On the basis of various lines of evidence, are shown in Fig. 12.7. The sample lies within
'clockwise' P-T-t paths associated with colli- one of the higher nappes of the Scandinavian
sional orogenesis and Barrovian-style meta- Caledonides, and has been metamorphosed
10 1·0
.
9
~
1\1
.a
8 0·8 ~
"
C)
a.
6 0·6
5~--~--~~--~~--~--~~---L__~
440 460 540 560
Temp. 0 c
FIG. 12.6 A clockwise P-T trajectory based on porphyroblast chemical zonation (after Burton et aI., 1989; cour-
tesy of the Geological Society). The P-T paths were determined from modelling of the inclusion-free rims of garnets
in samples R60 (triangles) and R223 (circles) from the Skaiti Supergroup, Sulitjeima, Norway. The dashed portion
of the R60 curve was drawn using six P-T points (shown with associated error boxes) calculated from biotite and
plagioclase inclusions in the inclusion-rich core at varying distances from the centre. The modelling shows two
distinct periods of growth: cores growing during increasing P-T and the rims growing during decompression.
204
P-T-tpaths
during the Scandian phase of the Caledonian although in some porphyroblasts (Fig. 12.7(b))
Orogeny. The garnets have two distinct the core exhibits a 'straight' inclusion fabric
growth stages; an early rather rounded core defined by small crystals of quartz. This is
region, followed by a later rim growth produc- interpreted as overgrowth of an early (5,)
ing subhedral to euhedral form. The early schistosity, the main fabric in the rock being
stage of growth is relatively inclusion-free, the regional (52) schistosity, defined by aligned
(a)
FIG. 12.7 A garnet-mica schist from a Caledonian nappe of the Troms region, Norway (see the text for details
of the polymetamorphic history). Scale =0.5 mm (PPL).
205
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
206
P-T-tpaths
20 ~--~--~----~--~----~--~--~----~--~
.......
,,
,,
,,
..
b ~ ,
,,
... ,
.,
:.... '
..
15
"
,
...
.
~
CU . ,
~ 10
a..
, .
800
FIG. 12.8 A P-T trajectory for the Hogtind Nappe, Troms, Norway (based on Barker, 1989; Barker &
Anderson, 1989; Anderson et al., 1992; Bennett & Barker, 1992), superimposed on the calculated P-T grid of
Spear & Cheney (1989) and Spear (1993), for the KFMASH system. Only those assemblages containing Grt + Bt
are shown. The dashed contours show the Fe/(Fe + Mg) in garnet as a function of P and T in each assemblage.
Note that the Fe/(Fe + Mg) in garnet changes along the univariant curves.
207
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
II 40
10
~~
35
9 \: • • \1
\\'" .
8 30
..
&:'
,Q Ky .../
...,
~
7 .::
v /
~
25 ~
...
::l ~ :. :'
'"'" .~~:./
Q. 6 .. II
20 ~
'"
::l
5
4 15
3
10
2
1. 5
Fig. 12.9 A modified version of Fig. 9 of Oiella et al. (1992), courtesy of Blackwell Science, showing key univari-
ant reactions crossed during the uplift history of metapelites from the Val Vedello basement, Central Alps, Italy.
0\, 02 = P-T conditions for assemblages formed during 0\ and 0 2 structural events. AlzSiO s triple-points: H =
Holdaway (1971); RGB = Richardson et al. (1969). Initial melting of metapelite (wet and dry) after Thompson &
Tracy (1979). AIm + Rut = 11m + Ky + Qtz after Bohlen et al. (1983). Staurolite equilibria after Hoschek (1969),
Chatterjee (1972) and Rao & Johannes (1979). AIm + V = Fe-ChI + Qtz after Hsu (1968) and Naggar &
Atherton (1970). Sps + V = Mn-Chl + Qtz after Hsu (1968); 1 = Bt + Grt + AlzSiO s = ChI + Ms + Qtz from
Hirschberg & Winkler (1968). The dotted lines represent the minimum and maximum calculated In K for Grs +
Ky + Qtz = An (Ghent, 1976) and the Kd for Grt-Bt equilibrium (Perchuk & Lavrent'eva, 1983).
208
P-T-tpaths
kbar GPa
metamorphism record 'clockwise' P-T-t trajec-
tories. In particular, some areas that have
9 __--"'2"'T":::------~7'"T'"0.9
experienced high- T, low-P (Buchan-type) meta-
8 0.8 morphism have been shown to exhibit an 'anti-
clockwise' P-T trajectory. For example, on the
7 0.7 basis of petrological, geochronological and
fluid inclusion evidence, various authors (e.g.
0.6
Schumacher et ai., 1989; Armstrong et ai.,
0.5 1992; Winslow et ai., 1994) have described an
'anticlockwise' path associated with Buchan-
4 0.4 type metamorphism in the Eastern Acadian
belt, Massachusetts, USA (Fig. 12.11, path-B).
3 0.3
The evidence for this path includes sillimanite
2 4---.,.---,...a...----,;---..... 0.2 pseudomorphs after andalusite, and late-stage
400 500 600 700 development of higher-pressure garnet-bearing
Temperature (OC) assemblages in place of low-P cordierite assem-
blages (Winslow et ai., 1994). Fluid inclusion
FIG. 12.10 The P-T path for the Braldu Nappe, studies also support an interpretation in terms
northern Pakistan, Himalayas (modified after Allen & of initiallow-P heating, and then thickening at
Chamberlain, 1991). The AI 2 SiO\ phase diagram is high temperature followed by isobaric cooling,
after Holdaway (1971) and the muscovite breakdown
curve is from Chatterjee & Johannes (1974). The before final decompressional unroofing. The
dashed line gives slopes calculated from entropy and early evolution is interpreted in terms of wide-
volume data for the reactions Ms + Grt ~ 2SillKy + spread melting in the lower crust of a back-arc
Qtz + Bt. The stippled area represents an error box of ± environment in response to a build-up of heat
2 kbar and ± 50°C for the average of the peak P-T
determinations for the Braldu Nappe. in basin-fill sediments enriched in radioactive
heat-producing elements. Back-arc extension
led to widespread emplacement of intermediate
kbar GPa and acidic plutons coupled with regional-scale,
18 1.8 low-P/high- T, Buchan-type metamorphism
(Armstrong et al., 1992; Winslow et al., 1994).
12 1.2
Subsequent east-west shortening during the
IE
:J
Acadian orogeny caused crustal thickening.
~
IE
This caused pressure to increase while the
8 0.8
D-
rocks were still at high temperature (but start-
ing to cool), and later unroofing completed the
0.4 'anticlockwise' P-T-t trajectory (Fig. 12.11,
path-B) .
..f-.......--"T.I1....J.L--r-.l.ly-~~..---¥-....,....-+ 0.0
1000
Temperature «,C) 12.3.3 Orogenic metamorphism with a
subsequent thermal overprint
FIG. 12.11 Path A is the Taconian clockwise P-T-t The previous section described the characteris-
trajectory, New England, USA; path B is the Eastern tic 'clockwise' P-T-t trajectories that typify
Acadian anticlockwise P-T-t trajectory from an adja-
cent metamorphic belt (based on Armstrong et ai.,
Barrovian-style orogenic metamorphism, but
1992). in cases in which there is more than one
209
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
210
P-T-tpaths
(a)
(b)
FIG. 12.13 Chiastolite slates from the metamorphic aureole of the Skiddaw Granite, Lake District, England (see
the text for details of the polymetamorphic history). Scale = 1 mm in (a), 0.5 mm in (b) (PPL).
211
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
(a)
(b)
FIG. 12.14 Garnetiferous slate from the Isle of Man, England (see the text for details of the polymetamorphic
history). Scale =1 mm in (a), 0.5 mm in (b) (PPL).
212
P-T-tpaths
213
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
18~----~--~--------------------~18
. GPa
Kbar
16 1.6
14 1.4
12 1.2
~
:::J
t/)
10 1.0
CI)
~
a.. 8 0.8
4 0.4
2 0.2
0
900 1000 1100
Temperature (0 C)
FIG. 12.16 A composite diagram based on Harley (1989) and Spear (1993) to show examples of specific reac-
tion textures associated with IBC and ITO paths in granulites. The lines labelled 0.3 to 0.9 represent the Fe/(Fe +
Mg) composition of garnet in the assemblage Grt + Opx + Crd + Qtz. The garnet compositions become enriched
during decompression associated with the continuous reaction Grt + Qtz ~ Crd + Opx. The reaction lines
numbered 1 to 7 are as follows (right-hand side of equation represents higher-P assemblage): (1) Grt + Crd + Sil
~ Spr + Qtz; (2) Grt + Crd ~ Opx + Spr + Qtz; (3) Spl + Qtz ~ Grt + Spr + Sil; (4) Spl + Opx + Qtz ~
Grt + Spr; (5) Spl + Crd ~ Grt + Spr + Qtz; (6) Spl + Crd ~ Spr + Opx + Qtz; (7) Crd + Spl + Sil ~ Spr +
Qtz. Inset (a): a multi-corona reaction texture between Spr and Qtz in granulite from Enderby Land, Antarctica,
representing an IBC path (path A). High-density stipple = Spr; low-density stipple = Qtz; black = Opx; white =
Crd; cross-hatch =Sil. Scale =1 mm. Inset (b): the reaction texture of an ITO path (path B) for granulite from the
Sharyzhalgay Complex, Lake Baikal. 1 = Bt; 2 =11m; all other minerals labelled on inset. Scale = 1 mm.
from symplectite and corona reaction features Grt + Sil reaction being crossed during the
in conjunction with petrogenetic grids. For retrograde isobaric cooling stage of an anti-
example, Waters (1989), in a study of the clockwise P-T-t path. In contrast, Clarke &
Namaqualand granulites of southern Africa, Powell (1991), in a study of granulites from the
uses the observation of Sil + Grt coronas Musgrave Complex, central Australia, record
around spinel as evidence for the Spl + Qtz ~ coronas and symplectites defining the reaction
214
P-T-tpaths
215
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
FIG. 12.18 (a) Symplectites and coronas associated with decompression-related reactions (see text for details) in
high-pressure Grt-Spr granulite from the Central Limpopo Mobile Belt, Zimbabwe (modified after Fig. 2a of
Droop, 1989).
216
P-T-tpaths
Kb~ G~
r---------~--------------~------~
12 1.2
8 0.8
!:::J
U)
U)
!
a.. 4 0.4
o 0.0
o 600
Temperature (oC)
FIG. 12.19 Blueschist P-T-t trajectories from various classic areas (based on Ernst, 1988; Perchuk, 1989; Spear,
1993). The boxed areas shown on the diagram are the metamorphic facies designated in Fig. 2.1. Al 2 SiO s triple-
point and univariant curves are also shown. Arg ~ Cal transformation (after Johannes & Puhan, 1971;
Crawford & Hoersch, 1972).
FIG. 12.20 Lawsonite pseudomorphs in blueschist. Ile de Groix, Brittany, France. The coin is 24 mm in diame-
ter.
217
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
218
P-T-tpaths
...
clockwise P-T-t path comparable to western
Alpine type blueschists, but attaining higher
P-T at peak metamorphism. Other blueschist
FIG. 12.22 Schematic illustrations of glaucophane facies rocks that have passed up temperature
(Gin) and c1inozoisite (ezo) inclusions in eclogite facies into the low-temperature part of the eclogite
garnets (Grt) surrounded by omphacitic pyroxenes facies (see the review by Schielstedt, 1990),
(Omp); based on descriptions of Pognante et al. (1987),
for a suite of eclogites from the Western Alps.
include the high-pressure rocks on the Greek
islands of Sifnos and Syros (e.g. Ridley, 1984;
Schielstedt, 1986; Schielstedt & Matthews,
seemingly have an uplift trajectory that retraces 1987) and some of the high-P rocks from New
the prograde burial path. Whatever the case, the Caledonia (e.g. Brothers, 1985). As with many
preservation of aragonite seems to suggest that blueschist facies rocks, those rocks that have
compared to most other blueschist terrains, the entered the low-temperature eclogite facies
uplift path, although probably with a clockwise typically experience a greenschist facies over-
trajectory, is somewhat different. The presence print during exhumation.
of jadeiitic pyroxene in parts of the Franciscan Eclogites are known from various localities
complex, and in certain other blueschist facies throughout the Alps. Many of these eclogites
terrains indicates that the reaction Ab ~ Jd + have experienced an initial high-P (c. 8-30
Qtz has taken place and that the highest-pres- kbar), high-T (c. 400-450°C to 700-800°C)
sure part of the blueschist facies has been phase of eclogite facies metamorphism, subse-
attained. quently overprinted by blueschist facies assem-
blages, comprising abundant glaucophane (±
12.3.6 Eclogite facies P-T-t paths lawsonite), and in turn followed by a low-pres-
sure greenschist facies retrograde event.
Although the details of uplift trajectories for Although the prograde part of the trajectory is
eclogites are moderately well known due to not well constrained, Droop et al. (1990)
retrograde reaction assemblages and report that some rocks of the 'Eclogitic
microstructures, the prograde path of such Micaschist Complex' of the Sesia Zone
rocks is usually poorly constrained. Eclogites preserve as inclusions in eclogite facies miner-
such as those of the Najac-Carmaux thrust als, an earlier foliation defined by glaucophane
unit, Massif Central, France (Burg et aI., 1989), and epidote needles, indicating that the
have garnets that preserve inclusions of blue- prograde path passed through the glaucophane
green calcic clinoamphibole, zoned from glau- + epidote stability field. However, a 'clockwise'
cophane cores to barroisite rims. In some trajectory is not the only possibility for passing
instances, pure glaucophane inclusions occur in from early blueschist conditions to peak meta-
garnet cores (e.g. Barnicoat & Fry, 1989), but morphic eclogite facies conditions. For rocks
this is usually the only clear evidence to indi- from the Pie monte zone, western Alps,
219
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
220
Final comments
and with additional geochronological informa- constrain. In most cases the only thing to go on
tion, it is often possible to constrain P-T-t is whatever minerals may be preserved as
paths with a fair degree of detail. When inte- included phases in the core of peak metamor-
grated with structural information, it is possi- phic minerals. In most cases, the minerals
ble to gain a more complete understanding of preserved may be phases such as quartz, which
tectonic processes and the tectono metamorphic are stable over a wide range of P-T conditions,
evolution of a particular portion of the Earth's and even if a more useful phase such as glauco-
crust at some time in the geological past. phane or chloritoid is preserved, the lack of a
Despite the potential for major insight into complete precursor assemblage makes it diffi-
crustal processes based on a firm understand- cult to constrain the P-T path in anything other
ing of metamorphic assemblages and their than general terms. Evidence for the exhuma-
microstructural interrelationships, there are a tion or retrograde P-T-t trajectory may be
few points that should be noted. First, the better preserved, due to incomplete reactions,
cause of a change in equilibrium assemblage fluid inclusion studies, geothermobarometry
may not necessarily be changing P-T condi- and metamorphic cooling ages.
tions, but could be changing fluid composition It is always important to give clear considera-
or some other factor. As previously stated, it tion to the errors on any part of the P- T-t
should be realised that many petrogenetic grids trajectory, and to consider other possible inter-
are constructed on the basis of the fluid being pretations that may exist. It is important to
pure HzO and that P f = PHzO . During the meta- avoid the temptation of simply joining up a
morphism of carbonate and calc-silicate rocks, continuous line between various constrained
it is well established that the fluid typically points in a rock's P-T evolution in order to
varies between pure HzO and pure CO 2, and obtain a P-T trajectory without giving proper
that the exact composition may vary as reac- consideration to the processes involved and the
tions proceed. For this reason, it is crucial to time interval between given points that have
appreciate the influence of different fluid been defined. Vernon (1996) emphasises this
compositions in controlling equilibrium assem- problem, and also discusses the problem of
blages at particular P-T conditions. For exam- inferring the direction of a P-T path from the
ple, Cartwright & Buick (1995) describe the crossing of a single reaction curve in P-T space.
formation of wollastonite-bearing layers in Although the particular reaction may have been
granulite facies marbles due to the infiltration identified with a high degree of confidence,
of water-rich fluids at peak metamorphic there is a 180° range of directions for the P-T
temperatures of around 700°C, rather than due path when crossing a constant slope (straight
to changing P-T conditions. The wollastonite- line) reaction curve, and when the reaction
forming reaction is Cal + Qtz ~ Wo + COz. curve is convex outwards in the direction in
The fact that adjacent marbles contain up to which the reaction is proceeding, there is an
11 % modal quartz, in equilibrium with calcite, even greater range of possible directions.
provides the evidence that some layers have Because of this range of possible interpretations
been infiltrated by fluid and others have not, when crossing individual reaction curves in P-T
and that it is influx of aqueous fluid that has space, it is always advisable (where possible) to
caused the reaction rather than changing P-T constrain the path to a higher degree of confi-
conditions. dence by identifying several reaction curves that
A second point to bear in mind is that the have been crossed and by using other
prograde path of a P-T-t trajectory for a partic- approaches to geothermobarometry to quantify
ular rock is generally the most difficult to particular metamorphic events. As Spear (1993)
221
Deciphering polydeformed and polymetamorphosed rocks
states, erroneous paths are worse than useless Bennett, D.G. & Barker, A.J. (1992) High salinity
because they are misleading and will certainly fluids: the result of retrograde metamorphism in
thrust zones. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta,
create more confusion than clarity, so be 56,81-95.
warned, and take care. Bertrand, P., Ouzegane, K.H. & Kienast, J.R. (1992)
P-T-X relationships in the Precambrian Al-Mg-rich
granulites from In Ouzzal, Hoggar, Algeria. Journal
of Metamorphic Geology, 10, 17-3l.
References Bohlen, S.R. (1987) Pressure-temperature-time paths
and a tectonic model for the evolution of granulites.
Allen, T. & Chamberlain, c.P. (1991) Metamorphic Journal of Geology, 95, 617-632.
evidence for an inverted crustal section, with Bohlen, S.R., Wall, V.J. & Boettcher, A.L. (1983)
constraints on the Main Karakorum Thrust, Experimental investigations and geological applica-
Baltistan, northern Pakistan. Journal of Meta- tions of equilibria in the system FeO-
morphic Geology, 9, 403-418. Ti02-AI20rSiOrH20. American Mineral-ogist,
Anderson, M.W., Barker, A.J., Bennett, D.G. & 68, 1049-1058.
Dallmeyer, R.D. (1992) A tectonic model for Brothers, R.N. (1985) Regional mid-Tertiary
Scandian terrane accretion in the northern blueschist-eclogite metamorphism in northern New
Scandinavian Caledonides. Journal of the Geo- Caledonia. Geologie France, 1, 37-44.
logical Society, 149, 727-74l. Brothers, R.N. & Yokoyama, K. (1982) Comparison
Armstrong, T.R., Tracy, R.J. & Hames, W.E. (1992) of the high-pressure schist belts of New Caledonia
Contrasting styles of Taconian, Eastern Acadian and Sanbagawa, Japan. Contributions to
and Western Acadian metamorphism, central and Mineralogy and Petrology, 79, 219-229.
western New England. Journal of Metamorphic Burg. J.P., Delor, GP., Leyreloup, A.F. & Romney, F.
Geology, 10,415-426. (1989) Inverted metamorphic zonation and Variscan
Banno, S. & Sakai, C. (1989) Geology and metamor- thrust tectonics in the Rouergue area (Massif Central,
phic evolution of the Sanbagawa metamorphic belt, France): P-T-t record from mineral to regional scale,
Japan, in Evolution of Metamorphic Belts (eds J.S. in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds J.S. Daly,
Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological Society
Society Special Publication No. 43, 519-532. Special Publication No. 43, 423-439.
Barker, A.J. (1989) Metamorphic evolution of the Burton, K.W., Boyle, A.P., Kirk, W.L. & Mason, R.
Caledonian nappes of north central Scandinavia, (1989) Pressure, temperature and structural evolu-
in The Caledonide Geology of Scandinavia (ed. tion of the Sulitjelma fold-nappe, central
R.A. Gayer). Graham & Trotman, London, Scandinavian Caledonides, in Evolution of meta-
193-204. morphic belts (eds J.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D.
Barker, A.J. (1995) Diachronous fluid release and vein- Yardley). Geological Society Special Publication No.
ing associated with out-of-sequence thrusts in the 43,391-41l.
north Scandinavian Caledonides. Australian Journal Carlson, W.D. & Rosenfeld, J.L. (1981) Optical deter-
of Earth Sciences, 42, 311-320. mination of topotactic aragonite-calcite growth
Barker, A.J. & Anderson, M.W. (1989) The kinetics: Metamorphic implications. Journal of
Caledonian structural-metamorphic evolution of Geology, 89, 615-638.
south Troms, Norway, in Evolution of Cartwright, 1. & Buick, LS. (1995) Formation of
Metamorphic Belts (eds J.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & wollastonite-bearing marbles during late regional
B.W.D. Yardley). Geological Society Special metamorphic channelled fluid flow in the Upper
Publication No. 43, 385-390. Calcsilicate Unit of the Reynolds Range Group,
Barnicoat, A.C. & Fry, N. (1989) Eoalpine high-pres- central Australia. Journal of Metamorphic Geology,
sure metamorphism in the Piemonte zone of the 13,397-417.
Alps: south-west Switzerland and north-west Italy, Chatterjee, N.D. (1972) The upper stability limit of the
in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds J.S. Daly, assemblage paragonite + quartz and its natural
R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological Society occurrence. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Special Publication No. 43, 539-544. Petrology, 34, 288-303.
Barrow, G. (1893) On an intrusion of Chatterjee, N.D. & Johannes, W. (1974) Thermal
muscovite-biotite gneiss in the southeastern stability and standard thermodynamic properties of
Highlands of Scotland, and its accompanying meta- synthetic 2M 1-muscovite, KAI 2 [AlSiPlo(OH)2].
morphism. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 48,
Society of London, 49, 330-358. 89-114.
222
References
Chopin, e. (1984) Coesite and pure pyrope in high morphic belts (eds J.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D.
grade pelitic blueschists of the Western Alps. Yardley). Geological Society Special Publication No.
Journal of Petrology, 22, 628-650. 43,1-44.
Clarke, G.L. & Powell, R. (1991) Decompressional Faure, G. (1986) Principles of isotope geology. John
coronas and symplectites in granulites of the Wiley, New York, 464 pp.
Musgrave Complex, central Australia. Journal of Forbes, R.B., Evans, B.W. & Leyreloup, A.F. (1984)
Metamorphic Geology, 9, 441- 450. Regional progressive high-pressure metamorphism,
Crawford, W.A. & Hoersch, A.L. (1972) Calcite-arag- Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Journal of Metamorphic
onite equilibrium from 50 D -100 D e. American Geology, 2, 43-54.
Mineralogist, 57, 995-998. Frost, B.R. & Chacko, T. (1989) The granulite uncer-
De Yoreo, J.J., Lux, D.R. & Guidotti, C.V. (1989) The tainty principle: limitations on thermo barometry in
role of crustal anatexis and magma migration in the granulites. Journal of Geology, 97, 435-450.
thermal evolution of regions of thickened continen- Ghent, E.D. (1976) Plagioclase - garnet - Al2SiO s -
tal crust, in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds J.S. quartz: a potential geobarometer- geothermometer.
Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological American Mineralogist, 61, 710-714.
Society Special Publication No. 43, 187-202. Gillott, J.E. (1955) Metamorphism of the Manx Slates.
Diella, V., Spalla, M.l. & Tunesi, A. (1992) Geological Magazine, 92,141-154.
Contrasting thermochemical evolutions in the Goscombe, B. (1992) Silica-undersaturated sapphirine,
Southalpine metamorphic basement of the Orobic spinel and kornerupine granulite facies rocks, NE
Alps (Central Alps, Italy). Journal of Metamorphic Strangways Range, Central Australia. Journal of
Geology, 10,203-219. Metamorphic Geology, 10, 181-20l.
Dodson, M.H. (1973) Closure temperatures in cooling Hames, W.E., Tracy, R.J., & Bodnar, R.J. (1989)
geochronological and petrological systems. Post-metamorphic unroofing history deduced
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, 40, from petrology, fluid inclusions, thermochronom-
259-274. etry, and thermal modelling: an example from
Droop, G.T.R. (1989) Reaction history of southwestern New England. Geology, 17,
garnet-sapphirine granulites and conditions of 727-730.
Archaean high-pressure granulite-facies metamor- Hames, W.E., Tracy, R.J., Radcliffe, N.M. & Sutter,
phism in the Central Limpopo Mobile Belt, J.F. (1991) Petrologic, structural and geochrono-
Zimbabwe. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7, logic characteristics of the Acadian metamorphic
383-403. overprint of the Taconian zone in part of southwest-
Droop, G.T.R., Lombardo, B. & Pognante, U. (1990) ern New England. American Journal of Science,
Formation and distribution of eclogite facies rocks 291, 887-913.
in the Alps, in Eclogite facies rocks (ed. D.A. Harley, S.L. (1989) The origins of granulites: a meta-
Carswell). Blackie, Glasgow, 225-259. morphic perspective. Geological Magazine, 126,
Ellis, D.J. (1987) Origin and evolution of granulites in 215-247.
normal and thickened crusts. Geology, 15, 167-170. Haugerud, R.A. & Zen, E.-an (1989) Metamorphic
England, P.e. & Richardson, S.W. (1977) The influ- path studies - a critique and prospectus, in
ence of erosion upon the mineral facies of rocks Advances in Geochemistry (D.S. Korzhinskiy) (ed.
from different metamorphic environments. Journal L.L. Perchuk). Springer- Verlag, New York.
of the Geological Society, 134,201-213. Hirschberg, A. & Winkler, H.e.F. (1968) Stability
England, P.c. & Thompson, A.B. (1984) relations between cordierite, chlorite, and alman-
Pressure-tern perature-time paths of regional meta- dine during metamorphism. Contributions to
morphism, Part I: Heat transfer during the evolution Mineralogy and Petrology, 18, 17- 42.
of regions of thickened continental crust. Journal of Hisada, K. & Miyano, T. (1996) Petrology and
Petrology, 25, 894-928. microthermometry of aluminous rocks in the
Ernst, W.G. (1988) Tectonic history of subduction Botswanan Limpopo Central Zone: evidence for
zones inferred fron retrograde blueschist P-T paths. isothermal decompression and isobaric cooling.
Geology, 16, 1081-1084. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 14, 183-197.
Essene, E.J. (1982) Geologic thermometry and barome- Holdaway, M.J. (1971) Stability of andalusite and the
try, in Characterization of metamorphism through aluminium silicate phase diagram. American Journal
mineral equilibria (ed. J.M. Ferry). Mineralogical of Science, 271, 97-131.
Society of America, Reviews in Mineralogy No. 10, Holland, T.J.B. & Ray, N.J. (1985) Glaucophane and
153-206. pyroxene breakdown reactions in the Pennine units
Essene, E.J. (1989) The current status of thermobarom- of the Eastern Alps. Journal of Metamorphic
etry in metamorphic rocks, in Evolution of meta- Geology, 3, 417-438.
223
Deciphering pol,deformed and pol,metamorphosed rocks
Hoschek, G. (1969) The stability of staurolite and the southern Omineca belt, British Columbia and
chloritoid and their significance in metamorphism Washington. Tectonics, 7, 181-212.
of pelitic rocks. Contributions to Mineralogy and Pecher, A. (1989) The metamorphism in the Central
Petrology, 22, 208-232. Himalaya. Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 7,
Hsu, L.e. (1968) Selected phase relationships in the 31-41.
system Al-Mn-Fe-Si-O-H: a model for garnet equi- Perchuk, L.L. (1989) P-T-fluid regimes of metamor-
libria. Journal of Petrology, 9, 40-83. phism and related magmatism with specific refer-
Inger, S. & Harris, N.B.W. (1992) Tectonothermal ence to the granulite facies Sharyzhalgay complex of
evolution of the High Himalayan Crystalline Lake Baikal, in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds
Sequence, Langtang Valley, northern Nepal. Journal J.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological
of Metamorphic Geology, 10, 439-452. Society Special Publication No. 43, 275-291.
Johannes, W. & Puhan, D. (1971) The calcite-arago- Perchuk, L.L. & Lavrent'eva, I.V. (1983) Experimental
nite transition reinvestigated. Contributions to investigation of exchange equilibria in the system
Mineralogy and Petrology, 31, 28-38. cordierite-garnet-biotite, in Kinetics and equilib-
Kihle, J. & Bucher-Nurminen, K. (1992) Ortho- rium in mineral reactions (ed. S.K. Saxena).
pyroxene-sillimanite-sapphirine granulites from the Springer-Verlag, New York, 199-239.
Bamble granulite terrane, southern Norway. Journal Pognante, U., Talirico, F., Rastelli, N. & Ferranti, N.
of Metamorphic Geology, 10, 671-683. (1987) High pressure metamorphism in the nappes
Kisch, H.J. (1987) Correlation between indicators of very of the Vall dell'Orco traverse (Western Alps colli-
low-grade metamorphism, in Low temperature meta- sional belt). Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 5,
morphism (ed. M. Frey). Blackie, Glasgow, 227-304. 397-414.
Kryza, R., Muszynski, A. & Vielzeuf, D. (1990) Rao, B.B. & Johannes, W. (1979) Further data on the
Glaucophane-bearing assemblage overprinted by stability of staurolite + quartz and related assem-
greenschist-facies metamorphism in the Variscan blages. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, 1979,
Kaczawa complex, Sudetes, Poland. Journal of 437-447.
Metamorphic Geology, 8, 345-355. Richardson, S.W., Gilbert, M.e. & Bell, P.M.
Massonne, H.-J. & Chopin, e. (1989) P-T history of (1969) Experimental determination of the
the Gran Paradiso (western Alps) metagranites kyanite-andalusite and andalusite-sillimanite equi-
based on phengite barometry, in Evolution of meta- libria; the aluminium silicate triple point. American
morphic belts (eds ].S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Journal of Science, 267, 259-272.
Yardley). Geological Society Special Publication No. Ridley, J. (1984) Evidence of a temperature-dependent
43,545-549. 'blueschist' to 'eclogite' transformation in high-pres-
Mezger, K., Rawnsley, e. Bohlen, S. & Hanson, G. sure metamorphism of metabasic rocks. Journal of
(1991) U-Pb garnet, sphene, monazite and rutile Petrology, 25, 852-870.
ages: Implications for the duration of high grade Ridley, J. (1989) Vertical movement in orogenic belts
metamorphism and cooling histories, Adirondack and the timing of metamorphism relative to defor-
Mts., New York. Journal of Geology, 99, 415-428. mation, in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds ].S.
Naggar, M.H. & Atherton, M.P. (1970) The composi- Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological
tion and metamorphic history of some aluminium Society Special Publication No. 43, 103-115.
silicate-bearing rocks from the aureoles of the Schielstedt, M. (1986) Eclogite-blueschist relationships
Donegal granites. Journal of Petrology, 11, as evidenced by mineral equilibria in high-pressure
549-589. metabasic rocks of Sifnos (Cycladic Islands), Greece.
Okay, A.I. (1995) Paragonite eclogites from Dabie Journal of Petrology, 27,1437-1459.
Shan, China: re-equilibration during exhumation? Schielstedt, M. (1990) Occurrence and stability condi-
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 13, 449-460. tions of low-temperature eclogites, in Eclogite facie~
Otsuki, M. & Banno, S. (1990) Prograde and retro- rocks (ed. D.A. Carswell). Blackie, Glasgow,
grade metamorphism of hematite-bearing basic 160-179.
schists in the Sanbagawa belt in central Shikoku. Schielstedt, M. & Matthews, A. (1987)
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 8, 425-439. Transformation of blueschist facies rocks as a
Oxburgh, E.R. & Turcotte, D.L. (1974) Thermal consequence of fluid infiltration, Sifnos (Cyclades),
gradients and regional metamorphism in overthrust Greece. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology,
terrains with special reference to the eastern Alps. 97,237-250.
Schweiz Mineralogische und Petrographishe Schumacher, ].e., Schumacher, R. & Robinson, P.
Mitteilungen, 54, 641-662. (1989) Acadian metamorphism in central
Parrish, R.R., Carr, S.D. & Parkinson, D.L. (1988) Massachusetts and south-western New Hampshire:
Eocene extensional tectonics and geochronology of evidence for contrasting P-T trajectories, in
224
References
Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds j.S. Daly, R.A. morphic belt, Japan, in Evolution of metamorphic
Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological Society Special belts (eds j.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley).
Publication No. 43, 453-460. Geological Society Special Publication No. 43,
Selverstone, j. (1988) Evidence for east-west crustal 533-538.
extension in the Eastern Alps: implications for the Thompson, A.B. & England, P.c. (1984)
unroofing history of the Tauern Window. Pressure-temperature-time paths of regional meta-
Tectonics, 7, 87-105. morphism II. Their inference and interpretation
Selverstone, j. & Spear, F.S. (1985) Metamorphic P-T using mineral assemblages in metamorphic rocks.
paths from pelitic schists and greenstones from the Journal of Petrology, 25,929-955.
Southwest Tauern Window, Eastern Alps. Journal Thompson, A.B. & Tracy, R.j. (1979) Model systems
of Metamorphic Geology, 3, 439-465. for anatexis of pelitic rocks. II. Facies series melting
Selverstone, ]., Spear, F.S., Franz, G. & Morteani, G. and reactions in the system CaO-KAl0 2-NaAl0 2-
(1984) High-pressure metamorphism in the AI 2 0 3 -Si0 2 -H zO. Contributions to Mineralogy
Southwest Tauern Window, Austria: P-T paths and Petrology, 70, 429-438.
from hornblende-kyanite-staurolite schists. Journal Vernon, R.H. (1996) Problems with inferring P-T-t
of Petrology, 25, 501-531. paths in low granulite facies rocks. Journal of
Spear, F.S. (1986) P-T PATH: a FORTRAN program Metamorphic Geology, 14, 143-153.
to calculate pressure temperature paths from zoned Waters, D.j. (1989) Metamorphic evidence for the
metamorphic garnets. Computers in Geoscience, 12, heating and cooling path of Namaqualand gran-
247-266. ulites, in Evolution of metamorphic belts (eds j.S.
Spear, F.S. (1993) Metamorphic phase equilibria Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley). Geological
and pressure-temperature-time paths. Mineral- Society Special Publication No. 43, 357-363.
ogical Society of America Monograph, Mineral- Winslow, D.M., Bodnar, R.j. & Tracy, R.j. (1994)
ogical Society of America, Washington, DC, 799 Fluid inclusion evidence for an anticlockwise meta-
pp. morphic P-T path in central Massachusetts. Journal
Spear, F.S. & Cheney, j.T. (1989) A petrogenetic of Metamorphic Geology, 12,361-371.
grid for pelitic schists in the system Zeitler, P.K. (1989) The geochronology of metamor-
SiOz-Alz03-FeO-MgO-KzO-HzO. Contributions phic processes, in Evolution of metamorphic belts
to Mineralogy and Petrology, 101, 149-164. (eds j.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff & B.W.D. Yardley).
Spear, F.S., Selverstone,]., Hickmott, D., Crowley, P. & Geological Society Special Publication No. 43,
Hodges, K.V. (1984) P-T paths from garnet zoning: 131-147.
a new technique for deciphering tectonic processes in Zhang, R-Y., Hirajima, T., Banno, S., Bolin Cong &
crystalline terranes. Geology, 12, 87-90. Liou, j.G. (1995) Petrology of ultrahigh-pressure
Takasu, A. (1989) P-T histories of peridotite and rocks from the southern Su-Lu region, eastern China.
amphibolite tectonic blocks in the Sanbagawa meta- Journal of Metamorphic Geology, 13, 659-675.
225
Appendix I:
Abbreviations
227
Appendix I
228
Appendix II:
Glossary
Absorption Amphibolite
The process by which additional units are A metamorphosed basic igneous rock with a
chemically bonded into the structure of a grow- mineral assemblage comprised largely of
ing crystal to form an integral part of it (modi- amphibole and plagioclase, usually with quartz
fied after Spry, 1969). and epidote (Fig. 4.S(a)).
Anatexis
Acicular
The process of partial melting of high-grade
A term used to describe needle-like crystals
metamorphic rocks in the presence of H 20.
(Figs S.12(a) & (b); Plate 8(e)).
(This process produces granitoid melts and
typically operates in the middle to lower crust
Activation energy during orogeny.)
That energy required before a given reaction or
diffusive process can proceed. Anchimetamorphism
Sub-greenschist facies, very low grade meta-
Activity morphism. (The 'limits' of anchimetamorphic
(Symbol = a). One of several ways to describe conditions have been variably defined based on
the behaviour of given component in solution illite crystallinity.)
(solid or fluid). The relationship between the
Anhedral
activity of a given component (a j ), and the
concentration of that component (Xj ) is given A term used to describe metamorphic crystals
(especially porphyroblasts) with irregular form
by a j =a j IXj, where a j is the activity coefficient.
(Fig.S.9(c)).
For gases a j = (If;°, where f; is the fugacity (or
thermodynamic pressure) of gas i, and f;0 is the Annealing
fugacity of i in a standard state. For an ideal A recovery process in deformed rocks while
solution, f; = a j = Xi' However, in real solu- still at high temperature. It involves static
tions, ai (and hence f;) may differ greatly from recrystallisation, and the formation of new
Xj (after Vernon, 1976). strain-free grains.
Adsorption Antiperthite
The loose attachment (or bonding) of matrix or A feldspar intergrowth comprising K-feldspar
fluid phases to the surface of a growing crystal. inclusions enclosed within plagioclase (the
(Fig. 6.3). converse of perthite).
229
Glossary
Calc-silicate rock
Atoll structure
A rock with a chemistry dominated by calcium
A structure common to granulites consisting of
and silica, consisting of hydrous or anhydrous
a core of one mineral entirely surrounded by a
calc-silicate minerals such as tremolite, diop-
rim of another mineral (e.g. garnet forming a
side and grossular. (Carbonate minerals are
core entirely surrounded by plagioclase) (Plate
also commonly present.)
2(a) ).
Cataclasis
Augen gneiss A deformation mechanism in which crystal
A gneissose rock with abundant augen structure remains undistorted, but grains or
(German: eyes) represented by porphyroclasts groups of grains become cracked and the frag-
(typically K-feldspar) enveloped by the folia- ments may exhibit frictional sliding with
tion (Fig. 4.3). respect to one another (Rutter, 1986) (Fig.
8.1).
Blastomylonite
A term used for mylonites with extensive Cataclasite
mineral growth synchronous with shearing or A cohesive largely unfoliated fault-rock
else widespread static recrystallisation immedi- containing angular clasts of variable size in a
ately after deformation. fine-grained matrix of similar composition.
Chemical potential
Blueschist
One of several expressions for the behaviour of
A metamorphosed mafic rock indicative of
a component in solution. The chemical poten-
high-P/low- T subduction-related metamor-
tial of a component i in an ideal solution is
phism. It contains large quantities of sodic
given by )1i = GO i + RTlnXi where GO i is a
(blue) amphibole (glaucophanelcrossite), and
constant (the partial molar Gibbs free energy of
has a pronounced schistosity.
pure i in the standard state), R is the gas
constant, Xi is the molar concentration of i in
Bow-tie structure solution and T is temperature (based on
A term used to describe aggregates of elongate Vernon, 1976).
prismatic, and acicular crystals that are arranged
to give the appearance of a 'bow-tie'. It is Chemical softening
commonly exhibited by amphiboles in garben- Enhanced ductility in a deforming rock due to
schiefer that have grown in the foliation plane changes in the trace element content of a
under low differential stress (Fig. 5.13(b)). mineral (e.g. water weakening of quartz)
(modified from White et at., 1980).
Burgers vector
A vector defining the amount and direction of Chemical zoning
lattice displacement associated with an Regular or abrupt changes in mineral chemistry
intracrystalline dislocation (Fig. 8.5). from mineral core to rim.
230
Glossary
231
Glossary
232
Glossary
233
Glossary
Faserkiesel Garbenschiefer
See Fibrolite. Regionally metamorphosed impure calcareous
sediments and meta-tuffs commonly give rise to
Fault breccia garbenschiefer. These are rocks with abundant
A cataclastic rock associated with fault zones. amphibole prisms lying within the foliation
It consists of coarse angular fragments of vari- plane in 'bow-tie' and radiating aggregates.
able size in a fine-grained, often silicified, Spry (1969) defines the porphyroblasts as being
matrix. 'the size of caraway seeds', but in practice the
same term is also used for rocks with much
Fault gouge larger amphiboles (Fig.S .13 (b)).
A soft and incohesive fine-grained fault-rock. It
is usually rich in clay minerals resulting from Geometric softening
the chemical breakdown of adjacent wall Enhanced ductility in deforming rocks caused
rocks. by lattice reorientation of deforming grains. It
is most pronounced in materials with limited
Fibrolite slip systems such as granitoid mylonites, and
A fine fibrous or hair-like variety of sillimanite . generally involves reorientation of grains so
common in amphibolite facies schists and that their slip directions approach parallelism
gneisses. It often occurs in matted aggregates or with the shear direction.
knots, termed faserkiesel.
Geotherm
Fluid inclusion A curve expressing the thermal gradient
A term for microscopic and sub-microscopic throughout the lithosphere. The nature of the
(and rarely macroscopic) inclusions of fluid geotherm varies from place to place, and with
trapped in minerals during primary crystallisa- time.
tion or fracture healing. They are typically < 50
J.Lm in size (Section 11.6; Figs 11.11-11.13; Geothermal gradient
Plate 8(f)). The rate of change of temperature with depth
in the lithosphere. Many factors influence the
Foliation geothermal gradient, such that it varies greatly
A set of closely spaced planar surfaces from one place to another and at different
produced in a rock as a result of deformation depths in the lithosphere.
(e.g. schistosity or cleavage) (modified after
Park, 1983) (Figs 4.4-4.6). Gibbs free energy
The Gibbs free energy for a closed system is
Fugacity given by G = E + PV - TS = H - TS, where E is
An expression for the behaviour of a gas in the internal energy, V is the volume, T is the
a solid or fluid medium. The fugacity or absolute temperature, S is the entropy and H is
thermodynamic pressure of a gas i (f;) the enthalpy of reaction. The driving force of
is related to activity by a j = f;l~ where f~ metamorphic reactions is the change in Gibbs
is the fugacity of i in a standard state. free energy (~G). For equilibrium, the Gibbs free
For ideal solutions, f; = a j = X j , However, in energy of a system would be at its minimum so
real solutions, a j (and hence f;) may differ for reactions to proceed the reaction should give
greatly from Xj (Xj = mole fraction of i in rise to a lowering of G for the system (i.e . ..1G is
solution). negative) (based on Vernon, 1976).
234
Glossary
235
Glossary
236
Glossary
237
Glossary
238
Glossary
239
Glossary
Phyllonite Porphyroblast
An intensely sheared phyllosilicate-rich rock A metamorphic mineral that has grown to a
with synchronously developed 'S-C fabrics', much larger size than minerals of the surround-
the intersection of which gives rise to so-called ing matrix (Fig. 5.4; Plate 1).
oyster shell or button-schist appearance in
outcrop. Phyllonites are characteristically asso- Porphyroblastesis
ciated with thrust zones, shear zones and The growth of porphyroblasts.
tectonic slides, and are often developed over
broad areas (Fig. 10.7).
Porphyroblastic
A term used to describe a metamorphic rock
Pinnitisation
with large crystals (porphyroblasts) grown
The retrogression, especially of cordierite, to an
within a finer-grained matrix (Fig. 5.4).
ultra fine grained green or yellow felty mixture
of muscovite and chlorite (modified from Deer
et a/., 1966). Porphyroclast
A large relict crystal, or crystal fragment, in a
Pleochroism fine-grained matrix of a deformed rock (Figs
The ability of an anisotropic crystal differen- 8.3, 8.13(a, b), 9.3(a, b) & 10.15-10.19).
tially to absorb various wavelengths of trans-
mitted light in various crystallographic Porphyroclastic
directions, and thus show different colours in A term used to describe rocks with abundant
different directions (i.e. as the microscope stage porphyroclasts (e.g. mylonites) (Figs 8.3,
is rotated in plane-polarised light the mineral 8.13(a, b) & 9.3(a, b)).
shows a colour change, and is said to be
pleochroic) (modified after Bates & Jackson, Post-tectonic growth
1980) (Plate 2(d)). The growth of minerals or parts of minerals
(e.g. porphyroblast rims) after deformation of
Poikiloblastic the rock has ceased. It is often deduced from
A term used to describe porphyroblasts with porphyroblast-foliation relationships (Plate
abundant mineral inclusions (Plate l(a)). 6).
240
Glossary
241
Glossary
collisional orogeny. Regional metamorphic epidote group minerals and sericite (± calcite)
rocks commonly exhibit complex interrelation- (Section 7.1.3; Plates 4(f) & (g)).
ships between mineral growth and deforma-
tion. S-C fabrics
Mylonites and phyllonites commonly exhibit
Resorption two fabrics (S-C fabrics) that simultaneously
A process involving partial or complete chemi- developed during the intense shearing that
cal modification of earlier formed crystals (e.g. formed such rocks. First described by Berthe et
porphyroblasts) that are no longer in equilib- al. (1979), the C-surfaces are parallel to the
rium. This typically involves diffusion at the shear zone margin, while S-surfaces are oblique
crystal margins penetrating to varying depths to this (typically by about 30°). In phyllonites
within the crystals. Distinct jumps in rim chem- the intersection of these two fabrics gives rise
istry of zoned porphyroblasts (e.g. Mn-rich to a texture that has been described as fish-
rims in garnet) are evidence of resorption (Fig. scale, button schist or oyster shell because of its
5.23(b)). distinctive appearance (Figs 10.6-10.8).
Retrogression Schistosity
Modification of the primary mineral assem- A planar structure defined by the alignment of
blage due to waning P- T conditions and/or inequant minerals such as micas and amphi-
changing fluid chemistry. This process typically boles and where individual minerals are
involves partial or complete replacement of discernable in hand specimen. Rocks showing
high-grade largely anhydrous phases by lower- this structure are termed schists. Such a struc-
grade hydrous phases (Plates 4(b)-(h)). ture is common in regional (orogenic) meta-
morphic and blueschist facies metapelites and
Rheology metabasites (Plate 5(c); Fig. 4.5(a)).
A branch of physics that gives a phenomeno-
logical account of mechanical behaviour of Schlieren
matter, which involves its material properties Streaks or elongate segregations of non-leuco-
(after Poirier, 1985). some (usually biotite-rich) material within the
leucosome component of migmatites (Fig.
Ribbon quartz 4.11). The schlieren represent entrained restite
With intense ductile deformation associated that has not been entirely separated from the
with high strains (especially at high T), individ- melt.
ual quartz crystals often become exceptionally
elongate within the mylonitic fabric. This is Screw dislocation
known as ribbon quartz (Fig. 8.6(e)). A type of dislocation in which part of the crys-
tal is displaced by a lattice unit, giving a
Saussuritisation twisted lattice at the line of dislocation, but
The retrogressive replacement of anorthitic elsewhere the lattice planes line up (Fig.
plagioclase by a fine-grained aggregate of 8.5(b)).
242
Glossary
243
Glossary
244
Glossary
245
Appendix III: Key
mineral
assemblages
The following key mineral assemblages are associated with the major rock compositions for each
of the metamorphic facies. The list is based on information in Yardley (1989), Spear (1993),
Bucher & Frey (1994), Miyashiro (1994) and Raymond (1995), and on the author's own obser-
vations.
Zeolite facies
Metapelite: Qtz-Kln-Ill/Smc-Chl-Ab-(±Anl)-(±Cal)-opaques (Py, Mag, Hem, Gr)
Metabasite: Zeo-Qtz-Ab-Chl-(±Prh)-Spn
Qtz-Ab-Chl-cla ys-Cal
Meta-ultramafic: Srp-Mag-Tic-Cal
Srp-Mag-Dol
Srp-Mag-Chi-Dol
Srp-Mag-Mgs-Dol
Sub-greenschist facies
Metapelite: Qtz-Kln-Ill/Smc-ChllSmc-Ab-opaques (Py, Mag, Hem)
Qtz-Ab-Chl-Phe-Stp-Hem-( ±Prh-Pmp)
Meta-calcsilicate: Cal-Dol-Qtz
247
Appendix III
Greenschist facies
Metapelite: Ms(Phe)-Chl-Qtz-Ab-opaques-(±Mc)-(±Cal)-(±Gr)-(±Pg)-(±Stp)
Ms(Phe)-Chl-Ctd-Qtz-Ab-Ilm
Ms(Phe)-Chl-Bt-Qtz-Ab-Ilm-(±Ep)-(±Cal)-(±Mc)
Prl-Ms-Qtz-Chl-Ctd [high-AI pelite]
Meta-caIcsilicate: Dol-Cal-Qtz-(±TIc)
Ank-Cal-Qtz-Ab-Ms-Chl-(±Bt)-(±Py, ±Ilm, ±Mag)
Meta-ultramafic: Srp-Mgs-Mag
Srp-Chl-Tlc-Tr-Mag
Srp-Brc
Meta-caIcsilicate: Cal-Tr-Qtz-Py
Dol-Qtz
Zo-Cal-Bt
Zo-Hbl
Meta-ultramafic: Srp-Fo
Amphibolite facies
Metapelite: Qtz-PI-Ms-Bt-Grt-St-Ilm (lower amph. facies - 'St zone')
Qtz-Ms-Chl-Ctd-St-( ±Grt) (high-AI pelite, lower amph. facies)
Qtz-PI-Ms-Bt-Grt-Ky-(±St)-IlrnlRt (mid. amph. facies - 'Ky zone')
Qtz-Ms-St-Ky-Bt-(±Grt) (high-AI pelite, mid. amph. facies)
Qtz-PI-Bt-Grt-Sil-(±Ky)-Rt-(±Kfs) (upper amph. facies - 'Sil zone')
248
Eclogite facies
Meta-ultramafic: Fo-Ath-Tlc-Chl-Mag
Ath-Tr-Tlc-Chl-Mag
Fo-En-Chl-Tr
Fo-Di-Tr
En-Ath-Tr
Granulite facies
Metapelite: Qtz-PI(An)-Bt-Grt-Sil-Kfs-Rt [No Ms!]
Sil-Crd-Grt-Kfs-PI(An)-Qtz
Spl-Qtz assemblages
Spr-Qtz assemblages [high-P-T granulite]
Opx-Sil-Qtz assemblages [high-P-T granulite]
Osm-Grt assemblages [high-P-T granulite]
Meta-calcsilicate: Fo-Cal-Qtz
Fo-Cal-Dol-(± Spl, PhI, An)
Di-An-Cal-( ±Qtz)
Wo-Di-Cal
Wo-Scp-Cal
Meta-ultramafic: Fo-En
Fo-En-Cpx-Spl
Eclogite facies
Metapelite: Tlc-Phe-Ky-Qtz-( ±Grt)
Tlc-Phe
Tlc-Phe-Ky-Cld
249
Appendix III
Meta-calcsilicate: Di-Qtz-Cal
Dol-PhI
Meta-ultramafic: Fo-Opx-Cpx-Grt
Blueschist facies
Metapelite: Phe-Chl-Ctd-Qtz-Gln-Spn-Ep{ ±Lws )-( ±Stp)
Phe-Qtz-Lws-GlnlCros-Hem-{±Sps)
Cp-Qtz (Mg-rich assemblages)
Metabasite: Ep-Gln{±Act)-Chl-Ab-Qtz-Spn-{±Cal)
Lws-Gln-Chl-Ab-Qtz-Spn-{±Cal)
Jd-Qtz-Gln-Arg-Mag-Phe-Spn (high-P blueschist)
Meta-ultramafic: Srp-Mag-Mgs-Dol
Albite-epidote hornfels facies (& low-P orogenic metamorphism: And-Chi; Chl- Bt zone)
Metabasite: Ep/Czo-Qtz-Ab-Chi-Act-Spn-(±CaI)-(±Bt)
Meta-calcsilicate: Tlc-Qtz
Tr-Cal-Qtz
Dol-Qtz
Meta-ultramafic: Srp-Brc
Hornblende hornfels facies (& low-P orogenic metamorphism - And:!: St, Crd zone)
Metapelite: Qtz-Ms-And-Bt-Olg-Ilm-{±Grt)
Qtz-Ms-And-Crd-Bt-OIg-Ilm
Qtz-Ms-And-St-Bt-Olg-Ilm
Qtz-Ms-Crd-Chl-Bt-0 19-Ilm
250
Sanidinite facies
Metabasite: Hbl-Qtz-Olg-Ep(Zo}-{±Grt}-{±Cum)-(±Bt)-SpnIRt
Meta-ultramafic: T1c-Fo
Metabasite: Qtz-PI-Kfs-Grt-Bt-Opx-Spl
Qtz-PI-Hbl-Cpx(±Opx)-(±Bt)-opaques
Cpx-Opx-PI-(±Ol)-(± brown Hbl)
Opx-Cpx-PI-Qtz
Meta-ca1csilicate: Wo-Qtz
Wo-Cal
Wo-An-Di
Fo-Cal
En-Di-Qtz
Meta-ultramafic: Ath-Fo
Sanidinite facies
Metapelite: Qtz(±Crs ±Trd)-(Sil, Mul, Crn)-Hc-Crd
Crn-Mag-An
Metabasite: Cpx-Opx-PI-Sa-Qtz(±Trd)
Meta-ca1csilicate: Fo-Cal
En-Di-Qtz
Meta-ultramafic: Fo-Cpx-Opx-An
251
References for
Appendices I-III
and the Plates
Barker, A.J. (1990) Introduction to metamorphic textures Miyashiro, A. (1994) Metamorphic petrology. UCL Press,
and microstructures (1st edn). Blackie, Glasgow, 162 pp. London, 404 pp.
Bates, RL. & Jackson, J.A. (1980) Glossary of geology. Park, RG. (1983) Foundations of structural geology.
American Geological Institute, Falls Church, Virginia, Blackie, Glasgow, 135 pp.
751 pp. Poirier, J.-P. (1985) Creep of crystals. Cambridge
Bell, T.H. & Rubenach, MJ. (1980) Crenulation cleavage University Press, Cambridge, 206 pp.
development - evidence for progressive, bulk inhomo- Poirier, J.-P. & Guillope, M. (1979) Deformation-induced
geneous shortening from 'millipede' microstructures in recrystallization of minerals. Bulletin Mineralogique,
the Robertson River Metamorphics. Tectonophysics, 68, 102,67-74.
T9-T15. Powell, R (1978) Equilibrium thermodynamics in petrol-
Berthe, D., Choukroune, P. & Jegouzo, P. (1979) ogy. Harper & Row, London, 284 pp.
Orthogneiss, mylonite and non-coaxial deformation of Ramsay, J.G. & Huber, M.1. (1983) The techniques of
granites: the example of the south Armorican shear- modem structural geology; Volume 1: Strain analysis.
zone. Journal of Structural Geology, 1, 31-42. Academic Press, London.
Bucher, K. & Frey, M. (1994) Petrogenesis of metamorphic Raymond, L.A. (1995) Petrology: the study of igneous,
rocks. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 318 pp. sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Brown, Dubuque,
Cahn, RW. (1954) Twinned crystals. Advances in Physics, Iowa, 742 pp.
3,363. Rutter, E.H. (1986) On the nomenclature of mode of failure
Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A. & Zussman, J. (1966) An intro- transitions in rocks. Tectonophysics, 122, 381-387.
duction to the rock forming minerals. Longman, Schoneveld, Chr. (1977) A study of some typical inclusion
London, 528 pp. patterns in strongly paracrystalline garnets.
Eskola, P. (1915) On the relations between the chemical Tectonophysics, 39, 453-471.
and mineralogical composition in the metamorphic Shelley, D. (1993) Igneous and metamorphic rocks under
rocks of the region. Bulletin de la Commission the microscope. Chapman & Hall, London, 445 pp.
Geologique de Finlande, 44. Spear, F.S. (1993) Metamorphic phase equilibria and pres-
Eskola, P. (1939) Die metamorphen Gesteine, in Die sure-temperature-time paths. Mineralogical Society of
Entstehung der Gesteine (eds T.F.W. Barth, C.W. America Monograph, Mineralogical Society of
Correns & P. Eskola). Julius Springer, Berlin (reprinted, America, Washington, DC, 799 pp.
1960, 1970), 263-407. Spry, A. (1969) Metamorphic textures. Pergamon Press,
Harker, A. (1939) Metamorphism - a study of the transfor- Oxford, 350 pp.
mations of rock masses. Methuen, London, 362 pp. Vernon, RH. (1976) Metamorphic processes. George Allen
Jensen, M.L. (1965) The rational and geological aspects of & Unwin, London, 247 pp.
solid diffusion. Canadian Mineralogist, 8, 271-290. White, S.H., Burrows, S.E., Carreras, J., Shaw, N.D. &
Johnson, S.E. & Moore, R.R (1996) De-bugging the 'milli- Humphreys, FJ. (1980) On mylonites in ductile shear
pede' porphyroblast microstructure: a serial thin-section zones. Journal of Structural Geology, 2,175-187.
study and 3-D computer animation. Journal of Wise, D.U., Dunn, D.E., Engelder, J.T., Geiser, P.A.,
Metamorphic Geology, 14, 3-14. Hatcher, R.D., Kish, S.A., Odom, A.L. & Schamel, S.
Kretz, R (1983) Symbols for rock-forming minerals. (1984) Fault-related rocks: suggestions for terminology.
American Mineralogist, 68, 277-279. Geology, 12, 391-394.
Mason, R (1978) Petrology of the metamorphic rocks. Yardley, B.W.D. (1989) Introduction to metamorphic
George Allen & Unwin, London, 254 pp. petrology. Longman, Harlow, 248 pp.
253
INDEX
Numbers in bold refer to pages where figures (diagrams/photographs) illustrate the item indexed. Numbers in
italics refer to Tables and Appendices.
255
Index
256
Index
257
Index
258
Index
259
Index
260
Index
261
Index
262
Index
263
PLATE CAPTIONS
PLATE 1 (a) Abundant quartz inclusions in staurolite porphyroblasts, to give the characteristic
poikiloblastic structure. Staurolite schist, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (b) Hour-glass structure in
chloritoid porphyroblast. Chloritoid (ottrelite) phyllite, Belgium. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (c) A
cruciform inclusion arrangement shown by andalusite (var. chiastolite) in a slate from the Skiddaw
Granite aureole, England. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (d) A star-like arrangement of inclusions in
garnet due to their concentration at interfacial boundaries. Garnet-mica schist, Troms, Norway.
Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
PLATE 2 (a) A corona structure in granulite: a garnet core surrounded by plagioclase corona and
in turn by orthopyroxene and magnetite. Saxony, Germany. Scale = 1 mm (PPL). (b) A corona
structure in hornfels; garnet from an earlier regional metamorphic event is surrounded by a corona
of cordierite formed during a later stage of contact metamorphism, while the matrix outside the
corona comprises Bt + Qtz + PI + Sil. Hornfels from the inner aureole of the Ross of Mull Granite,
Scotland. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (c) A simple twin developed in an albite porphyroblast.
Greenschist, Start Point, Devon, England. Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL). (d) A cruciform twin in
chloritoid: note also how the differently oriented crystals show the pale green to blue green
pleochroic scheme of chl6ritoid. Chloritoid phyllite, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (e)
Polysynthetic (repeated lamellar) twinning in chlorite. Pelitic schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 0.1
mm (XPL). (f) Polysynthetic twinning in plagioclase from a metabasite of the hornblende hornfels
facies. Scale =0.1 mm (XPL).
PLATE 3 (a) Deformation twins in calcite. Marble, Ottawa, Canada. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (b)
Deformation twins in plagioclase. Migmatite, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (c) Chemical
zonation in diopside crystals. Diopside skatrr, Sutherland, Scotland. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (d)
Chemical zonation in tourmaline; the colour variation defining the zonation relates to variations in
the Fe : Mg ratio. Tourmaline-bearing quartz vein, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL).
PLATE 4 Replacement features. (a) Colourless to pale green cummingtonite being overgrown by
blue-green hornblende. Biotite-amphibole schist, Sierra Leone. Scale = 0.1 mm (PPL). (b) A
reaction rim (or corona) of chlorite enclosing a heavily corroded core of garnet undergoing
retrogression. Garnet-mica schist near thrust zone, Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (c) A
chlorite pseudomorph after garnet porphyroblast. Retrogressed garnet-mica schist near to thrust
zone, Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (d) Serpentine pseudomorphing olivine: note how
some crystals are completely pseudomorphed, whereas others are almost entirely fresh. Forsterite
marble, Sri Lanka. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (e) Garnet retrogressing to an aggregate of biotite and
chlorite. Garnet-mica schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (f) Core replacement in
plagioclase. Granite gneiss, Ghana. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (g) Zone replacement in plagioclase.
Partially altered granite, Ireland. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (h) Biotite being replaced along cleavage
by chlorite. Coaker Porphyry, Dunnage Zone, Newfoundland. Scale = 0.1 mm (PPL).
PLATE 5 Syntectonic porphyroblastesis. (a) A garnet porphyroblast with a straight inclusion
fabric sharply discordant with the external fabric: note also the large chloritoid inclusion oblique
to Sj' Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (b) A garnet porphyroblast with a straight inclusion fabric discordant
with the external schistosity: the prominent quartz-rich bands that form part of the inclusion
fabric reflect original variations in compositional layering, overgrown at the time of
porphyroblastesis. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (c) Garnet with a gentle-S inclusion fabric (Si) sharply
discordant with the external fabric Se' Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (d) Garnet with a strongly spiralled
core region, succeeded by an outer zone of late growth. Scale = 1 mm (PPL). (e) 'Millipede'
microstructure developed in plagioclase porphyroblast from the Robertson River Metamorphics,
Australia (photograph courtesy of S.E. Johnson, from Johnson & Moore (1996); the sample is
from the original 'millipede' microstructure locality of Bell & Rubenach (1980)). The matrix of
the rock is dominated by quartz and muscovite, and the inclusion trails are defined by quartz. The
dashed white lines have been superimposed on the photograph to emphasise the 'millipede'
microstructure as defined by the included SI fabric in the porphyroblast. This SI fabric is deflected
in the matrix by the prominent S2 fabric, which trends top to bottom across the photograph. Scale
= 1 mm (XPL). (f) A large syntectonic garnet with an S-shaped form: note how the quartz-rich
pressure shadow areas have changed position with time, to define two quartz-rich arcs, now being
enclosed by garnet in a manner similar to that described by Schoneveld (1977). Scale =' 1 mm
(XPL). (With the exception of Plate 5(e), all of the examples shown in this plate are from schists of
the Caledonian nappes of Troms, Norway.)
PLATE 6 Post-tectonic porphyroblastesis. (a) A post-tectonic garnet porphyroblast overgrowing
schistosity: note that the external fabric does not deflect around the porphyroblast, the internal
fabric is continuous with the external fabric and there is no pressure shadow. Garnet-mica schist,
Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (PPL). (b) Randomly oriented post-tectonic chloritoid
porphyroblasts in contact-metamorphosed pelite. Chloritoid phyllite, Ghana. Scale = 1 mm (PPL).
(c) Post-tectonic garnet overgrowing a crenulation to give an S-shaped (helicitic) internal fabric: as
with (a), note the continuity of the fabric through the porphyroblast and the lack of a pressure
shadow. Garnet-mica schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (d) Late-stage rim
development at the mica-rich edge of a garnet porphyroblast: note the lack of rim development at
the quartz-rich margin (upper centre), and the change in style of the inclusion fabric from the core
region to the rim. Garnet-mica schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 1 mm (XPL). (e) Complete rim
development of garnet on an earlier core, with a sharply defined boundary between the two zones.
Garnet-mica schist, Troms, Norway. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (f) Post-tectonic garnet overgrowing
crenulated micaceous matrix: note the continuity of the matrix fabric through the garnet, and the
fact that the external fabric does not deflect around the porphyroblast (compare and contrast with
Plate 5(c)). Garnet-mica schist, Ox Mountains, Ireland. Scale = 1 mm (XPL).
PLATE 7 (a, b) An example to show how the sensitive tint plate can be used to demonstrate the
degree of crystallographic alignment in mylonitic rocks. The example used here is the
ultramylonite shown in Fig. 8.13(c). It represents a highly sheared rock, and has excellent
crystallographic alignment of quartz grains. In both (a) and (b), the scale is 0.1 mm (XPL) with
tint. The field of view is the same in each photograph, but (b) represents a rotation of the
microscope stage (and slide) through 90° with respect to (a), with the tint plate in the same
position. (c) Coarsely crystalline dolomite vein cutting through quartz: note the deformation twins
in many of the crystals. Scale = 0.5 mm (PPL). (d) The same dolomite vein as (c), this time viewed
under cathodoluminescence: note the detail of the growth zonation visible in the dolomite crystals
(red), reflecting differing degrees of Fe and Mn substitution (the bands with more Fe substitution
are darker). Scale = 0.5 mm.
PLATE 8 (a, b) Quartz vein cutting slate, and developed by the crack-seal mechanism: note the
distinctive inclusion bands parallel to the vein walls, which represent successive stages of vein
opening. Cornwall, England. Scale = 1 mm; (a) PPL, (b) XPL. (c) Detail of the inclusion bands in
the vein depicted in (a) and (b). Scale = 0.1 mm (XPL). (d) A recrystallised crack-seal vein: note
the lines of mica parallel to the vein wall, which represent recrystallised inclusion bands.
Amphibolite facies schist, Norway. Scale = 0.5 mm (XPL). (e) Acicular crystals of tourmaline
developed at the margins of a quartz vein. Tourmalinised slate, Cornwall, England. Scale = 0.1
mm (XPL). (f) A highly saline fluid inclusion in quartz vein: various daughter minerals are present,
the largest of these being a cube of halite. Scale = 15 pm.
FRONT COVER CAPTION Domainal foliation development in mica schist (Ox Mountains, Ireland).
S2 schistosity (diagonal) defined by muscovite, cuts preexisting crenulated S1 foliation seen in
intervening Qtz-Ms-Ab domains. Late chlorite development (dark) is also aligned parallel to 52. Field of
view (length) = 4 mm (XPL).